asian development bank · this initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. the...

Initial Environmental Examination

July 2018

Sri Lanka: Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries

Development Project: Pesalai Fishery Harbor

Prepared by Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development and Rural Economic Affairs for the Asian Development Bank.

This initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. Your attention is directed to the “terms of use” section on ADB’s website. In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

Initial Environmental Examination Report – Draft Final Report

July 2018 (Updated 23.07.2018)

Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project: Pesalai Fishery Harbor Development Project

Prepared by the Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resource Development and Rural Economic Affairs, Sri Lankan Government for the Asian Development Bank (ADB).

EML Consultants (Pvt) Ltd

ii

CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS (AS OF 10 May 2018)

Currency Unit Sri Lanka Rupee

1 US$ = 157.6 LKR 0.0067US$ = 1 LKR

ABBREVIATIONS ADB Asian Development Bank

CBO Community Based Organizations

CCA Coastal Conservation Act

CCCRMD Coastal Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Department

CCS Climate Change Secretariat

CCRF Code of Conduct for Responsible Fisheries

CEA Central Environmental Authority

CECB Central Engineering Consultancy Bureau

CEMP Contractor Environmental Management Plan

DoA Department of Archaeology

DC

DDT

Development Consent

Detail Design Team

DFAR Department of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources

DMC Disaster Management Center

DS District Secretariat

SC Design & Supervision Consultant

DWC Department of Wildlife Conservation

EA Executing Agency

EEZ Exclusive Economic Zone

EHSG Environmental. Health and Safety Guidelines – World Bank

EICC East Indian Coastal Current

EMP Environmental Management Plan

EMMP Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan

EIA Environmental Impact Statement

EPL Environmental Protection Licensing

FD Forest Department

FMA Fisheries Management Areas

GoSL Government of Sri Lanka

GRM Grievance Redress Mechanism

iii

GSMB Geological Survey and Mines Bureau

ha hectares

IA Implementing Agency

IEE Initial Environmental Examination

IES

IMUL

International Environment Specialist

Inboard Multiday Boats

INDC Intended Nationally Determined Contributions

ISAE Northern Province Integrated Strategic Environmental Assessment

IUU Illegal, Unreported and Unregulated

LST Long shore Sediment Transport

m Meters

MDM Ministry of Disaster Management

MEPA Marine Environment Protection Authority

MFARDREA Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development

MHWL Mean High Water Line

MIADCA Ministry of Internal Affairs, Wayamba Development and Cultural Affairs

NMC North Monsoon Current

MLWL Mean Low Water Line

MMDE Ministry of Mahaweli Development & Environment

MoA Ministry of Agriculture

MoL Ministry of Lands

MSDW Ministry of Sustainable Development and Wildlife

MSL Mean Sea level (MSL).

NBSAP National Biodiversity Strategic Action Plan

NDC Nationally Determined Contributions

NEA National Environmental Act

NES National Environment Specialist

NGO Non Government Organizations

NMC North Monsoon Current

NPC Northern Provincial Council

NPOA National Plan of Action

NPSFDP Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project

PAA Project Approving Agencies

PDA Project Development Assistance

PMU/PIU Project Implementing and Monitoring Unit

PFHDP Point Pedro Port Development Project

PPTA Project Preparatory Technical Assistance

iv

PRDA Provincial Road Development Authority

PS

RDA

Pradeshiya Sabha

Road Development Authority

REA Rapid Environmental Assessment

SD Sri Lanka Dome

SEOs Strategic Environmental Objectives

SAMP Special Area Management Plans

SMA Special Management Areas

SMC South Monsoon Current

SPS Safeguard Policy Statement

WICC West Indian Coastal Current

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES Ha - Hectare

Kg - kilogram

Km - Kilometer

M - Meter

v

GLOSSARY

Adaptation The process of adjustment to actual or expected climate and its effects. In human systems, adaptation seeks to moderate or avoid harm or exploit beneficial opportunities. In some natural systems, human intervention may facilitate adjustment to expected climate and its effects (IPCC, 2014).

Anchorage (fishery)

A location/development that includes Marine Structures or Dredging to provide shelter for Fiber Reinforced Plastic Boats with Outboard Engines OFRP boats and Traditional Crafts (TCs) with or without OBEs (i.e. Mechanized or Non-Mechanized)

Aquatic Resources

Living aquatic organisms and includes any seaweed, phytoplankton or other aquatic flora and non-living substances found in an aquatic medium (Government of Sri Lanka, 2016).

Biological diversity

Variability among living organisms from all sources including, inter alia, terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are part; this includes diversity within species, between species and of ecosystems. (UN, 1992b).

Climate Climate in a narrow sense is usually defined as the average weather, or more rigorously, as the statistical description in terms of the mean and variability of relevant quantities over a period of time ranging from months to thousands or millions of years. The classical period for averaging these variables is 30 years, as defined by the World Meteorological Organization. The relevant quantities are most often surface variables such as temperature, precipitation and wind. Climate in a wider sense is the state, including a statistical description, of the climate system. {WGI, II, III}, (IPCC, 2014).

Climate change

Change in the state of the climate that can be identified (e.g., by using statistical tests) by changes in the mean and/or the variability of its properties and that persists for an extended period, typically decades or longer. Climate change may be due to natural internal processes or external forcing such as modulations of the solar cycles, volcanic eruptions and persistent anthropogenic changes in the composition of the atmosphere or in land use. Note that the Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), in its Article 1, defines climate change as: „a change of climate which is attributed directly or indirectly to human activity that alters the composition of the global atmosphere and which is in addition to natural climate variability observed over comparable time periods‟. The UNFCCC thus makes a distinction between climate change attributable to human activities altering the atmospheric composition and climate variability attributable to natural causes. See also Detection and Attribution. {WGI, II, III}, (IPCC, 2014).

Coastal access

The right of the public, to approach, enter or use an approach to enter into, or to go along a coastal margin in a physical and visual sense and also includes access along the shoreline, usually a strip of plan parallel to the waters edge or path or trail which connects the nearest public roadway with a shoreline destination along a reasonable direct route or access to the shoreline from a public road to the Mean High Water Level (Government of Sri Lanka, 2011).

vi

Coastal zone The area lying within a limit of three hundred metres landwards of the Mean High Water line and a limit of two kilometres seawards of the Mean Low Water Line and in the case of rivers, streams, lagoons, or any other body of water connected to the sea either permanently or periodically, the landward boundary shall extend to a limit of two kilometres measured perpendicular to the straight base line drawn between the natural entrance points thereof and shall include the waters of such rivers, streams and lagoons or any other body of water so connected to the sea, and shall also include the area lying within a further extended limit of one hundred metres inland from the zero Mean Sea Level along the periphery;" (Government of Sri Lanka, 2011).

Critical habitat A subset of both natural and modified habitat that deserves particular attention. Critical habitat includes areas with high biodiversity value, including habitat required for the survival of critically endangered or endangered species; areas having special significance for endemic or restricted-range species; sites that are critical for the survival of migratory species; areas supporting globally significant concentrations or numbers of individuals of congregatory species; areas with unique assemblages of species or that are associated with key evolutionary processes or provide key ecosystem services; and areas having biodiversity of significant social, economic, or cultural importance to local communities (ADB, 2009).

Fish Any water dwelling aquatic or marine animal, alive or not, and includes their eggs, spawn, spat and juvenile stages, and any of their parts, and includes all organisms belonging to sedentary species (Government of Sri Lanka, 2016).

Fishery landing site

A location/development that includes only Shore Facilities to provide shelter for OFRP Boats and Traditional Crafts (TCs) with or without OBEs (i.e. Mechanized or Non-Mechanized) (UoM, 2016a).

Impacts Effects on natural and human systems. In this report, the term impact is used primarily to refer to the effects on natural and human systems of extreme weather and climate events and of climate change. Impacts generally refer to effects on lives, livelihoods, health, ecosystems, economies, societies, cultures, services and infrastructure due to the interaction of climate changes or hazardous climate events occurring within a specific time period and the vulnerability of an exposed society or system. Impacts are also referred to as consequences and outcomes. The impacts of climate change on geophysical systems, including floods, droughts and sea-level rise, are a subset of impacts called physical impacts (IPCC, 2014).

Physical cultural resources

Defined as movable or immovable objects, sites, structures, groups of structures, and natural features and landscapes that have archaeological, paleontological, historical, architectural, religious, aesthetic, or other cultural significance. Physical cultural resources may be located in urban or rural settings and may be above or below ground or under water. Their cultural interest may be at the local, provincial, national, or international level (ADB, 2009).

Precautionary principle

Noting also that where there is a threat of significant reduction or loss of biological diversity, lack of full scientific certainty should not be used as a reason for postponing measures to avoid or minimize such a threat (UN, 1992b).

vii

Project Area/s Is defined for this report as the physical area (marine, coastal and land) of the project that is directly impacted by the projects scope of works. It includes associated areas that are directly impacted such as quarry sites.

Project Area of Influence

Is defined for this report as the physical area (marine, coastal and land) that surrounds the Project Area that maybe impacted by the projects scope of works. This as defined under Sri Lankan regulations (Sir Lankan Coast Conservation and Coastal Zone Management Act, 2011, ADB 2015 & 2016a) is limited to an area extending up to 500 peripheries from the boundary of the harbor, and 02 km on either sides on coastal belt and one km toward sea from the boundary of the project site.

Resilience The capacity of social, economic and environmental systems to cope with a hazardous event or trend or disturbance, responding or reorganizing in ways that maintain their essential function, identity and structure, while also maintaining the capacity for adaptation, learning and transformation {WGII, III}. (IPCC, 2014).

Risk The potential for consequences where something of value is at stake and where the outcome is uncertain, recognizing the diversity of values. Risk is often represented as probability or likelihood of occurrence of hazardous events or trends multiplied by the impacts if these events or trends occur. (IPCC, 2014).

Vulnerability The propensity or predisposition to be adversely affected. Vulnerability encompasses a variety of concepts and elements including sensitivity or susceptibility to harm and lack of capacity to cope and adapt (IPCC, 2014). The Government of Sri Lanka (GoSL, 2015) specific “Vulnerability refers to the degree to which a system is susceptible to, and unable to cope with, adverse effects of climate change”.

NOTES

This Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the association does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

viii

Table of Contents

1. INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................... 1

1.1 Background............................................................................................................. 1

1.2 The Project ............................................................................................................. 2

1.2.1 Main objectives of the proposed project ........................................................... 2

1.2.2 Justification of the Project ................................................................................ 3

1.2.3 Objectives of the Initial Environmental Examination Report ............................. 5

1.2.4 Aim and scope of the IEE study ....................................................................... 5

1.2.5 Brief outline of the Methodologies and Technologies adopted in IEE report

preparation. .................................................................................................................... 6

2. INSTITUTIONAL, LEGAL ANDS POLICY FRAMEWORK ............................................ 9

2.1 Environmental and Resource Legislation and Regulations of Sri Lankan ................ 9

2.1.1 National Regulations and Laws ........................................................................ 9

2.1.2 Constitution of the Democratic Republic of Sri Lanka 1987 ............................ 10

2.1.3 National Environmental (Amended) Act, No. 53 of 2000 ................................ 10

2.1.4 Coastal Conservation (Amendment) Act, No. 49 of 2011. .............................. 13

2.1.5 Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act (FARA) as amended to 2016 ............... 14

2.1.6 Fauna and Flora Protection (Amendment) Act, No. 22 of 2009 ...................... 15

2.1.7 Felling of Trees (control) Act No. 9 of 1951 .................................................... 16

2.1.8 Marine Pollution Prevention Act, No. 35 of 2008. ........................................... 16

2.1.9 Pradeshiya Sabha Act No. 15 of 1987 ........................................................... 17

2.1.10 The Ma-del (beach seine) Regulations of 1984 .............................................. 17

2.1.11 Mines and Mineral Act No 33 of 1992 ............................................................ 18

2.1.12 Antiquities (Amendment) Act No. 24 of 2008 ................................................. 18

2.1.13 Land Acquisition Act No. 9 of 1950 ................................................................ 18

2.1.14 Soil Conservation (Amendment) Act No. 24 of 1996 ...................................... 18

2.2 National Environmental and Resource Policies ..................................................... 18

2.2.1 Northern Province Integrated Strategic Environmental Assessment (ISEA) ... 18

2.2.2 Climate Change Policies ................................................................................ 19

2.2.3 Fisheries Policy .............................................................................................. 19

2.2.4 Coastal Resource Policy ................................................................................ 22

2.2.5 Biodiversity, Protected Areas and Species Policies ....................................... 23

2.3 ADB Safeguard Policy (SPS) ................................................................................ 24

2.4 International and Regional Treaties and Agreements ............................................ 25

2.5 Sri Lanka Environmental Clearance and Permits Requirements ........................... 25

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................. 27

3.1 Description of the project ...................................................................................... 27

ix

Location ........................................................................................................................... 27

3.2 Details of Project Structures; ................................................................................. 30

3.3 Detailed drawings indicating all project components ............................................. 35

3.4 Time period for the development and construction ................................................ 35

3.5 Financial allocation and investments ..................................................................... 37

3.6 All other natural resources consumption and Green building concepts ................. 37

3.7 Details of Construction and Operational Activities ................................................. 38

3.7.1 Water Requirement (Constructional and operational Phase) .......................... 38

3.7.2 Wastewater .................................................................................................... 39

3.8 Requirement of labor during construction and operation period. ........................... 42

3.9 Details of the methodologies to be adopted during the construction. ..................... 43

3.10 Sources of construction materials and transportation, Traffic Management plan ... 45

3.11 Infrastructure facilities required / provided ............................................................. 48

3.12 Operation and Maintenance .................................................................................. 50

3.13 Aesthetic and visual environmental ....................................................................... 50

3.14 Financial Commitments ........................................................................................ 50

3.15 Future Expansion .................................................................................................. 51

3.16 Evaluation of Alternatives...................................................................................... 51

4. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT- BASELINE DATA ..................................... 55

4.1 Overview ............................................................................................................... 55

4.2 Physical Environment ........................................................................................... 57

4.2.1 Climate .......................................................................................................... 57

4.2.2 Currents and Sediment Transport .................................................................. 60

4.2.3 Climate Change ............................................................................................. 61

4.2.4 Natural Hazards ............................................................................................. 63

4.3 Topography, Geology and Soils ............................................................................ 66

4.4 Bathymetry, Seabed and the Coast ...................................................................... 67

4.5 Water Parameter and Quality ................................................................................ 70

4.5.1 Surface Water and Drainage .......................................................................... 70

4.5.2 Groundwater .................................................................................................. 70

4.5.3 Seawater ....................................................................................................... 71

4.6 Air and Noise Parameters and Quality .................................................................. 72

4.6.1 Ambient Air Quality ........................................................................................ 72

4.6.2 Ambient Noise Quality ................................................................................... 73

4.7 Biological Resources ............................................................................................ 75

4.7.1 Marine and Coastal Reef Habitats, Flora and Fauna ...................................... 75

x

4.7.2 Marine Assessment ....................................................................................... 77

4.7.3 Terrestrial Habitats, Flora and Fauna ............................................................. 80

4.7.4 Terrestrial Assessment .................................................................................. 82

4.8 The Project Area (PA) ........................................................................................... 83

4.8.1 Project Influence Area (PIA) ........................................................................... 87

4.8.2 Protected Areas. ........................................................................................... 91

4.9 Historical Religious, Archeological and Cultural Significant Sites .......................... 94

4.9.1 Historical and Archeological significant sites .................................................. 94

4.9.2 Present land use of the area. ......................................................................... 94

4.10 Social and Economic Aspects ............................................................................... 95

5. IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ........................................ 103

5.1 Significance of Impacts ....................................................................................... 103

5.2 Impacts during Construction period ..................................................................... 103

5.2.1 Physical Resources ..................................................................................... 103

5.2.2 Ecological Resources (Land based and Marine) .......................................... 114

5.2.3 Socio-Economic Aspects ............................................................................. 121

Occupational (workers) Health and Safety (OH&S) Risks. ......................................... 124

5.2.4 Impacts on Movement of Project Vehicle and Traffic Management .............. 125

5.2.5 Impacts on Presence of Construction workers ............................................. 125

5.3 Operational Impacts ............................................................................................ 127

5.3.1 Physical Resources ..................................................................................... 127

5.4 Impacts on solid waste disposal .......................................................................... 128

Cumulative Impacts and Mitigation Measures ................................................................ 131

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) ................................................... 133

6.1 Institutional Arrangements .................................................................................. 133

6.1.1 Sri Lankan Government ............................................................................... 133

6.1.2 Contractor .................................................................................................... 134

6.1.3 Grievances Redress Mechanism ................................................................. 135

6.1.4 INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION .. 138

6.2 Environmental Monitoring and Reporting ............................................................ 141

7. Conclusions ............................................................................................................. 191

xi

List of Figures

Figure 1.1: Geographical location of Sri Lanka ..................................................................... 1

Figure 1.2: The district of the Northern Province .................................................................. 2

Figure 1.3: Location of the existing facilities associated with the Pesalai Fisheries Harbor Development Site. ..................................................................................................... 4

Figure 1.4: The environment at the proposed Pesalai Fisheries Harbor ............................... 4

Figure 2.1: Coastal Zone Definition (Government of Sri Lanka, 2016b) .............................. 13

Figure 2.2: Development Permit Requirements (Coast Conservation Act No. 57 of 1981 (and its amendments). ............................................................................................. 23

Figure 3.1: Surrounding features of site. ............................................................................ 27

Figure 3.2: Proposed Location of the Project ..................................................................... 28

Figure 3.3: Layout showing proposed project components ................................................. 29

Figure 3.4: Sample Cross section of breakwater ................................................................ 30

Figure 3.5: Dredging Plan .................................................................................................. 31

Figure 3.6: Section of the Jetties associated with the PFHDP ............................................ 32

Figure 3.7: Refiling of Land ................................................................................................ 32

Figure 3.8: Cross section of the quay wall used within the PFHDP ................................... 33

Figure 3.9: Slipway........................................................................................................... 33

Figure 3.10: Tentative construction schedule ..................................................................... 36

Figure 3.11: Concept design of the proposed buildings ...................................................... 38

Figure 3.12: Activated sludge Water Treatment Flow Diagram ........................................... 40

Figure 3.13: Sample Cross Section of the break water proposed for Pesalai Fishery harbor ........................................................................................................................................... 43

Figure 3.14: The armors/ metals transport route map ......................................................... 47

Figure 3.15: Map of the internal route ................................................................................. 48

Figure 3.16: Potential sites assessed in the feasibility study for fishery harbor developments in the Northern Province .......................................................................................... 52

Figure 4.1: Example of the coastline, in close proximity to Pesalai proposed Fisheries Harbor, Mannar Island. ............................................................................................ 56

Figure 4.2. Fishing vessels moored within the proposed Pesalai Fisheries Harbor area. ... 56

Figure 4.3: Near shore wave rose for Pesalai annual scenario, maximum wave height of 1.5 m (Source: ADB, 2016). .......................................................................................... 59

Figure 4.4: Ocean circulation around Sri Lanka and southern India: (a) North-east monsoon; (b) South-west monsoon. ........................................................................ 60

Figure 4.5: Summary of the sediment transport associated with the coastal waters adjacent to the Pesalai fisheries harbor site location (ADB, 2016) ......................................... 61

Figure 4.6: Vulnerability levels of natural disasters for the Northern Province. .................. 64

Figure 4.7: Cyclones of North Indian Ocean – 2008 Cyclone Season ................................ 65

Figure 4.8: Sri Lankan coastline area vulnerable to Tsunami (CEA/DMC, 2014). ............... 66

Figure 4.9: Distribution of Soil Groups in the Northern Province. ........................................ 67

Figure 4.10: Near shore bathymetry associated with the PFHDP site. ............................... 68

Figure 4.11: Location of the seven geotechnical boreholes associated with the PFHDP. ... 69

Figure 4.12: Location of the 4 freshwater well sampling locations. ..................................... 71

Figure 4.13: Location of the 3 seawater sampling sites adjacent to the PFHDP ................. 72

Figure 4.14: Location of the air quality sampling site locations. .......................................... 73

Figure 4.15: Location of the noise quality sampling site locations....................................... 74

Figure 4.16: The marine assessment intertidal and sub tidal assessment survey sites in relation to the Point Pedro project area. ................................................................... 78

Figure 4.17: Intertidal marine habitats associated with the project site ................................ 78

Figure 4.18: Subtidal marine habitats associated with the project site. ................................ 79

Figure 4.19: Deeper water subtidal marine habitats associated with the PFHDP site. ......... 79

Figure 4.20: Main Bird Migration Routes across the Sub continent and Northern areas of Sri Lanka. ..................................................................................................................... 81

xii

Figure 4.21: The Project Area and Project Influencing Area associated with the PFHDP site. ........................................................................................................................................... 82

Figure 4.22 D a & b. The piggery (a) and abandoned slaughter house (b) located within the PFHDP Project Area. ............................................................................................... 83

Figure 4.23: Example of the short stature creeping sandy beach vegetation zone within the Project Area of the PFHDP. ..................................................................................... 84

Figure 4.24: Example of the short stature creeping sandy beach vegetation zone within the Project Area of the PFHDP. ..................................................................................... 84

Figure 4.25: Examples of the Palmyra tree located throughout the Project Area within the PFHDP. ................................................................................................................... 85

Figure 4.26: The endemic tree Cassine glauca located within the Project Area of the PFHDP. ................................................................................................................... 86

Figure 4.27: The nationally near threatened small tree species Salvadora persica (Maliththan) located within the Project Area of the PFHDP. ..................................... 86

Figure 4.28: Example of the short stature creeping sandy beach vegetation zone within the Project Influenced Area of the PFHDP. .................................................................... 88

Figure 4.29: Detailed map showing the location of key notable vegetation located during the field assessment associated with the PFHDP Project Area. .................................... 89

Figure 4.30: Location of the 6 MPA within Sri Lanka. .......................................................... 92

Figure 4.31 Land Use Pattern of the Mannar DSD .............................................................. 94

Figure 4.32: Land use pattern of the project area with 500 m radius .................................. 95

Figure 4.33: Marine sector fish catch by DFO divisions Mannar Mt/year ........................... 101

Figure 6.1: Sri Lankan Government ........................................................................................ Figure 6.2 Grievance Redress Mechanism ...................................................................... 136

Figure 6.3: Sampling Locations for Sea water analysis ..................................................... 189

Figure 6.4: Well water sampling Locations ........................................................................ 189

Figure 6.5: Sampling Locations for ambient air quality ...................................................... 190

Figure 6.6: Sampling Location for Noise Measurements ................................................... 190

xiii

List of Tables Table 2.1 Summary of key environmental laws associated with the PFHDP ......................... 9

Table 2.2: Key government agencies associated with project development consent applications ............................................................................................................. 11

Table 2.3 : Details of the clearances/permits required for the development of the PFHDP . 25

Table 3.1: Projected boats utilising the Pesalai Fisheries Harbor in 2022 and 2027 ........... 31

Table 3.2: Water requirement .............................................................................................. 38

Table 3.3: Total quantity of wastewater generation ............................................................. 39

Table 3.4: Operational Waste .............................................................................................. 41

Table 3.5: Requirement of employees during the operational period ................................... 42

Table 4.1: Annual Precipitation and Temperature for Pesalai .............................................. 58

Table 4.2: Identified risk posed by climate change to the PFHDP. ..................................... 62

Table 4.3: Details of the bore hole in meters within the PFHDP project site ........................ 69

Table 4.4 : Location of the samples .................................................................................... 72

Table 4.5: Ambient air quality data collected at the four sampling sites and the GoSL maximum permissible standards. ............................................................................ 73

Table 4.6: Ambient noise quality data collected at the four sampling sites and the GoSL maximum permissible standards. ............................................................................ 74

Table 4.7: Total species and threatened numbers of key fauna groups of Sri Lanka. .......... 91

Table 4.8: Population at Pesalai and adjoining GN Divisions- 2017 .................................... 96

Table 4.9: Structure of employment- 2015 .......................................................................... 96

Table 4.10 Status of Unemployment in Project Location - 2016 ......................................... 97

Table 4.11: Industry Structure in Mannar DS Division - 2014 .............................................. 97

Table 4.12: Roads ............................................................................................................... 98

Table 4.13: Electricity Utilization - 2016 .............................................................................. 98

Table 4.14: Details of utilization of Electricity ...................................................................... 98

Table 4.15: Available communication system ..................................................................... 99

Table 4.16: Available Postal Service ................................................................................... 99

Table 4.17 Available Water facilities ................................................................................... 99

Table 4.18: Fishing Crafts used at Pesalai and adjoining Fish Landing Centers- 2016...... 101

Table 4.19: Fresh Fish Production Coastal Fisheries - 2017 Pesalai ................................. 101

Table 4.20: Dry Fish Production – 2014 Mannar Town ...................................................... 102

Table 4.21: Fishermen Co-operative Societies- 2014Mannar Town .................................. 102

Table 5.1 Typical drilling rig noise levels (dB(A)) by Drilling Method ................................. 117

Table 5.2: Relative range of noise levels for some common types of heavy construction machinery .............................................................................................................. 117

Table 5.3 Land Acquisition .............................................................................................. 122

Table 5.4 Affected Land Assets ....................................................................................... 122

Table 5.5 Land Acquisition ................................................................................................ 123

Table 5.6 Impacts on Affected Assets ............................................................................... 123

Table 6.1 Individual persons and agencies that can be contacted by the AP for assistance with a grievance .................................................................................................... 137

Table 6.2: Meetings with government authorities .............................................................. 138

Table 6.3: Consultations for Proposed Fishery Harbors .................................................... 139

Table 6.4: Concerns and Responses - Fishery Harbors Consultations .............................. 139

Table 6.5: Stakeholder consultation .................................................................................. 140

Table 6.6: Responses to the community consultation........................................................ 140

Table 6.7: Management and Monitoring Plan (EMP) ......................................................... 142

Table 6.8: Pre-construction & Construction Stage -: Pesalai Fishery Harbor Development Project ................................................................................................................... 183

Table 6.9: Cost the Environmental Monitoring ................................................................... 187

Table 6.10 Parameters to be tested for sea water ............................................................. 188

xiv

Annex Annex 1: TOR Annex 2: International and Regional Agreement Annex 3: Concept Master Plan Annex 4: Marine Ecology Report Annex 5: Ground Water Quality Annex 6: Sea Water Quality Annex 7: Terrestrial Report Annex 8: Minute of the Consultation Meeting Annex 9: Terms of Reference Environmental Safety officer (ESO) for fishries Harbors Annex 10 List of IEE preparers

xv

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Background

1. The Asian Development Bank (ADB) is assisting the Government of Sri Lanka (GoSL) to upgrade and improve the infrastructure and services for the development of fisheries infrastructure facilities in the Northern Province under the Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). The NPSFDP Project Development Assistant (PDA) Loan has been developed from a previous due diligence Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA) competed in March 2017, which was designed to revive the fisheries sector in the four conflicted affected coastal districts of the Northern Province and included four interrelated project outputs. Through the PPTA and subsequent project activities eight IEEs have been prepared for this project.

2. This report is the IEE for the design, construction and operation of the Pesalai Fisheries Harbor Development Project (PFHDP) located on Mannar Island, Mannar district, Northern Province. The IEE is intended to meet the requirements of the ADB for Category B projects as described in the Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 (SPS) as well as being in general compliance with the requirements of the environmental assessment under the Country Safeguard System (CSS) of the Government of Sri Lanka (GoSL).

3. The objectives of the IEE are to: (i) describe the existing environmental conditions; (ii) identify potential environmental impacts; (iii) evaluate and determine the significance of the impacts; (iv) develop an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) detailing mitigation measures, monitoring activities, reporting requirements, institutional responsibilities to address adverse environmental impacts; and (v) carry-out public consultations to document any issues/concerns and to ensure that such concerns are addressed in the project design for the preconstruction (design), construction and operational phases of the project. The IEE is based on field inspection including marine and terrestrial ecological surveys, discussions with key government agencies, information gathered during stakeholder consultations and data compiled from secondary sources.

4. This IEE is submitted to ADB by the borrower and the final IEE report will be disclosed to the public by the government‟s executing agency and uploaded to ADB‟s website.

Categorization

5. The project is classified as Category B in accordance with the ADB SPS, because the project‟s potential adverse environmental impacts are site-specific, few if any of them are irreversible, and mitigation measures can be designed readily to ensure potential impacts are avoided or minimized to acceptable levels. The IEE was carried out initially under the PPTA and later updated after finalizing the detailed designs from February through to May 2018 and the results of this assessment and the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) are reported herein.

Project Description and Scope

6. The purpose of this project is to develop an all-weather fishery harbor that will directly result in improved operational services and protection for fishing vessel access, increasing efficiency of their operations and business, health and safety to all fishers and users and assist in the sustainable development of the economy and improve lives of the citizens in this part of the nation. The PFHDP involves the following components:

Breakwaters: Two breakwater structures are to be constructed out of quarry rock. The main breakwater position along the western boundary of the site has a total

xvi

length of 670 m. The second smaller breakwater, located along the sites eastern boundary has a total length of 338 m. It is estimated that approx. a total of 50,000 m3 rock is required to construct the breakwaters.

Harbor basin: The size of the Harbor basin is 10.8 Ha. The construction of the

Harbor includes dredging to remove approximately 156,900m3 of sand.

Berthing facilities: one T shaped jetty is attached to the eastern breakwater, has a total length of 180 m and will provides facility for berthing of minimum 39 larger and smaller Inbound Multi Day Boats (IMUL) at any given time.

Land Reclamation: A part of the Harbor basin will be reclaimed. The total area is

approximately 3.65 ha area and will receive about 14,000m3 of sand from the Harbor basin dredged material.

Quay wall: A quay wall will be constructed with a length of 437 m.

Slip way: A mechanical slip way (45 m x 10 m) will be constructed on the western

side of the wharf and will have a slope of 1: 12 (8.3%) with the capability of handling vessels up to 75 dwt (60ft vessels).

7. Land based infrastructures included;

Net Mending Hall: A single story net mending hall will be constructed with a floor

area of approximately 960m2. Half wall will be constructed with the earth brick and concrete exposure. The floor will be cement rendering and the roofs are tiled.

Community Hall and Canteen: A two story Community Hall and Canteen building

will be constructed with a total floor area of 320 m2. The canteen will be provided facilities such as kitchen, space to accommodate canteen staff, and the seating capacity of 50. The upper floor consists of a society office and community hall with a capacity of 50-100 seats. Bathrooms and toilets are included in the building and will utilize a septic system.

Bachelor Quarters: A single story building will be with a total floor area of 360 m2

will be constructed to accommodate 4 senior officers and 6 junior officers.

Harbor Manager Quarters: A two storied building with a ground floor area of 168 m2 and upper floor with floor area 156 m2 will be constructed.

Surveillance Building: A two story building with a total floor area of 480 m2 will be

constructed to provide accommodation for the marine police, coast guard and offshore (high sea) fisheries staff. The ground floor is offices for the above officers.

Auction Hall: A single story fish auction hall with a floor area of 1,200 m2 with a

16-number lorry base for loading and unloading and 28 inbuilt concrete auction tops structure.

Parking Areas: Two parking areas will be constructed. The public parking area

has a total floor area of 3,750 m2 to park 30 vehicle and the auction hall parking area is to accommodate 90 bicycles, 50 motor cycles, 51 tractors, 6 trucks and 21 other vehicles.

Public toilets: The total area for the public toilet is 82 m2. Five toilets, three

washing basins and four urinals are provided for males and five toilets and four

xvii

washing basins are provided for females. One disable toilet for male and female is provided. All facilities will utilise an appropriate size septic system.

Wastewater treatment facility: The treatment facility to treat 31m3 of

wastewater/day.

Security facilities: Two security blocks will be constructed, one at the entrance and other one will be considered during the construction stage to locate strategic location. Total floor area of each security bock is 30 m2 and includes bathrooms.

Weighing bridge and control room: A purposely built weigh bridge will be

constructed with a total area is 70 m2. Initially, 40T weighing facility will be provided and the design could accommodate 60T facility if necessary in future.

Fuel facility: There will be fuel office and 3x36,000 Litres capacity tanks with 3 x

dual dispenser units cater both for small and lager boats. The floor area of the fuel office is 30 m2. The fuel facility will be located near the offloading area.

Transformer and Generator facilities: Facilities will be provided to install A 800

kVA transformer and standby generators with the capacity of 250 kVA and 350 kVA. Alternative solar power will be provided and used within the port with excess sold to the local electricity provider.

Security Fence: A 1 m high rubble wall and chain link fence above with green

vegetation is proposed to surround the project site. 8. All construction activities will be carried out according to international best practices intended to avoid and minimize adverse environmental impacts and based on the information presented herein through the Environmental Mitigation and Monitoring Plans (EMMP). These plans present the likely impacts caused by the construction and operational phases of the project and outline best practices mitigation measures to manage and lessen the impacts of these activities. These activities will be detailed in the Contractor‟s Environmental Management Plan (CEMP), which will be based on the EMP including in this IEE and must be approved prior to start of works.

Operations and Maintenance

9. The ongoing operation and maintenance of the infrastructure developments have been considered during the design process. The Ceylon Fisheries Harbor Corporation (CFHC) is responsible for Operation and Maintenance (O&M) of the new infrastructure.

Environmental Impacts

10. In summary, the IEE concludes that there are no identifiable significant environmental impacts, no critically sensitive marine or terrestrial environmental habitats or species nor is the project deemed environmentally sensitive. The key findings include:

The project is located in an area that has supported a local domestic shore based traditional fisheries and acted as a boat landing/repair site for many years. As such the terrestrial and shallow marine areas have been modified (cleared, filled, built on) and do not support any marine or terrestrial ecological or biological (flora or fauna), endemic or significant biodiversity.

The Project Area (PA) and neighbouring sites (Project Influenced area-PIA) do not have any freshwater (rivers, streams), forests or significant agriculture.

xviii

The project includes the coastal foreshore, sand dunes and shallow water coastal waters. These areas have been modified resulting in the degradation and alteration of the original natural ecosystem.

The marine ecosystem associated with the project does not support any marine shallow water ecological or biological (flora or fauna) endemic, endangered or significant biodiversity and as such the projects proposed development activities (e.g. breakwater, Harbor basin and land based infrastructure) will have a very low almost negligible impact on marine benthic resources within the PA and neighbouring environments and resources.

The terrestrial ecosystem associated with the project do not support any ecological or biological (flora or fauna) endemic and/or endangered significant biodiversity and as such the projects proposed development activities (e.g. breakwater, Harbor basin and land based infrastructure) will have a low level of impact on terrestrial resources within the PA and neighbouring environments and resources.

The proposed terrestrial PA that includes the foreshore beaches and sand dunes support a low terrestrial floral footprint.

Over 95% of the floral species located within the Project Area were native species and over 300 individual trees and shrubs were recorded. All of which may need to be removed for the projects land-based infrastructure development. A possible reduction in the number of trees to be removed is expected during the construction phase of the project when the project landscaping designs are finalized.

One nationally near threatened plant species (Salvadora persica - Maliththan) and one endemic plant species (Cassine glauca – Neralu) were located within the PA and the PIA in a number of locations. These species are reported to be widely found throughout the Mannar region and the Northern Province in similar environmental habitats; however they are restricted to this region of Sir Lanka. If these plants are required to be removed for the PFHDP development requirements there removal alive (with care) and replanted in a similar neighbouring habitat that will ensure their survival should be considered.

Terrestrial fauna recorded within the PA was low and as such there were no endemic, endangered or significant fauna biodiversity recorded.

The shallow water marine environment associated with the project does not support any marine shallow water ecological or biological (flora or fauna) endemic, endangered or significant biodiversity. There are no coral reefs, sea grass bed or mangroves close to the PFHDP site.

Therefore, impacts on the terrestrial and shallow water marine ecosystems and their environments resulting from the projects construction activities are expected to be minor and manageable.

Impacts on the marine environment associated with the construction of the project‟s two breakwaters and substantial sand dredging to deepen the fish harbor basin and reclamation the foreshore area will be relatively short lived. Sedimentation resulting from these activities will have a low impact on the marine fauna and flora due to the scarcity of resources located within and adjacent to the PA, the inclusion of sedimentation mitigation measures and the constant movement of sea water throughout the area (tidal currents and oceanic waves) will reduce impacts to the environment.

The project site does not impact any terrestrial or marine conservation and/or protected area/s, sites of cultural, customary or heritage significance nor any national or international endangered or protected species.

Due diligence and proactive management of all pre-construction, construction and

operational activities will ensure limited disturbance to the daily business activities undertaken within the Harbor and surrounding business and community activities.

Sri Lankan laws and regulations associated with labour, employment, OH&S will be complied with throughout pre-construction and construction phase and

xix

monitored by the Project Management Unit based in Colombo and the Projects Implementation Unit (PIU) in Jaffna.

Climate Change Adaptation

11. The proposed development of the PFHDP through the scope of works will result in the construction of a safe and fully functioning marine fisheries boat Harbor for the inshore and offshore fishers utilizing the waters in the north of Sri Lanka. This development will substantially increase the safety, efficiency and economic productive of these fishers by providing a safe and fully functional Harbor that includes needed fishery land-based infrastructure amenities. It demonstrates suitable and appropriate infrastructure directly to the fishers, communities and business operators whilst ensuring the regions infrastructure is enhanced. The new infrastructure will be designed to be climate resilient and includes climate change adaptation features that contribute to the sustainability of the project. The adaptation measures will also be climate proofed by increasing the design heights of the breakwaters and foreshore buildings to accommodate the projected rise in sea levels and increasing severity and frequency of waves. The offshore structures are designed to accommodate storm surge of 1.06m and sea level rise of 0.45m.

Environmental Management Plan

12. The PFHDP EMP, mitigation measures, environmental monitoring and capacity development, are required to minimise the environmental impacts in the pre-construction, construction, operation and management phases of the project. The Supervision Consultant (SC) and Contractor will be tasked to finalise the detailed design and compilation of an updated CEMP and the contractor will be responsible for implementing the EMMP. The mitigation actions identified in this report need to be implemented by the contractor. The EMP is present as Table 5 of this report.

13. The EMP provides a set of mitigation, monitoring and management measures to be applied during the PFHDP implementation to avoid, reduce, mitigate, and/or compensate for adverse environmental impacts. 14. Implementation of internationally recognized good construction environmental practices form the basis of the EMMP which covers issues such as erosion and sedimentation control, materials sourcing and spoil management, waste management, minimization of habitat disturbance, and worker and community health and safety. The EMMP will form part of the construction contract documents and the contractor will be required to prepare a site-specific CEMP based on the contract EMP.

15. The CEMP will include sub-plans as required detailing measures to mitigate and manage impacts including site clearance, waste management (including hazardous substances removal), erosion and sediment control, materials and dredge/spoil management, health and safety.

16. The CEMP will be consistent with ADB‟s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 (SPS), the laws of Sir Lanka, and international treaties ratified by nation. The contractor will submit the CEMP to PMU/PIU for approval prior to commencement of works.

Implementation Arrangements

17. The Executive Agency (EA) for the project is the MFARDREA and the ministry‟s Project Management Unit (PMU) to be established in Colombo supported by the Project‟s Implementation Unit (PIU), comprised of three environmental officers and a safeguards manager to be established in Jaffna, in the Northern Province will support in the

xx

administration of the project The ministry will be supported by the Construction Supervision Consultants (SC) which includes an environmental specialist team (national full time) to assist the PMU and PIU in the supervision and contract administration of the project.

Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework 18. The Project shall comply with requirements of the Coast Conservation and coastal Zone Management Department Act. and development consent (DC) for this project will be issued by The Coast Conservation and Coastal Zone Management Department. 19. The DC application shall be in accordance with the Sir Lankan EIA Regulations and will also comply with the requirements of ADB‟s SPS 2009. Development consent (and other permits) must be obtained before any works commence.

Information Disclosure, Consultation and Participation

20. The stakeholder consultation process disseminated information to the general public, project affected communities and key environmental stakeholders. Information was provided on the scale and scope of the project and the expected impacts and the proposed mitigation measures through consultation with government departments, local authorities and the general public in meetings.

21. The process also gathered information on relevant concerns of the local community stakeholders of the project through a series of discussions. Key issues have been addressed, incorporated into the project design documents and the community have provided their favourable consent for the project to proceed. The IEE report will be disclosed according to the provisions of ADB Public Communications Policy 2011 and requirements of the laws of Sri Lanka.

Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) 22. GRM will be established to receive, evaluate and facilitate the resolution of affected people‟s concerns, complaints and grievances about the environmental and social performance of the project. The projects GRM is based on a multi tired system to allow for a sequential level approach to address the concern and provide an agreeable outcome to all parties. The approach in an ascending order includes discussions at the project/ site level (Tier 1), the divisional level (Tier 2) and National level (Tier 3).

23. The GRM is based on accepted practices in Sri Lanka and provides an accessible, time-bound and transparent mechanism for the affected persons to voice and resolve social and environmental concerns linked to the project.

Conclusion and Recommendations

24. The potential environmental impacts arising from the design construction, operation and maintenance of the Pesalai Fisheries Harbor Development Project will be minor, localized and acceptable provided that the mitigation measures set out in the EMP are implemented correctly. The works will have a limited and distinctive footprint including the development of a new fishing harbor and associated land based supporting infrastructure providing needed services. When completed the project will result in an improved environment associated with the fishery harbor (significant improvements to the current land-based infrastructure and machinery), significantly improved safety and boat operational requirements and a marked improvement in the efficiencies of the local fishers working in this region.

xxi

25. The IEE concludes that there were no identifiable significant environmental impacts, no critical important terrestrial or marine habitat impacts, all impacts are site specific, reversible and can be minimized through appropriate mitigation measures. Impacts arising from the projects construction phase including; i) the two breakwaters, ii) reclamation of the foreshore coastal area and subsequent adjacent substrate dredging program (deepens the Harbor and uses the material for project fill), and iii) associated machinery and operational phases of the project are minor, localized, and acceptable, provided the mitigations measures set out in the outline EMP are further elaborated by the contractor and implemented, and monitored properly.

26. The pre-construction, construction and operational EMP identifies potential environmental impacts arising from the project along with a corresponding schedule and monitoring of mitigation measures to ensure potential impacts are maintained at insignificant levels. It also includes the institutional arrangements for implementing and monitoring the EMP to ensure its effectiveness.

1

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Background

27. Sri Lanka is an island state in the Indian Ocean, approximately 100 km south-east of the Indian sub-continent between latitudes 6-10° N longitudes 80-82° E. The island north to south extends approximately 440 km and is 220 km at its widest covering approximately 66,000 km2. The nation has a narrow coastal shelf (average 22 km wide) covering 27,800 km2, a total coastline of 1,770 km and an Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) of 517,000 km2.

Figure 1.1: Geographical location of Sri Lanka

28. The nation is divided into 9 Provinces (Figure 1.1) one of which is the Northern Province, which is the location of the Pesalai Fisheries Harbor Development Project site (PFHDP). The Northern Province consists of 5 districts, 4 of which are coastal; Mannar, Mullaitivu, Killinochchi, and Jaffna and Vavuniya, which is landlocked (Figure 1.2). The Northern Province has a total area of 8,884 km2 and is surrounded by the Gulf of Mannar and Palk bay to the west, Palk Strait to the North West, the Bay of Bengal to the north and east, the North Central and North Western Provinces to the east and south, respectively (Figure 1.2).

2

29. Mannar district is one of the districts in the Northern Province and is comprised of 5 Divisional Secretary’s Divisions and further subdivided into 153 Grama Niladhari (GN) divisions with a total estimated population of 100,000. Mannar Division includes 49 GN Divisions and has an estimated population of 51, 000 people. This area was one of the worst affected by the three decades of conflict and is among the most economically disadvantaged parts of the country. Post-civil war, this area is experiencing rapid growth and population influx.

Figure 1.2: The district of the Northern Province

Source: CEA, DMC, 2014

1.2 The Project

1.2.1 Main objectives of the proposed project

30. The Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development project is aligned with the following impacts: (i) investments in the fisheries sector promoted; and (ii) employment and livelihood opportunities in the Northern Province promoted1. The project will have the following outcome: Fisheries production in the Northern Province sustainably increased. There are three outputs under this project. The project has three outputs: (i) Output 1: Marine fisheries infrastructure constructed. Two new harbors in Point Pedro, Jaffna District and Pesalai, Mannar District will be constructed; one anchorage in Jaffna District in Mandativu, and 23 landing sites (8 in Jaffna2, 6 in Mannar3, 6 in Mullaitivu4, and 3 in Kilinochchi5) will be rehabilitated; (2) Output 2, Aquaculture Developed, and (3) Output 3, Entrepreneurial skills, market links and credit access for local communities; and capacities

1 Government of Sri Lanka. 2017. Vision 2025: A Country Enriched. Colombo. 2 Sampoladi, Chullipuram West, Aralithurai, Thuriyor, Punkuduthivu, Munai, Thalathurai, and Athikoviladi 3 Thalimannar, Sirithoppu, Minarappadu, Wankalai, Arippu, Kodachchikuda 4 Iranapalai, Kallappadu North, Kallappadu South, Theethakarai, Silawathai, and Kokilai 5 Pallikuda, Valaipadu, and Nachchikuda

3

of government staff strengthened. This IEE is for the development of the Pesalai Fishery harbor

The objectives of the fishery harbour are to:

- Increase the protein intake at national level. - Increase the livelihood income of the local people by providing direct and indirect

good and services including job opportunities. - Increase deep sea fish production and minimize the threat to near shore fisheries. - Maintain sustainable coastal ecosystem by minimizing coastal and marine pollution

due to discharge of wastes from the fishing activities

1.2.2 Justification of the Project

31. Coastal, offshore and freshwater fishery resources of Sri Lanka provide an essential source of food security (reliable protein) and income generation (economic) benefit to the communities of the Northern Province. The past three decades of conflict in the north of the country impeded small and large-scale development of sustainable fisheries in these communities. Since the cessation of hostilities, the economic and social conditions have greatly improved resulting in the opportunities to expand fisheries related industries and the promotion of economic development. The fisheries sector provides livelihoods for more than 45,000 families in the Province. In 1983, prior to escalation of the conflict, the Northern Province, which has 40% of the nation’s coastal belt, accounted for 40% of its marine fish catch. The Province’s fish catch dropped considerably during the ensuing period and investment was negligible. Fishers in the Northern Province currently enjoy little fisheries infrastructure, as there are no natural fishery Harbors and many anchorage sites are damaged by the conflict and extreme weather events. 32. To assist the sustainable development of fisheries activities in the Northern Province, the Government of Sri Lanka (GoSL) had requested for a loan from the Asian Development Bank (ADB) to provide financial assistance for the development of fisheries infrastructure facilities and improve livelihoods in the Northern Province under the Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). The NPSFDP loan has been developed from a previous due diligence Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA) competed in March 2017, which was designed to revive the fisheries sector in the four conflicted affected coastal districts of the Northern province including: Jaffna, Mannar, Mullaitivu, and Killinochchi. The PPTA project aims were to: (i) develop climate resilient infrastructure facilities, (ii) develop sustainable aquaculture, and (iii) improve livelihoods of coastal communities and (iv) strengthen the capacities of the fishery societies and related institutions. 33. The purpose of the Project Development Assistant (PDA) loan (this consultancy assignment) is to undertake detailed engineering designs and associated environmental and social safeguards requirements of fishery infrastructure development in the Northern Province identified through the Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA) Output 1: Climate Resilient Infrastructure. The project originally is to include the development of two (2) Harbors (Pesalai and Point Pedro), rehabilitate one (1) anchorage site and twenty-three (23) fisheries landing sites within the four Northern Province districts.

34. The new Harbor infrastructure development is expected to encourage new investments in offshore fishing activities, thus easing the pressure on excessive exploitation of coastal resources. The streamlining of operations at the anchorage and landing sites by means of providing shore infrastructure will improve safety and security of the fishers and their vessels, fish quality which may result in increased income opportunities (separate environmental assessments have been prepared for these investments).. These interventions will contribute the sustainability of the fish resources over the long term whilst maintaining income generating opportunities to communities of

4

the region. Sustainable development of the fisheries sector in the Northern Province will not only benefit the fishing and coastal communities residing in this region, but will also help to improve the nutritional status, food security and economic development of the nation.

35. The report is specifically written to provide the Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of the Pesalai Fisheries Harbor Development Project (PFHDP). (Figure 1.3) provides a general location of the proposed Pesalai Fisheries Harbor .

Figure 1.3: Location of the existing facilities associated with the Pesalai Fisheries

Harbor Development Site

36. PFHDP site currently has no infrastructure and as such consists of an open sea area including lightly vegetated coastal foreshore sand dunes, intertidal and beach foreshore and an open ocean site. The coastal water of the site is dominated by sand and finer sediments and contains no coral reef, sea grass or mangrove ecosystems. The habitats are similar throughout the area and have been impacted by community fishing activities for many years. The site opens directly to the sea and is exposed to the open ocean weather conditions and thus provides negligible secure and safe docking facilities (Figure 1.4).

Figure 1.4: The environment at the proposed Pesalai Fisheries Harbor

5

37. The feasibility study conducted by MFARDREA in 2016 identifies Mannar district, especially the Mannar Island where Pesalai is located as the second most productive fishing district within the Northern Province. However, the absence of adequate facilities in the area for the operation of both medium and larger size multiday fishing craft has become a constraint to their operations6. 38. It is also evident that the benefits derived from the construction of a fishery harbor would extend to a wider community associated with the fisheries sector that includes fish traders, transporters, handlers, exporters as well as the community as a whole with the improvement of nutritional status due to the increased level of availability of quality fish for consumption. Construction of this Harbor in Pesalai, would bring about an improvement in the livelihoods and potential for employment to the communities within this remote region of Sri Lanka.

1.2.3 Objectives of the Initial Environmental Examination Report

39. In compliance with the ADB environmental and social safeguard policy an environmental assessment is a prerequisite for a “B” Category projects, which are funded by the ADB. The ADB environmental reports termed for this category is an Initial Environment Examination (IEE). Further, according to the Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Act, any new development located within the Coast Zone should obtain the development permit from the Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Department (CCCRMD). Based on the magnitude of the project an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is prerequisite for the approval of the CCCRMD. Therefore, to meet the above two requirements, a combined TOR has been prepared in consultation with both agencies. This IEE report is prepared based on the TOR given by the CCCRMD and ADB for the proposed Pesalai Fisheries Harbor Development Project (PFHDP). 40. The objective of this report includes the environmental assessment of the proposed design, construction and operation of the new fisheries Harbor facility for Pesalai. The assessment is required in order that an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for each phase of the project can be outlined to avoid, mitigate and/or manage the anticipated environmental, health and safety impacts. The EMP will be further detailed by the contractor (for pre-construction and construction impacts) and will include future operational impacts. 41. In preparing the assessment the environmental consultant has followed the Terms of Reference (ToR), which is attached in ANNEX 1. The IEE is prepared to;

Identify and evaluate potential environmental impacts that will arise as a result of the proposed interventions;

Recommend appropriate mitigation measures to avoid, minimize, remedy or compensate for the predicted negative impacts and;

Produce an EMP that will give adequate project options in terms of mitigation measures, project alternatives and Monitoring Program to achieve overall environmental sustainability of the project.

1.2.4 Aim and scope of the IEE study

42. The scope of this report is the environmental assessment of the design, construction and operation phases of the project and an EMP of pre-construction, construction and

6 MFAD (2016), Feasibility Study on the Development of a Fishery Harbor in Point Pedro in Jaffna District, Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Development, Sri Lanka, Nov. 2016

6

operational activities. The assessment is based on the site location, design and configuration of the project 43. The TOR specify the study area proposed for the IEE study covers the Project Area (PA) site – which includes the area directly impacted by the projects scope of works, and the Projects Influencing Area (PIA) that extending up to 500 m periphery from the boundary of the PA, and two km on either side on coastal belt and one km toward sea from the boundary of the project site. The initial development process undertaken for the project includes:

The initial scoping during which the environmental consultants had consultation with Project staff and Detail Design Team (DDT) to familiarize with the project background, proposed interventions, construction methodologies and equipment to be used, pre- construction activities,

Establish the general baseline condition of the physical, biological and socio-economic environment on-site as well as offsite through reconnaissance visits, ecological and social survey of the project area.

Carrying out scoping of environmental issues that may arise as a result of project activities to physical, biological and socio-economic environment by stakeholder and local community consultations, particularly with the beneficiaries and affected communities, and the local Community Based Organizations (CBO) in the area.

Identify necessary approvals/clearances needed by the project prior to the implementation.

Prepare a detailed Environmental Mitigation and Monitoring Plan (EMMP).

Cost estimation for implementation of Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Program.

44. The initial scoping during which the environmental consultants had consultation with Project staff and Detail Design Team (DDT) to familiarize with the project background, proposed interventions, construction methodologies and equipment to be used, pre- construction activities, 45. Establish the general baseline condition of the physical, biological and socio-economic environment on-site as well as offsite through reconnaissance visits, ecological and social survey of the project area. 46. Carrying out scoping of environmental issues that may arise as a result of project activities to physical, biological and socio-economic environment by stakeholder and local community consultations, particularly with the beneficiaries and affected communities, and the local Based Organizations (CBO) in the area. 47. Identify necessary approvals/clearances needed by the project prior to the implementation. 48. Prepare a detailed Environmental Mitigation and Monitoring Plan (EMMP). 49. Cost estimation for implementation of Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Program.

1.2.5 Brief outline of the Methodologies and Technologies adopted in IEE report preparation

50. The TOR provides the guidance to the preparation of IEE report. Based on the TOR, the study area covers the project site, an area extending up to 500m periphery from the

7

boundary of the Harbor, and 2 km on either sides on coastal belt and one km toward sea from the boundary of the project site. 51. The methodology followed in preparation of this report were:

- Reviewing the existing documents; - Identifying additional information needs; - Field visits to the sites; - Conducting field assessment and tests; - Conducting stakeholder and community consultations; and - Prepare a draft IEE report.

52. Reviewing the existing documents. The following documents were reviewed:

- PPTA (2017). Initial Environmental Examination. Draft. 05th March 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

- PPTA (2017). Initial Environmental Examination. Final. October 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

- PPTA (2017). Environmental Assessment and Review Framework. Draft. 5 March 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

- ADB (2009). Safeguards Policy Statement. June 2009. - University of Moratuwa (UoM) feasibility studies for Pesalai (UoM, 2016a), Point

Pedro (UoM, 2016b), and for fishery anchorages and landing sites in Jaffna District (UoM, 2016d), Mullaitivu (UoM, 2016c), Kilinochchi (UoM, 2016e), and Mannar (UoM, 2016f); (iii) the PPTA technical due diligence of the UoM feasibility studies for output 1 (PPTA, 2017d);

- Published IEE/EIA reports and other related documents available in various sources including websites referred are given as reference list to this document.

53. Identifying additional information needed: Based on the review of the available project documents listed above, the following information were required to prepare the IEE report.

- Report for geotechnical investigations, topographical survey, finalized concept

design, additional surveys on coastal and marine ecological studies and social assessment.

- Assessment on physical components such as water quality, ambient noise and ambient dust levels.

54. Field visits to the site: The environment consultant team visited the proposed project site on several occasions individually, with other team members, ADB mission team and design engineers. 55. Conducting Necessary studies: The baseline setting is a very important part of the IEE process and is used for the future comparison of pollution and impact levels. Therefore, in addition to the tests and investigations conducted for the design purposes, the necessary environmental baseline assessments were also undertaken. This included;

- Geotechnical Investigations. - Bathymetry survey. - Terrestrial and marine ecological and biological assessment surveys. - Seawater quality.

8

- Ground water quality mainly drinking water from the close by dug wells in the area and sea water quality.

- Wave Propagation Study for Pesalai - Ambient air quality in the area. - Ambient noise levels in the area.

56. Conducting Stakeholder Consultations: Detail consultations were undertaken at all stages of the project (feasibility, project preparatory, detailed design) with the projects key stakeholders which included relevant government agencies and officers such as Chief Minister and Officers of the Northern Province, District Secretory (Mannar), Divisional Secretary, DOF, CEA, CC & CRMD, the community organizations mainly the respective fisheries organizations, fishers associations and general public. The details of the consultation conducted are provided in ANNEX 08.

57. Main Beneficiaries of the Project: The PEHDP is a nationally important project. The direct benefits will be to the fishing community within the Mannar district and Mannar Island operating IMUL vessels. According to the Fisheries Development Act, fishery Harbors are common property and therefore there are no geographic restrictions in the use of these facilities. The development of the PFHDP will directly and indirectly provide jobs and increase income generation opportunities across a wide spectrum of services associated with a commercial fisheries port. Improved social services will also be provided including improved handling, processing, marketing and quality of fish products, health and safety aspects to the fishers, markets and retailers and to the general business and public communities.

58. The local communities within the area will directly benefits from the project by: (i) have a secure safe berthing facility for their boats. Currently these boats face major threats during the monsoonal season; (ii) direct employment opportunities during construction and the operational period; (iii) the local community also benefits by providing goods and services. Apart from these, the land value in the area will be increased due to the development of the proposed harbor.

9

2. INSTITUTIONAL, LEGAL ANDS POLICY FRAMEWORK

59. The implementation of the proposed project activities will be administered by the environmental laws and regulations of Sri Lanka and the ADB safeguard policies. 60. This chapter therefore describes Sri Lankan national laws, regulations and policies relevant to this project and the ADB SPS and as well as international agreements that are pertinent to the construction and operation of the project.

2.1 Environmental and Resource Legislation and Regulations of Sri Lankan

2.1.1 National Regulations and Laws

61. A number of national environmental laws and regulations are directly relevant to the proposed PFHDP investment. The Table 2.1provides a summary of these key laws which are described in greater detail below (summarized from ADB, 2017).

Table 2.1 Summary of key environmental laws associated with the PFHDP

Law Project Relevance Government Focal Point

Constitution (1987). Fish and fisheries within territorial waters are under concurrent control.

MFARDREA, NPC

The National Environmental (Amendment) Act, No. 53 of 2000.

Development permits outside the coastal zone. Pollution prevention and control from land based sources.

CEA

The Coast Conservation (Amendment) Act, No. 49 of 2011.

Development permits in the coastal zone. Coastal resources inventory and management plan.

CCCRMD

Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act amended (2016)

Fisheries policy, monitoring, and management.

MFARDREA

The Fauna and Flora Protection (Amendment) Act, No. 22 of 2009.

Biodiversity conservation areas and protected species.

DWC

Forest Ordinance, No. 17 of 1907 (as amended).

Conservation and management of forests, felling of trees.

FD

The Marine Pollution Prevention Act, No, 35 of 2008.

Pollution prevention and control from marine sources.

MEPA

Pradeshiya Sabha Act No. 15 of 1987.

Local authority responsibility for health and sanitation and public thoroughfares.

PS

The Ma-del (beach seine) Regulations of 1984.

Managers and licenses beach seine fishing in coastal areas.

MFARDREA, DS

Mines and Mineral Act No 33 of 1992.

Licenses the extraction of quarry material. GSMB

Antiquities (Amendment) Act No. 24 of 1998.

Antiquities conservation. DoA

Land Acquisition Act No. 9 of 1950. Acquisition of lands for public purposes – includes compensation payments.

ML, DS

Soil Conservation (Amendment) Act, No. 24 of 1996.

Conservation of soil resources and mitigation of soil erosion and usage.

MA

62. CCCRMD = Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Department; CEA = Central Environment Authority; DoA = Department of Archaeology; DWC = Department of Wildlife Conservation; GSMB = Geological Survey and Mines Bureau MEPA = Marine Environment Protection Authority; MFARDREA = Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development and Rural Economic Affairs; MoL = Ministry of Lands; NPC = Northern Provincial Council; PS = Pradeshiya Sabha; FD = Forest Department; MoA = Minister of Agriculture; DS = District Secretariat.

10

63. The protection, management and responsibility of the nations environment is documented in the nations constitution (GoSL 1978-10). Chapter VI (Directive Principles of State Policy and Fundamental Duties), Sections 27 (14) and 28 (f) declare that: “The State shall protect, preserve and improve the environment for the benefit of the community” and “it is the duty of every person in Sri Lanka to protect nature and conserve its riches”.

2.1.2 Constitution of the Democratic Republic of Sri Lanka 1987

64. The Constitution of Sri Lanka (Government of Sri Lanka, 1987) specifies that fish and fisheries are not on the provincial council list (under the Provincial Council mandate), rather fish and fisheries resources within territorial waters are on the concurrent list (central government and province). Fish and fisheries beyond territorial waters are on the reserve list (central government).

2.1.3 National Environmental (Amended) Act, No. 53 of 2000

65. The National Environmental (Amended) Act (NEA), No. 53 of 2000 (Government of Sir Lanka, 2000) provides the administrative arrangements “for the protection, management and enhancement of the environment, for the regulation, maintenance and control of the quality of the environment, for the prevention, abatement and control of pollution”. 66. The NEA is implemented by the Central Environmental Authority (CEA), which functions under the Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment (MMDE) and includes District Environmental Agencies of which both are responsible for administering the provisions of the Act. The scope of this law virtually covers all aspects necessary to safeguard the environment and natural resources in the country. 67. The Act entrusts the CEA with responsibilities regarding use of lands and the management and conservation of natural resources outside of the coastal zone, however under the instruction of the Coastal Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Department (CCCRMD) the CEA or other Project Approving Agencies (PAA) can be delegated to process development permits within the zone. Moreover, the CEA manages the standards of wastewater discharges into coastal water bodies and fresh water bodies and monitoring for environmental degradation. Part IV B, of the Act provides the provisions for the maintenance of environmental quality and to control the environmental pollution by setting relevant standards. 68. The NEA includes two main regulatory provisions through which the environmental impacts of development are assessed, mitigated and managed: This includes:

i. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) procedure for major development projects - regulations published in Government Gazette Extraordinary No 772/72 of 24 June 1993 and in subsequent amendments;

ii. The Environmental Protection License (EPL) procedure for the control of pollution - regulations published in Government Gazette Extraordinary No 1533/16 of 25 January 2008.

69. The provision for EIA proponent is contained in Part IV C of the NEA, which requires the submission of an IEE or EIA report in respect of certain “prescribed projects”. These are specified in Gazette Extraordinary No 772/22 of 24 June 1993. . 70. The Pesalai Fisheries Harbor Development Project (PFHDP) scope of works (derived from the PPTA) has been evaluated by the CCCRMD resulting in a determination that an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) is required. This determination categorization represents the ADB SPS categorization of an Initial Environmental

11

Examination (IEE) and as such one specific environmental report has been produced for the PFHDP which ensures both processes to be met. 71. The Ministry of Mahaweli Development and the Environment (MMDE) is tasked with the management of the environment and natural resources in Sri Lanka and as such will be the lead agency, through a number of the ministries divisions, for ensuring environmental compliance to the nation‟s legislation and issuance of clearances and permits for project development. The Coast Conservation and Coastal Resource Management (CCCRM) division will be responsible for issuing the project Development Consent (DC) approvals. Table 2.2 provides a summary of key Ministries and their divisions associated with the approval decisions for the PFHDP.

Table 2.2: Key government agencies associated with project development consent

applications

Agency Roles Associated with the PFHDP

MFARDREA

Is the project EA and through its PMU/PIU will implement the project.

Ceylon Fishery Harbors Corporation (CFHC): CFHC is the government agency responsible for managing fishery harbors in Sri Lanka. It is the proponent for the fishery harbors, anchorage and landing site investments under output 1 of NPSFDP. There is, currently, no permanent CFHC representation in any of the Districts of Northern Province. Department of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources (DFAR): DFAR has overall responsibility for implementation of the Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act (FARA) with a particular focus on ensuring compliance with international and regional treaty obligations. At the district level, district offices of DFAR are headed by Assistant Director of Fisheries. Jaffna District has a permanent DFAR representation. National Aquatic Resources Research and Development Agency (NARA): NARA is “the principal national institute charged with the responsibility of carrying out and coordinating research, development and management activities on the subject of aquatic resources in Sri Lanka”. NARA includes a number of research divisions relevant to NPSFDP such as “Marine Biological Resources Division”; “Socio-economic & marketing research division”; “fishing technology division”; “environmental studies division”; “institute of post-harvest technology”; “national institute of oceanography and marine science”; “national hydrographic office”, “monitoring and evaluation division” and a number of regional research centres. NARA has no offices in Northern Province.

MMDE Is responsible for the management of the environment and natural resources. The ministry includes the divisions of: Biodiversity; Environmental Pollution Control and Chemical Management, Climate Change; Natural Resource Management; Sustainable Development and Sustainable Environment.

The Ministries Implementing Agencies include;

Central Environment Authority (CEA): The CEA is responsible for administering the provisions of the National Environmental (Amendment) Act, No. 53 of 2000 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2000). The CEA is mandated to manage the Environmental Protection Licensing (EPL) system nationally; the Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) process outside the coastal zone using Project Approving Agencies (PAA) where appropriate; the environmental recommendations system regarding non-prescribed activities; and the scheduled waste management licensing system. CEA is also responsible for ensuring compliance with air quality, and noise, regulations. Representation of CEA at the Northern Province and Northern Province District level includes offices in all Districts.

Coast Conservation and Coastal Resource Management Department (CCCRMD): The department is mandated under the Coast Conservation (Amendment) Act, No. 49 of 2011 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2011) to conserve the “coastal zone”, as defined in the Act (see glossary) including the survey of

12

resources within the coastal zone, the production of a coastal zone and coastal resources management plan, and the issuing of “permits” for developments within the coastal zone. Unlike the CEA the CCCRMD does not have access to Project Approving Agencies (PAA) to support the development permit process within the coastal zone although it can assign responsibilities. CCCRMD can also declare “Affected Areas”, “Beach Parks”, “Conservation Areas”, and “Special Management Areas” and develop and implement plans for these areas including “Coastal Access Plan(s)” and “Special Area Management Plans (SAMP)”. CCCRMD is divided into three divisions. (i) Coastal Research and Design Division responsible for monitoring and research; (ii) Coastal Works Division responsible for shoreline management projects and maintenance of the existing coast protective structures; (iii) Planning Division responsible for the development permit system and for the formulation and implementation of Special Area Management Plans (SAMP). CCCRMD has a unit in Jaffna District Secretariat. There are CCCRMD officers in Kilinochchi and Mannar Districts that are attached to the District Secretariats.

Marine Environment Protection Authority (MEPA): MEPA is mandated under the Marine Pollution Prevention Act (Government of Sri Lanka, 2008) to effectively and efficiently administer and implement the provisions of the Act and the regulations made there under. It is responsible for addressing marine sourced pollution and not pollution from land based sources which is the responsibility of the CEA. MEPA is responsible for: the Sri Lanka National Oil Spill Contingency Plan; waste reception services and bunkering permits. Representation of MEPA at the Northern Province and Northern Province District level is one regional office in Jaffna.

Central Engineering Consultancy Bureau (CECB): The CECB operates as a self- financed government corporation and provides engineering consultancy, construction and related services. Areas of specialization include, buildings, roads, bridges, railway bridges, hydropower, irrigation, coastal, ports and water Supply. CECB has a laboratory for testing engineering materials and a geological investigations unit. CECB has one regional office in Kilinochchi.

MSDW The Ministry of Sustainable Development and Wildlife (MSDW) Department of Wildlife Conservation (DWC) is mandated under the under the Fauna and Flora Protection (Amendment) Act, No. 22 of 2009 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2009) to identify, gazette and manage national reserves and sanctuaries, and also to ensure that fauna and flora are identified for listing in the schedules of the Act and are protected accordingly. DWC Marine Unit includes marine operation centres at a number of national parks and reserves in Northern Province including Vankalai Sanctuary, Adam‟s Bridge national park, Chandikulam National Park, and Kokilai Sanctuary. The Management and Technical Authority for CITES in Sri Lanka, and the national focal points for the CMS/Bonn Convention and the RAMSAR Convention is DWC. DWC protected areas and species are administered in local areas (branches) that match, but not exactly, the districts. There is a regional Assistant Directors office in Kilinochchi administering three of the Northern Province Districts (Jaffna, Mullaitivu and Kilinochchi) and an Assistant Directors office at Maddu (Vavuyina District) dealing with Vavuniya and Mannar District in Northern Province.

MDM The Ministry of Disaster Management (MDM) and the Disaster Management Centre (DMC) within the Ministry, is mandated under the Disaster Management Act No. 13 of 2005 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2005). The DMC works closely with the Climate Change Secretariat (CCS) on climate change related disaster management issues. The DMC produced a national hazards profile report (Government of Sri Lanka, 2012a) including hazard profiles for sea-level rise, storm surge, coastal erosion, drought etc. There is a disaster management unit in each District Secretariat under the MDM/DMC.

MIADCA The Ministry of Internal Affairs, Wayamba Development and Cultural Affairs (MIADCA) is responsible for cultural affairs in Sri Lanka. The ministry is responsible for the management of all cultural sites and issues associated with development activities throughout the nation.

DoA The Department of Archaeology (DoA) is responsible for all archaeological matters in

13

Sri Lanka. It is not under any Ministry and is a non-ministerial government department

2.1.4 Coastal Conservation (Amendment) Act, No.49 of 2011

72. The Coast Conservation (Amendment) (CCA) Act, No. 49 of 2011 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2011) provides the administrative arrangements for conserving the “coastal zone”. Key provisions under the Act are the survey of resources within the coastal zone, the production of a coastal zone and coastal resources management plans, and the mechanisms for issuing “permits” for developments within the coastal zone. Coastal resource as defined under the act includes all living and non-living resources found within the Coastal Zone. (Government of Sri Lanka, 2016b). It should be noted that the definition of “management” under the Act “means the managing of renewable and non-renewable coastal resources, either separately or in an integrated fashion but excluding fisheries and aquatic resources which fall within the provisions of the Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act, No. 2 of 1996.” (as amended). 73. The Act also allows for the declaration of “Affected areas”, “Beach Parks”, “Conservation Areas”, and “Special Management Areas (SMA)” and for the development and implementation of “Coastal Access Plan(s)” and “Special Area Management Plans (SAMP)”. The Act also includes restrictions on the extraction of coastal resources including coral (31.A(1)), and sand (31, E (1). 74. Section 14 of the CCA identifies that “no person shall engage in any development activity other than a prescribed development activity within the Coastal Zone except under the authority of a permit issued in that behalf by the Director, Coast Conservation.” The Coastal Zone is defined as “the area lying within a limit of 300 m landward of the Mean High Water Line (MHWL) and a limit of 2 km seaward of the Mean Low Water Line (MLWL); and in the case of rivers, streams, lagoons or any other body of water connected to the sea either permanently or periodically, the landward boundary shall extend to a limit of 2 km measured perpendicular to the straight base line drawn between the natural entrance points identified by the Mean Low Water line thereof and shall include waters of such rivers, streams and lagoons or any other body of water so connected to the sea.” These areas are shown diagrammatically in (Figure 2.1)

Figure 2.1: Coastal Zone Definition (Government of Sri Lanka, 2016b)

14

75. The proposed development scope of works associated with the PFHDP fall within the coastal zone and as such the project will require a development permit to be issued by the Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Department (CCCRMD) according to criteria prescribed by the Minister. In addition, CEA is responsible for issuing Environmental Protection licenses for prescribed activities that may cause pollution within the coastal zone and all land-based activities associated with the project. Marine Environmental Protection Authority (MEPA) is responsible for the prevention and control of marine pollution. 76. The project is a prescribed development under the NEA as indicated above, but development guidelines issued by the CCCRMD state that “all public works within the coastal zone are subject to CCCRMD permit procedure. Hence Public Institutions must consult CCCRMD prior to commencing the development activities.” The guidelines indicate that there are two types of permits, “Minor Permits” are required for small dwelling houses, small scale commercial structures, and removal of sand and sand bars; and “major permits” are required for 19 larger-scale specified undertakings. These include ten activities that will or may be part of the PFHDP project: i) Dwelling houses and related structures of total floor area 1000 sq. feet (93 Sq. m) or more; ii) Harbor structures and navigational channels; iii) Public and religious structures; iv) Shoreline protection works; v) Sewage treatment facilities and ocean outfalls; vi) Disposal of solid wastes; vii) Dredging, filling landscaping and grading; viii) Removal of sand, sea shells or vegetation; ix) Breaching of sand bars; and x) Reclamation

77. The guidelines provide specific development requirements for fisheries related buildings and infrastructures. This includes specifically set back area (buffer zone) of 200 m for all fisheries structures. However, set back (buffer zone) exceptions can be granted by the Director for nationally important projects and fisheries related building and infrastructure, both of which are significant factors for the PFHDP.

78. In addition, the development guidelines include seven specific activities that are prohibited within the coastal zone. None of which are triggered by the PFHDP.

2.1.5 Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act (FARA) as amended to 2016

79. The Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act (Government of Sri Lanka, 2016) provides for the management, regulation, conservation and development of fisheries and aquatic resources in Sri Lanka and to give effect to Sri Lanka‟s obligations under certain international and regional fisheries agreements. The Act includes definitions of “Aquaculture”, “Aquatic Resources” and “Fish” (see Glossary).

80. The Ministry responsible for implementing the provisions of the Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act is Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resource Development and Rural Economic Affairs (MFARDREA). The Act makes a number of administrative provisions including, many of which are relevant to proposed investments in the NPSFDP:

i. Licensing: the “licensing of fishing operations” including the refusal of licenses,

the granting of licenses with conditions and the renewal on grounds of sustainability;

ii. “Protection of fish and other aquatic resources”: including the designation of “Fisheries Management Areas” (FMA) and associated fisheries management “coordinating committees” responsible for the development of a “fisheries development and management plan”; formation and operation of “fisheries committees”; designation of “closed or open season for fishing”;

iii. “Conservation”: including the designation of “fisheries reserves”; iv. “Aquaculture”: including the leasing of state lands and licensing of aquaculture

operations.

15

v. Other administrative provisions cover the “settlement of disputes”, “offences and penalties” and “general” matters including regulations (section 61) and use of terms (section 66).

vi. Regulations: Directions regarding regulations are wide ranging covering matters such as: (a) the taking and landing of fish and other aquatic resources and the control and management of landing areas (61.1); (b) the collection of statistics and the provision of information by persons who are engaged in fishing, marketing or processing of fish and aquaculture enterprises (61.s) including – the protection of fish breeding ecosystems (61.sc); the prevention of the disposal of industrial and domestic waste in Sri Lanka waters, and the prevention of the filling of Sri Lanka Waters, in a manner detrimental to fish and aquatic resources in such waters (61.sd); the establishment of the National Fisheries Federation and Fisheries Organizations at District and village levels (61.si); (c) implementing conservation and management measures adopted including those under UNCLOS (Section 61 (t)(i)); IOTC (Section 61 (t)(ii): the fish stocks agreement (Section 61 (t)(iii)); and the United Nations Agreement on Port State Measures to Prevent, Deter and Eliminate Illegal Unreported and Unregulated Fishing IUU (Section 61 (t)(iv).

2.1.6 Fauna and Flora Protection (Amendment) Act, No. 22 of 2009

81. The Fauna and Flora Protection (Amendment) Act, No. 22 of 2009 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2009) enables the creation and management of national reserves and sanctuaries and also provides schedules of fauna and flora that are protected. A National Reserve can be made only on state land while a sanctuary can be declared on state and/or private land. The ordinance provides the protection, conservation and preservation of the fauna and flora of Sri Lanka and prevention of the commercial exploitation of such fauna and flora. Amendments have been made to include the control and management of national reserves, the protection of elephants and buffaloes in areas outside national reserves and sanctuaries, the capture and keeping protected animals, offences and penalties, prohibition of the import or export of protected animals, and protection of plants.

82. The Department of Wildlife Conservation (DWC) is the agency responsible for implementing the provisions under the Act which includes the responsible for all fauna and flora within national parks, reserves, sanctuaries and for all protected species throughout Sri Lanka that are listed in the schedules to the Act.

83. A number of national parks, reserves and sanctuaries exist in Northern Province.

The Vankalai Sanctuary (Vankellei), which was declared 2008 and has a total area of 4839 hectares (ha) and is a RAMSAR wetland site. The sanctuary is located in the Mannar District; however it is not within the area of the PFHDP site.

Adam‟s Bridge National Park was declared in 2015 and has a total area of 18,990 ha. The sanctuary is located in the Mannar District; however it is not within the area of the PFHDP site.

Chundikulam National Park was declared in 2015 and has a total area of 19,565.33 ha. The sanctuary is located in the District of Kilinochchi and as such is outside of the PFHDP site.

Kokilai Sanctuary was declared in 1951 and has a total area of 1,995 ha. The sanctuary is located in the District Mullaitivu and as such is outside of the PFHDP site. Vedithalathivu Nature Reserve was declared in 2016 and has a total area of 29,180 ha. The sanctuary is located in the District of Mannar, however it is not within the area of the PFHDP site.

84. Section 75 of the 1970‟s Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance (Chapter 469) section specifies that “The Provisions of the Fisheries Ordinance shall cease to be in operation in any National Reserve or Sanctuary as from the date on which such National Reserve of Sanctuary is duly constituted under section 2; but subject as aforesaid, the

16

provisions of the Ordinance shall continue to be in operation in any area outside a National Reserve or a Sanctuary”. 85. The Fauna and Flora Act also stipulates that “no person or organization, whether private or State shall within a distance of one mile of the boundary of any National Reserve declared by Order made under section 2, carry out any development activity of any description whatsoever without obtaining the prior written approval of the Director General”. 86. Sir Lankan protected fauna and flora in the schedules of the Act, of particular relevance to the PFHDP, include: (i) Marine Mammals: including and number of Whales and Dolphins

(Ballaenopteridae, Physeteridae, Delphinidae) and the Dugong ( Dugong dugon). (ii) Reptiles: Two species of Crocodiles Crocodylus palustris - Marsh or Mugger and

C. porosus - estuarine and 5 marine turtles Caretta - Loggerhead, Chelonia mydas - Green, Eretmochelys imbricata - Hawksbill, Lepidochelys olivacea - Olive ridley and Dermochelys coriacea - Leatherback.

(iii) Birds: Large number, 240 are breeding residents with 46 endemic. (iv) Fish: Several species of fish including certain reef fish (sharks are not mentioned). (v) Invertebrates: All species of Lepidoptera; A number of coelenterates including

certain corals; certain annelids (fan worms); certain molluscs including giant clams (Tridacna sp.), chambered nautilus (Nautilus sp.) and the paper nautilus (Agronauta sp.); certain echinoderms including the slate pencil urchin and the royal sea cucumber (Pseudicolochirus sp.)

(vi) Plants: Various plants including plants associated with mangrove environments such as Nipa palm (Nypa fruticans), and the common mangrove trees (Lumnitzera littorea, Ceriops decandra and Sonneratia aptelata), 28 species in total

. 87. In addition, the Forest Ordinance is one of the oldest ordinances in the country, first enacted in 1887 under which the Forest Department. This act has been amended several times in the past. The Forest Reserves gazetted under the provisions of the ordinance and all proposed reserves that are not gazetted under these provisions but selected for conservation based on biological and hydrological importance should be taken into account in implementation of this project.

2.1.7 Felling of Trees (control) Act No. 9 of 1951

88. The Felling of Trees (Control) Act published by the Minister of Agriculture, Land, Irrigation and Power in the Gazette No. 18856 of October 13, 1962 under the Felling of Trees (Control) Act No. 9 of 1951 (Chapter 452) controls the prohibition, regulation or control of feeling trees. Trees to be removed (felled) require a valid permit issued by an authorized officer.

2.1.8 Marine Pollution Prevention Act, No.35 of 2008

89. The Marine Pollution Prevention Act, No, 35 of 2008 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2008) provides the mechanism to establish the Marine Environmental Protection Authority (MEPA) and the Marine Environmental Council (MEC), with the function (among other things) of: the “prevention, reduction, control and management of pollution arising out of ship based activity and shore based maritime related activity, in the territorial waters or any other maritime zone, its fore-shore and the coastal zone of Sri Lanka”; and taking “measures to manage, safeguard and preserve the territorial waters of Sri Lanka or any other maritime zone, its fore-shore and the coastal zone from any pollution caused by any oil, harmful substance or any other pollution.” 90. Preventative measures against pollution, maritime casualties, prevention of pollution in respect of criminal and civil liability, and prevention of pollution when engaged in

17

exploration of natural resources including petroleum or any related activity are inclusive including monetary offence penalties for all convictions (Part VII – Prevention of Pollution – Criminal Liability).

91. Paragraph 28 of the Act establishes that the owner or operator of a ship, offshore installation or pipeline may apply to MEPA for a permit to dump oil, any harmful substance or other pollutant into the coastal zone; and the preceding paragraph (29) indicates that MEPA takes into account the type of pollutant and the disposal location, and grants the permit where it is satisfied that there will be no harm to any living species or effect on water quality and no disruption of any marine activity. The application procedure is established by the Marine Environmental Protection (Issuance of Permits for Dumping at Sea) Regulations No 01/2013, published in Gazette Extraordinary No 1816/3719 of 28 June 2013. Similarly, Schedule I of the Regulations provides quality standards that have to be met by any discharge from land based industries including fishing and port activities.

2.1.9 Pradeshiya Sabha Act No.15 of 1987

92. The Pradeshiya Sabha Act provides the legal mechanism to provide each Pradeshiya Sabha (PS) area the local authority within such area and be charged with the regulation, control and administration of all matters relating to public health, public utility services and public thoroughfares and generally with the protection and promotion of the comfort, convenience and welfare of the people and all amenities within such area. The construction of roads, causeways, bridges, buildings, waste water and sewage systems come under the purview of the PS and as such need its approval to be developed.

2.1.10 The Ma-del (beach seine) Regulations of 1984

93. Ma-del (beach seine) fishing regulations of 1984 and subsequent amendments are applicable to the beach seine fishery in the entire island. The key features of these regulations are the designation and protection of special areas where beach seining can be carried out and the limitation of entry into beach seine fisheries. These features are in line with the principles of community-based fisheries management and incorporate the traditional management practices of this fishery in the past. 94. All beach seine fishing operations are to be carried out exclusively from designated beach seine warayas (bays or Harbors) identified in the regulations by name and an assigned number and only by beach seine owners who are registered and issued with permits for such operations at those warayas which are reserved for their use. Many warayas have more than one padu (the reserved portion of the beach for a registered beach seine owner). The length of a padu, reserved by law for the beach seine owner‟s exclusive use, ranges from 500 m to 1 km. A common feature of most of these regulations is the prominence given to the concept of community-based management in the ordinances, which in many cases approved and legalized the rules made by the inhabitants of the concerned areas where the rules would apply to their fishing grounds. Key features of the beach seine regulation include:

Where there are two or more registered owners or groups for a padu, a system rotation of turns, agreed upon by all owners, shall be observed.

Within a beach seine waraya, the use of mechanized craft for the operation of a beach seine is prohibited.

While a beach seine is in operation, no mechanized boats are to navigate within the waters of a beach seine waraya.

Boats other than those used exclusively for the operation of beach seines are prohibited to be anchored in the beach seine waraya or to be beached on the foreshore adjoining the beach seine waraya.

18

Within the beach seine waraya, the use of any fishing gear or fishing boat other than those prescribed by these regulations are prohibited.

2.1.11 Mines and Mineral Act No 33 of 1992

95. The Mines and Mineral Act No 33 of 1992 requires that all mining and exploitation for minerals in Sri Lanka is licensed by the Geological Survey and Mines Bureau (GSMB). This applies to earth and quarry materials excavated for use in construction. For the PFHDP site all quarry material used, the site will required to possess an Industrial Mining License category A permit.

2.1.12 Antiquities (Amendment) Act No. 24 of 2008

96. The Antiquities (Amendment) Act No 24 of 1998, and the implementing regulations published in Gazette Extraordinary No 1152/14 of 4 October 2000 require that an Archaeological Impact Assessment is conducted in relation to every proposed development project with a land area of over 0.25 ha. The purpose of the assessment is to examine whether there are antiquities in the land, to determine the impact of the proposed development and to provide alternative measures if necessary.

2.1.13 Land Acquisition Act No. 9 of 1950

97. Land Acquisition Act No. 9 of 1950 falls under the responsibility of the Ministry of Lands (MoL) in partnership with other relevant ministries and District and Divisional Secretaries to manage land acquisition for public purposes and is guided by the provisions and procedures outlined in the Act. The Act includes a national involuntary resettlement policy and a mechanism for payment for compensation which includes crop damages. The Local Authority Regulations of 2008 provides further guidelines for the local management and arrangements for the acquisition of land.

2.1.14 Soil Conservation (Amendment) Act No. 24 of 1996

98. Soil Conservation (Amendment) Act, No. 24 of 1996 falls under the responsibility of the Department of Agriculture (DoA) and provides the mechanism to; (i) Enhancement and substance of productive capacity of the Soil; (ii) to restore degraded land for the prevention and mitigation of soil erosion; and (iii) for the Conservation of soil resources and protection of land against damage by floods, salinity, alkalinity water logging. The Act provides the authority to declare land as conservation areas and provides soil conservation guidelines associated with plantation crops in conservation areas.

2.2 National Environmental and Resource Policies

2.2.1 Northern Province Integrated Strategic Environmental Assessment (ISEA)

99. The Integrated Strategic Environmental Assessment for Northern Province was produced by the Central Environmental Agency (CEA) and Disaster Management Centre (DMC) in 2014 (CEA, DMC, 2014). It is more an approach than a policy and includes three development scenarios proposed in the context of the impact of a number of proposed activities on Strategic Environmental Objectives (SEOs). The three scenarios include: (i) Business as usual scenario; (ii) Conservation scenario; and (iii) Development scenario. 100. The ISEA has coloured coded the likely effects of the three scenarios on the SEOs and includes: White: Likely to improve their status; Red: Probable Conflict with their status and is unlikely to be mitigated, therefore needing special attention; Amber: indicating Potential Conflict with their status with mitigation options possible; and Green: No Likely interaction with their status.

19

101. Sea Fisheries and all water and land based activities associated with this industry is one activity identified under the ISEA that is directly relevant to the PFHDP. None of the three ISEA scenario indicate a likely improvement in SEOs. Under the business as usual scenario sea fisheries is in probable conflict with the status of SEOs in respect of “marine biodiversity”, is unlikely to have an interaction with respect to “disaster prone” and is in potential conflict with the other SEOs. Marine fisheries are in potential conflict with all SEOs in the conservation scenario and the development scenario. 102. The ISEA did not discuss the development of the Pesalai fisheries Harbor. Nevertheless, the ISEA provides extensive information on the current status of the Northern Province and provides clear mechanisms to be considered for implementation to ensure environmental sustainable development.

2.2.2 Climate Change Policies

103. The Climate Change Secretariat (CCS) produced the National Climate Change Adaptation strategy for Sri Lanka (CCS, 2010), the National Climate Change Policy for Sri Lanka (CCS, 2012), and the National Adaptation Plan for Climate Change Impacts in Sri Lanka (CCS, 2016a). A key instrument for implementing climate change policy is the Intended Nationally Determined Contributions (INDC) process under the Paris Agreement of September 2015. 104. Sri Lanka submitted an initial assessment of (INDCs) in April 2016 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2016c). All INDCs are relevant to the PFHDP and in particular: (i) mitigation measures in respect of forestry (mangroves and coastal vegetation); (ii) adaptation measures in respect of food security in fisheries, coastal and marine sector, biodiversity sector and tourism and recreation sector; (iii) compensation for loss and damage resulting from climate change. 105. Sri Lanka INDCs are now Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) since Sri Lanka has signed the Paris Agreement. A “Readiness Plan” for implementation of INDCs was produced in August 2016 (CCS, 2016b).

2.2.3 Fisheries Policy

106. Fisheries policy was reviewed in the Fisheries Sector Assessment undertaken under the Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA) for the NPSFDP (PPTA, 2017a) 107. Key policy documents related to fisheries that are relevant to the PFHDP include: the ten-year Development Policy Framework of the Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Sector 2007-2016 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2007); the mid-term policy framework 2013-2016 which provides a roadmap for 2013 to 2016 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2012); and the 2015 MFARDREA performance report (Government of Sri Lanka, 2015). There were six major objectives of the initial strategy that are still considered to be the framework in the absence of a new framework:

1. “Increase per capita fish availability by 2013 to 60 g per day, which is the amount recommended by the Medical Research Institute for per capita consumption to satisfy the animal protein requirements of a person.

2. Increase the national fish production to 685,690 MT by 2013. 3. Establish price competitiveness of fish by promoting competitive marketing. 4. Increase the volume of fish exports to 36,700 MT by 2013 and thereby increase

foreign exchange earnings. 5. Increase the living standards and socio-economic status of the fisher community

through social empowerment, livelihood diversification, and improvement of civic amenities and infrastructure.

20

6. Manage fisheries on a sustainable basis with due recognition to obligations under the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea and other international treaties concerning fisheries, biodiversity and marine environment”.

108. Objective 2 has two key interventions proposed that are of particular relevance to the NPSFDP. These are: (i) Increase the fishing effort in the coastal and offshore/deep sea subsectors by increasing the fleet size; and (ii) Rehabilitate the fishing activities in the Northern Province. Seven policy reforms were also indicated:

1. “Declaration of more fisheries management areas to undertake fisheries co-management;

2. Cancellation of fees levied for registration and renewal of registration of fishing boats, issuance of fishing operation licenses, issuance of permits for collection, transport, keeping in possession, trade, export, etc. as applicable for lobster, chank and sea cucumber;

3. Banning of the use, possession, import, transport, purchase or sale of monofilament nets;

4. Banning of trawl fishing operations except by non-mechanized canoes; 5. Compulsion of the use of live-jackets in fishing boats; 6. Exemption of the sector from paying income tax for a period of 5 years; 7. Provision of a fuel subsidy.”

109. The mid-term policy framework review (Government of Sri Lanka, 2012) identifies a number of constraints to implementation of the strategy in respect of investments proposed under NPSFDP and specifically the PFHDP, these include: (i) a shortfall in central government budget allocation; (ii) a lack of investment in offshore/deep sea vessels to be addressed by providing subsidized bank loans; (iii) lack of uptake of improved fishing (gillnets to longlines) and post-harvest technologies (refrigeration etc.); (iv) lack of management of inshore fisheries leading to overfishing; (v) fish pricing; (vi) export market constraints due to deficient compliance with certification requirements. Five specific objectives are listed for the 2013-2016 roadmaps:

1. “To increase the national fish production and per capita availability of fish; 2. To improve the quality of fish landed and eliminate post-harvest losses or reduce to

insignificant levels; 3. To increase fish exports; 4. To improve fisheries management to ensure long-term sustainability of the

resources; 5. To improve social-security of the fisher community”.

110. The roadmap indicates the production target for offshore/deep sea fisheries as 332,300 MT in 2013, 383,200 MT in 2014, 452,900 MT in 2015 and 583,900 MT in 2016. The Fisheries Statistics yearbook for 2015 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2016d) indicates that the target was exceeded in 2013 (445,930 MT) and 2014 (459,300 MT). Major issues and constraints are identified as:

1. “The low level of technology is hampering optimal exploitation of deep sea resources;

2. Investments by the private sector in large scale infrastructure development and deep-sea fishing are inadequate;

3. Post-harvest losses are relatively high (30%), and market chain and transport facilities for fish are poor;

4. Aquatic environment including the coastal environment has degraded and its management is poor;

5. Reliable and up to date marine fisheries and inland fisheries resource data are not available;

21

111. The fishing capacity is not commensurate with the extent of fisheries resources. Boats capable of fishing in deep sea waters account for only 9 % of the total marine fleet, and 43 % of the operating boats are non-mechanized traditional boats. Most of the other boats are outboard-engine powered boats”.

112. The roadmap identifies a number of incremental outputs from a 2012 baseline by 2016 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2012, table 19). These include:

150 high-sea fishing vessels; 850 multiday boats (IMUL); 1800 Iday boats; 5400 OFRP boats; 7 new fishery harbors/upgrading of anchorages to fishery harbors; 3000 MT ice production capacity; 42 improved infrastructures at fishery harbors and anchorages; 4 fish processing zones (none proposed for Northern Province); 250 larger boats/multiday boats with onboard refrigeration; 3000 aquaculture farms including cage farms; 40 export certifications (MSC, organic, etc.); Establishment of a Vessel Monitoring System (VMS); 80 FMA with co-management; 2000 non-mechanized traditional craft withdrawn.

113. MFARDREA performance review of 2015 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2015) lists key landmarks of the fisheries sector in 2015 as:

Fish Production (Jan-Sep 2015) 384,610 MT; Per capita fish consumption - 44.6 g/day; Contribution of fisheries sector for the Gross Domestic Production (GDP) at the end

of 2nd Quarter - 1.7%; Contribution of fish and fishery products to the total export earnings - 1.8%; Export value of ornamental fish – Rs.1957 million.

114. The performance review also signals key activities and proposed developments in the fisheries sector many of which are relevant to the proposed PFHDP. Most significantly the review signals efforts to improve the management of offshore/deep water fisheries by introducing Vessel Monitoring Systems (VMS), logbooks and catch certification. 115. The PPTA IEE (ADB, 2017) through discussions with Department of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources (DFAR) indicated that for the Northern Province;

28 Lagoon Fisheries Management Areas (FMA) have been declared, out of 116 proposed, no of which are within the PFHDP site;

No fisheries reserves/refugia as such are designated, just seasonal reserves (everywhere) for certain species, for example lobster from September to February;

Coastal FMAs are proposed but not designated; No FMAs are proposed offshore.

116. In respect of the Code of Conduct for Responsible Fisheries (CCRF):

Seabirds: Sri Lanka has not produced a National Plan of Action (NPOA) for seabirds. It is reported that “Sri Lanka has determined that seabird interactions are not a problem for their fishing fleets. However, a formal review has not yet taken place.

Sharks: Sri Lanka produced a National Plan of Action for Sharks in 2013 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2013). A number of species have recently had a ban on fishing imposed due to concerns about their status including a 2012 ban on fishing of thresher sharks and a 2015 ban on fishing of oceanic white tip and whale sharks.

22

Sea turtles: Marine turtles are legally protected in Sri Lanka. In the longline fishery only circle hooks are used (J-hooks are banned). Gillnets longer than 2.5 km are now prohibited in domestic legislation on the high-seas. Reporting of bycatch is facilitated via logbooks reserving a separated box”.

Illegal, Unreported and Unregulated (IUU) Fisheries: Sri Lanka produced a Sri Lanka National Plan of Action for Illegal, Unreported, and Unregulated fishing (SLNPOA-IUU) in 2013 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2013b).

2.2.4 Coastal Resource Policy

117. The principal instrument of coastal resources management policy is the Coastal Zone and Coastal Resource Management Plan (CCCRMD) which is legally mandated to produce at regular intervals. The latest draft version of the plan was issued in the summer of 2016 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2016). The following is extracted from the Plan. 118. Key instruments for the delivery of the plan are: a requirement for a permit for development activities (refer Figure 2.2); permit conditions including coastal setback and other zoning conditions; and the development and delivery of management plans including for “Affected Areas”, “Beach Parks”, “Coastal Access Plans”, “Conservation Areas”, and “Special Management Areas (SMA)”.

119. The plan provides updated coastal setbacks for Sri Lanka including for Northern Province. No “Affected Areas”, “Beach Parks”, “Coastal Access Plans”, “Conservation Areas”, and “Special Management Areas (SMA)” are currently specified for Northern Province. The setback distances specified in the updated coastal setbacks are not applicable in respect of Protected Areas where any protected area falls within coastal segment; it will be considered a “no build zone”. 120. Protected Areas include RAMSAR Wetland sites, Buffer Zones, Sanctuaries, Reserved Forests, Conservation Forests, National Heritage Wilderness Areas, Strict Nature Reserves, National Parks, Nature Reserves, Jungle Corridors, Refuges, and Marine Reserves. 121. It is indicated that a 300m setback shall be applied to FMA, Fisheries Reserves or any other designated area or site declared by the Government of Sri Lanka. A total of 200 m setback shall be applied to all coastal archaeological sites designated by the Department of Archaeology. 122. The Plan does not propose any “Affected Areas”. Two existing “Beach Parks” are listed but no new ones are proposed. Neither of the existing “Beach parks” is in Northern Province. No new “Conservation Areas” are proposed. No coastal access plans are specified. 123. The following areas are proposed to be declared as Special Management Areas in Northern Province, north of which are in close proximity to the PFHDP site:

Mullaitivu District: Nanthikadal Lagoon and Nai Aru Estuary; Jaffna District: Manalkadu Dunes; Jaffna Estuary (town area); Thondaimanaru

Lagoon; Kankesanthurai and Keeramalai coastal area; Mandativu, Delft; Nainativu Islands; Karainagar (including Casuarina beach) coastal area; Navali Coastal Area.

Mannar District: Gulf of Mannar; Thalaimannar coastal area; Sillavathurai; Arippu and Aruvi Aru coastal area; Bay of Kondachchi.

23

Figure 2.2: Development Permit Requirements (Coast Conservation Act No. 57 of

1981 (and its amendments).

2.2.5 Biodiversity, Protected Areas and Species Policies

124. The main policy instrument for protected areas and species is the National Biodiversity Strategic Action Plan (NBSAP) and responds to Convention of the Parties (COP) requirements under the CBD. The NBSAP (Government of Sri Lanka, 2016e) covers the period 2016-2022. 12 targets are proposed to be delivered by 2022. No target is quantified. Targets of particular relevance to PFHDP include:

Target 3 relates to protected areas: 0.3% of marine areas are indicated to be protected by law compared with the Aichi target of 10%. There is no indication of any proposed additions to the coastal and marine protected areas network.

Target 4 relates to species: The priority action is to update the Red List. No species

are specifically proposed for additional protection. However, Target 4 action 6 specifies “regularize turtle hatcheries with appropriate guidelines for scientific management and a monitoring system established”.

24

Target 6 relates to the sustainable use of biodiversity, including fisheries: Note is made of “improving harvesting methods and preventing overexploitation through proper resource management, especially in the marine sector”. Target 6 action 4 specifies “Promote best practices to minimize the destructive harvesting methods used for biological resources from terrestrial, aquatic and marine systems” and target 6 action 5 specifies “Assess the present levels of harvesting of freshwater and marine finfish/ shell fish and develop and implement recovery plans for finfish/ shell fish species stocks that are depleted due to overexploitation”.

Target 7 relates to strengthening the traditional use of biodiversity: It is proposed to

be achieved, in part, by improving community-based resource management. Target 7 action 6 specifies “Identify gaps in FMA and implement programs to address the identified gaps”.

Target 11 relates to enhancing resilience and adaptation in ecosystems such as

forests, wetlands, mangroves and coral reefs through ecosystem-based adaptation including in respect of climate change. Target 11 action 1 specifies “Initiate research and monitoring programs on the impacts of climate change, infrastructure development, and natural hazards on biodiversity” and Target 11 action 43 specifies “Implement mangrove and river bank restoration and forest conservation projects for watersheds”.

2.3 ADB Safeguard Policy (SPS) 125. The ADB Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 (SPS) has the objectives to (i) avoid adverse impacts of projects on the environment and affected people; (ii) where possible; minimize, mitigate, and/or compensate for adverse project impacts on the environment and affected people when avoidance is not possible; and (iii) help borrowers/clients to strengthen their safeguard systems and develop the capacity to manage environmental and social risks. The environment safeguard requires due diligence which entails addressing environmental concerns, if any, of a proposed activity in the initial stages of project preparation. 126. The SPS categorizes potential projects or activities into categories of impact (A, B or C) to determine the level of environmental assessment required to address the potential impacts. The ABD SPS is aligned with and compliments the country safeguard system (CSS) of the Government of Sri Lanka (GoSL). 127. ADB and the PPTA consultant assigned an Environment Category B classification for the full scope of works to be undertaken within the NPSFDP project indicating that potential adverse environmental impacts are site-specific, few if any of them are irreversible, and in most cases mitigation measures can be designed readily. 128. A Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) of the Pesalai Fisheries Harbor Development Project undertaken by the confirmed the category B environmental classification. Accordingly, this IEE has been prepared as the requisite level of assessment to address the potential impacts in line with the SPS. 129. ADB‟s SPS applies pollution prevention and control technologies and practices consistent with good practices as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group‟s Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines (EHSG). The EHSG provide the context of international best practice and contribute to establishing targets for environmental performance. Standards incorporated into the EHSG will be used in parallel with Sri Lankan government environmental standards throughout this document with the principals of due diligence and a precautionary approach adopted. Application of

25

occupational and community health and safety measures, as laid out in the EHSG is required under the SPS.

2.4 International and Regional Treaties and Agreements 130. Sri Lanka is signatory to a number of International environmental agreements including those for regional agreements on atmosphere, biodiversity, marine and coastal, terrestrial and chemicals of relevance to the project. The names, purpose and the date of ratification of these agreements are provided in ANNEX 02.

2.5 Sri Lanka Environmental Clearance and Permits Requirements 131. The PFHDP will need to apply for a development activity permit from the relevant permit authority. The Coastal Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Department (CCCRMD) is the development permit authority within the “Coastal Zone” (see Glossary) and the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) is the development permit authority outside the coastal zone. In addition, the i) Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development (MFARD) is the permitting authority in respect of fish and certain aspects of marine pollution; (ii) CEA in respect of land based sources of pollution including within the coastal zone; (iii) Marine Environmental Protection Authority (MEPA) in respect of marine sources of pollution and; (iv) Department of Wildlife Conservation (DWC) in respect of biodiversity protection areas under the Fauna and Flora Act. Detailed clearance and permits required for the PFHDP are listed in Table 2.3.

Table 2.3 : Details of the clearances/permits required for the development of the

PFHDP

Clearance/Permit

When Required Status

1 Approval from the Coast Conservation and coastal Resources Management Department.

Prior to start of activities.

Pending submission of IEE

2 Approval from the Divisional Secretary, Divisional Secretariat, Mannar.


Approval provided.

3 Approval from National Water Supply and Drainage Board.


NWSDB has confirmed availability of water supply for project. Written confirmation pending. Contractor required to locate suitable water for construction.

4 Approval – Consent from Mannar District Coordination Committee.


Approval provided.

5 Approval from the Mannar Divisional Coordinating Committee (DDC)


Approval provided.

6 Approval from District Land Utility Committee.


Approved provided by DCC.

7 Approval from District Environmental Committee.


Pending: to be completed after submission of IEE

8 Approval from the Pesalai Pradeshiya Sabha

Initial approval for the building plans prior to start of construction and certification of

Pending: required to submit drawings to council once design completed.

26

conformity for the buildings.

9 Approval of Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources


Approval provided.

10 Approval from Ceylon Electricity Board


CEB has confirmed availability of electricity supply for project. Written confirmation pending.

11 Ministry of Defense (Navy) Prior to start of activities.

Pending.

12 Sri Lanka Customs Prior to start of activities.

Pending.

13 Approval from Road Development Authority for transportation of heavy vehicles and equipment.


Pending.

14 Approval from Department of Archaeology.


No major concerns, but approval will be obtained

15 Solid waste disposal arrangement with Pesalai Pradeshiya Shabha


Pending. Submission after final design drawings are completed.

16 Geological Survey and Mines Bureau for blasting operations.


Pending: To be undertaken by contractor based on IEE/EMP.

17 Geological Survey and Mines Bureau for metal quarries and Borrow areas


The contractor will ensure the availability of GSMB licence from the quarry owners prior to the commencement of construction.

18 Environmental Protection License for the operation of the quarries and Borrow areas


The contractor will ensure the availability of EPL from the quarry owners prior to the commencement of construction.

19 Environmental Protection permits etc for dredge spoil waste dumping – outside of project site

EPL for waste water treatment once the operation of harbor is commenced

Construction phase this will covered in the CCCRMD IEE clearance and EPL required for dredge materials disposal site, pending

20 Police and DS approval for sand and metal/armors transportation.


Pending.

27

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

3.1 Description of the project

Location 132. The proposed site is located in the eastern part of the northern coastline of the Mannar Island (9° 5'25.97"N, 79°48'44.01"E). The site is situated in the administrative division of Pesalai North (MN-57) and Pesalai West (MN-55) Grama Niladari Divisions (GND) of Mannar Divisional Secretariat Division in Mannar District. Proposed project site falls in the local authority limits of Pesalai Pradeshiya Sabha. The site is easily accessible and the Madawachiya-Thalaimannar Road runs along the southern border of the project site.. Location of the map is given in (Figure 3.2). The harbor basin of 10.8 ha is allocated to accommodate the berthing facilities for a forecasted fleet of 300 boats of varying sizes which includes a 7 ha land parcel to provide onshore facilities. The land is dominated by predominantly Palmyra trees. A private owned abandoned slaughter house and an active piggery are located within the proposed site. A village is located approximately 250 m from the eastern boundary while a Navy camp is in close proximity (90 m east) to the project sites eastern boundary. An army guest house is located about 50m due west of the projects western boundary. The land consists of bare land, beach and isolated vegetation. (Ref.Figure 3.1.and Figure 3.3) provides the location of a number of key project features associated with the PFHDP.

Figure 3.1: Surrounding features of site

28

Figure 3.2: Proposed Location of the Project

29

Figure 3.3: Layout showing proposed project components

Note: A clear plan is given in ANNEX 03

30

3.2 Details of Project Structures; 133. The major project structures to be constructed include; 2 breakwaters, establishment of Harbor basin, jetties, quay walls, a slipway and a number of land-based infrastructure buildings. The major components of the projects are given in (Figure 3.3). The details of each of the major structures are given in the following section.

i. Breakwaters: 134. Two breakwater structures to be constructed. The western boundary will be the main breakwater with a length of 670 m and starts from a depth of +1.0m MSL near shore to -3.4m MSL in the sea. The second breakwater has a total length of 338 m and will be constructed on the eastern side of the Harbor basin and has a water depth of 0 to --3m MSL depth. Sample cross section of the breakwater is given in (Figure 3.4). It is estimated 50,000m3 of rock armours are required to construct these two breakwaters. The predicted sea level rise of 0.45 m by 2070 was considered for designing purposes.

Figure 3.4: Sample Cross section of breakwater

ii. Harbor Basin: 135. The size of the Harbor Basin is 10.8 Ha. The depth of the western side of the basin starts from (+1) MSL at the quay wall to (-3) near the access canal. This has been designed to accommodate large Inbound Multiday (IMUL) boats. The depth of the eastern side of the basin starts from (+1) MSL at the quay wall to (-3) MSL at the access channel.

iii. Basin Dredging:

136. The project dredging program will be undertaken encompassing the harbor basin in its entirety. The basin will be dredged up to -3.5 m from MSL (Figure 3.5). According to the geotechnical investigation tests that up tested 18 m ground surface consists of soft and hard sand. Therefore, no blasting operation is required. The dredged material will be collected using barge mounted excavator and all dredge material collected will be transported to the onshore reclamation area It is expected approximately 156,900 m3 of

31

material will be removed during the dredging operations. A part of the dredged volume 14,000 m3 will be used for the refilling the harbors shore reclamation area. Dredging material could be used for filling of the proposed NAQDA training institute (around 4 acres) located in Mannar South Bar area; about 11 km from the Pesalai and low land area of South Bar housing scheme as identified by the DS Mannar.

Figure 3.5: Dredging Plan

iv. Berthing Facilities; 137. Birthing facilities are required for the fishermen who take rest after each fishing trip. Facilities are provided for the vessels to be berthed in the Harbor basin alongside the berthing quay during the fishermen resting period. At the berthing quay, the fishermen take out their fishing nets either for drying or net mending and then reload the nets into their boats before proceeding on next fishing expedition. For this purpose a T shaped 180m long jetty which can accommodate 300 boats is proposed. The projected number of boats utilising this harbor for 2022 and 2027 are detailed in Table 3.1

Table 3.1: Projected boats utilising the Pesalai Fisheries Harbor in 2022 and 2027

138. The jetty is connected to the projects western (primary) breakwater, and having a total length of 180m, and it will be located 230 m away from the shore line. The cross-section of the proposed jetty is given in (Figure 3.6).

Facility Current No In 2022 In 2027

Local IMUL (up to 20m) 9 75 150 Large IMUL (up to 35/40m) 0 0 0 I-DAY (28ft) 66 150 250

32

Figure 3.6: Section of the Jetties associated with the PFHDP

v. Refiling of Land : 139. About 3.65 ha shore area of the proposed site is to be reclaimed with 14,000 m3 of sand utilizing dredged materials from the Harbor basin to accommodate shore facilities. The additional dredge spoil not used on site will be transported to approved spoil receiving sites.

Figure 3.7: Refiling of Land

vi. Quay Wall; 140. A quay wall with 437m length will be constructed. Cross section of the quay wall is shown in the Figure 3.8. The quay wall is mainly used to berth boats temporarily for unloading fish and loading necessary items such as nets, food, water and fuel.

Reclamation area

33

Figure 3.8: Cross section of the quay wall used within the PFHDP

vii. Slipway; 141. The size of the slip way is 45 m x 10 m. The main purpose of the Slipway is to facilitate the vessels brought on shore for maintenance and repairs. The slipway consists of rail tracks usually laid on a concrete ramp or on pile structure sloping from shore to the water. Every time the fishing vessel is to be moved from water to shore or vice versa, it is pulled by a winch run on an electrical or diesel operated motor. Slipway can handle vessels up to 75 tonnes and as such, they can accommodate most of the bigger size fishing vessels. The most economical and convenient slope for the slipway is 1:12 (8.3%). The longitudinal section of the proposed slipway is given in (Figure 3.9).

Figure 3.9: Slipway

34

On shore Infrastructure Facilities

Net Mending Hall: The net mending hall is a single-story building with a floor area of about 960m2. Half wall will be constructed with earth brick and concrete exposure. The floor will be with cement rendering and the roofs are to be tiled.

Community Hall and Canteen: The community hall and canteen will be located in one two-story building. The total floor area is 480 m2. The ground floor is allocated for the canteen while the upper floor is allocated for the community hall. The canteen will be provided with facilities such as kitchen, space to accommodate 6 staff members with a seating capacity of around 50. The upper floor consists of a society office and community hall with a capacity of 50-100 seats.

Bachelors Quarters: It is a single-story building with a total floor area of 360 m2. There are four twin bedrooms to accommodate eight senior office staff and dormitory to accommodate 10 junior officers. Four bathrooms will be provided for the twin bedrooms and three common bathrooms will be provided for the dormitory. In addition to this, common dining room and living area also will be provided.

Harbor Manager Quarters: Harbor Manager Quarters will be a two storied building. Ground floor consists of the garage, stores and accommodation facility. Two cars could be parked in the garage, one for Harbor Manager (HM) and the other one for the Deputy Harbor Manager (DHM). The ground floor with floor area of 168m2 is allocated for the HM and the upper floor with floor area 156 m2 is allocated for the DHM. Both floors consist of two bedrooms and two bathrooms, pantry, dining area and utility rooms,

Surveillance Building: The size of the building is 480m2 (40m x12m). The surveillance building is a two-story building with facilities to accommodate marine police, coast guard and high sea fisheries. The ground floor is offices for the above officers. The coast guard office and the marine police office will be provided with the facilities to accommodate three senior officers and two junior officers, supporting assistants. Each faclility consisits of a bathroom in each facility. The high sea fisheries office consists of facilities to accomodate one senior officer, one assistant, four supportive staff and seats for visitors. Radio office accommodation facilities are also provided in the ground floor. The 1st floor will be used as accommodation facility to the marine police, coast guard and high sea fisheries. The marine police accommodation consists of 5 beds and one bathroom. The coastguard accommodation consists of two bedrooms, 2 bathrooms, pantry, living area and dining area. High sea fisheries accommodation facilities consist of one bedroom, one bathroom, living area and dining area.

Auction Hall: Action hall is a single story with a floor area of 1,200 m2 (100 m x 12 m) will be located close to the sea area 2 m away from the quay wall. There will be 16 lorry bases for loading and unloading and 28 inbuilt concrete auction tops. Drainage facility is provided for the collection of wastewater. All wastewater generated in the auction hall will be directed to a collection pit and then directed to the wastewater treatment system that has been designed to accommodate the expected number of users.

Parking area: Two parking areas are provided for the proposed fishery Harbor. One for public area and other one for the auction hall. The public parking area has a total floor area of 3,750 m2 designed to park 30 vehicles and the auction hall parking area is designed to accommodate 90 bicycles, 50 motor cycles, 51 tractors, 6 lorries and 21 other vehicles.

35

Public toilets: The total area for the public toilet is 80 m2. Five toilets, three wash

basins and four urinals are provided for males and five toilets and four wash basins are provided for females. One toilet especially designed to accommodate male and female disabled persons is provided. All toilet and wastewater systems utilized within the project site have been designed to meet the expected demand based on the anticipated number of users. All systems will be connected to an onsite waste water treatment plan (see below).

Wastewater Treatment Facility: The treatment facility will be provided within the project area to treat the all wastewater including sewage generated from the operation of the fishery Harbor. It is estimated that about 31 m3/day wastewater will be generated. The concept of suitable treatment system is discussed in Section 3.7.2.

Security Facilities; Two security blocks, one at the entrance and another one will be considered during the construction stage. A strategic location will be decided during the construction phase for this purpose. Total floor area of each toilet block is 30 m2 which includes a bathroom.

Weighing Bridge and Control Room: The ports weighing bridge is to be located near the sites main gate. The total land area is 40 m2. Initially, 40T weighing facility will be provided and the design could accommodate 60T facility if necessary in the future.

Fuel Facility: There will be a fuel office and 3 x 36,000 litter capacity tanks with 3 x dual dispenser units to cater for both small and lager boats. The floor area of the fuel office is 40 m2. The fuel facility will be located near the offloading area and will include security and safety requirements as per Sri Lanka standards.

Transformer and Generator Facilities: Facilities will be provided to install A 800 kVA transformer and standby generators with the capacity of 250 kVA and 350 kVA. Alternative solar power will be provided and used within the port with excess sold to the local electricity provider. The transformer and the generator rooms are proposed to be built in 80m2 each.

Security Fence: 1m high rubble wall and chain link fence above with green vegetation is proposed.

142. In addition, space for a public recreational zone with restaurant (480m2), sales outlet and commercial space 360m2 (30 m x12m), cold storage and ice plant will be provided to the private sector for investment.

3.3 Detailed drawings indicating all project components 143. A drawing indicating breakwaters, jetties, quay walls, Harbor basin, entrance canal proposed dredging areas, dumping sites, off shore facilities access roads to the site, reservation etc. is given in ANNEX 03.

3.4 Time period for the development and construction 144. The estimated project construction time frame is three years. Construction contractor will prepare a detail work plan and get the approval from the PMU/PIU prior to commencement of the works. The tentative construction work schedule is given in (Figure 3.10).

36

Figure 3.10: Tentative construction schedule

37

3.5 Financial allocation and investments 145. The project is estimated to cost Rs 3 billion, which is proposed to be funded by ADB with GOSL funding the local tax component.

3.6 All other natural resources consumption and Green building concepts 146. Green buildings are refers to both a structure and the application of processes that are environmentally responsible and resource-efficient throughout a building's life-cycle: from planning to design, construction, operation, maintenance, renovation, and demolition. All buildings will comply to the norms of Sri Lanka Green Building Council.

147. The buildings will be constructed to climate resilient and energy saving. Eco-friendly and recycled building material will be sourced where possible. The following climate resilient and Energy conservations features are incorporated in the design.

Climate Resilience

148. Climate resilient features incorporated the shore facilities building designs have included:

Wide Roof Eaves have been introduced to control effects due to sea breeze, sunlight, and rain.

Corridors designed alongside office areas to avoid the areas getting wet. Cement use has been minimized to reduce efflorescence Use of clay bricks & tiles to increase indoor comfort Covering of the building rood system to decrease impacts of the coastal weather

and marine conditions. Use of external sealant to prevent moisture absorption for walls/columns Use of Anti-corrosive application for steel elements / using galvanized steel

Energy conservation

149. The followings green building concepts are considered for the offshore buildings.

Maximum provisions have been kept for cross ventilation and natural lighting Use of locally available materials (i.e. bricks, timber, clay tiles) Minimal use of cement & steel Effective master planning considering the functional and environmental

requirements Use of solar energy Site orientation and landscaping to reduce heat island effects Rain water harvesting systems and Effective waste and waste water management system

38

Figure 3.11: Concept design of the proposed buildings

Administrative Building -Front View Administration Building Front Verandah 1st Floor

Administrative Building – Rear View. Administrative Building – Rear Verandah.

3.7 Details of Construction and Operational Activities

3.7.1 Water Requirement (Constructional and operational Phase)

Water requirements

150. The estimated water requirement for the construction period is 10 m3/day. About 81 m3 /day during the operational period. The water requirement is given in the Table 3.2.

Table 3.2: Water requirement

Ave. Water requirement

Quantity Total water requirement (L)

Boats 100 l/boat 200 20,000

People 45 l/person 1000 45,000

Auction & Net mending hall

10l/m2 1680 16,800

Average water requirement per day 81,000

39

Water Supply system 151. Construction stage: There is no adequate good quality water near the project in the area for construction purposes. As such premix concrete will be used where to minimize the water requirements for the project with the remaining water will be utilized from the National Water Supply and Drainage Board (NWSDB). The construction of the offshore facilities is to commence by the year 2021.

152. Operation stage: Total water operational requirements of the project has been estimated at water is about 81m3/d. Part of this water for domestic purposes and for the boats portable water will be utilized for the National Water Supply and Drainage Board. Sea water will be used for the washing purpose.

3.7.2 Wastewater

Type of effluent

153. Wastewater from the construction period is mainly generated from the workers activities including domestic use. All domestic wastewater used during this period will be discharged into portable septic systems and pumped out and disposed of at a permitted site location when required

154. Table 3.3, identifies 31m3 of wastewater will be generated from the operational phase. The wastewater will be generated mainly from the fish processing area, washing of auction hall and general bathing requirements. The wastewater generated from the auction hall and the fish processing area contaminated with blood water, water discharges from washing and cleaning, scraps of flesh, blood and soluble substances from entrails, detergents and other cleaning agents. All waste water generated from the harbors operational activities will be discharged into the onsite waste water treatment plant.

Table 3.3: Total quantity of wastewater generation

Source Ave. wastewater Quantity Total waste water (L)

Auction & Net mending hall

10L/m2 1680 16,800

People 15L/person 1000 15,000

Average wastewater discharge per day 31,000

Arrangements for disposal of sewage (both during construction and operation),

155. During the construction period it is proposed to discharge all waste water and sewage into a portable septic tank/s to be pumped out when required. The temporary septic system will include soakage pits. During the operational period the wastewater will be directed to the onside wastewater treatment plant.

Proposed method of treatment and disposal of wastewater

156. The management and treatment of the waste water generated from the operational phase of the fish harbor will utilise an activated sludge process. The main advantage of this systems proces is the efficient and effective removal of BOD, COD and other nutrients from wastewater. This type of wastewater treatment plant is successfully operated at Dikkowita Fisheries Harbor to treat the similar type of wastewater. The conceptual activated sludge treatment flow chart is given in the (Figure 3.12) and includes;

40

Figure 3.12: Activated sludge Water Treatment Flow Diagram

1. Pretreatment: The wastewater generated from the processing area and market area will be sent through screens to remove the scales and the other fish parts entering to the treatment plant. The scales and settled material will be removed from the screens and disposed within the harbors normal organic waste management regime.

2. Primary clarifier: The pretreated wastewater will be directed to the primary clarifier where large particles will be settled and the settled sludges are removed at the bottom of the clarifier for disposal. The wastewater will be directed to an aeration tank.

3. Aeration tank: Air is mechanically supplied to the wastewater to aerobically activate the microorganism to decompose the organic matter and to form large size floculants which are easily settled at the bottom of the clarifier. The treated water (mixed liquid) is discharged to the secondary clarifier

4. Secondary Clarifier: The mixed water is discharged into the secondary clarifier where live bacteria settle to the bottom, dead bacteria rise to the top and form a crust with a clear liquid in the middle. This clean water is then discharged into either a watercourse or a soak away. The live bacteria, called activated bacterial sludge, are returned to the Aeration tank to re-seed the new raw sewage entering the tank and the dead bacterial crust is removed as sludge in dry beds to dispose.

5. Sludge Drying Bed; Sludge from the primary and secondary settling tanks will be collected in a dry bed make dry solid before disposal to reduce the moisture content. The wastewater generated from the drying beds either will be re-directed to the treatment plant or let it soak in the dry bed itself.

41

Final point of discharge of treated wastewater, and methodology are according to the National standards.

157. The wastewater generated from the operation of the fishery Harbor will be treated in accordance to the National Environmental Act up to the Tolerance Limits for Industrial and Domestic Wastewater Discharge into Marine Coastal Area as well as comply with the World Banks (WB) Environmental Health Standards (EHS) A pipeline will be provided through the western boundary of the side breakwater about 100 m away from the shore area to get adequate dilution.

Solid Waste Construction stage

158. It is expected that there will be betweeb 10-to 20 tipper truck loads of waste material generated during the construction stage.

159. Construction waste: All construction waste will be segregated as recyclable material and non-recyclable material. All recyclable material will be sold out for local recycle material collectors. Of the non-recyclable material, suitable material, will be used for proposed refilling activity. Any remaining waste (expected to be a small quantity) at the final stage of construction will be disposed at the local authority disposal site.

160. Municipal Solid Waste: The municipal solid waste generated by the workers will be segregated at the source and collected separately. The recyclable materials will be given to the local recyclable material collectors and the others will be disposed through the relevant local authority collection system.

161. Operational Waste: Solid waste during the operational phase include: fish waste, domestic waste and sludge from the wastewater treatment plant. The expected quantity of each waste is tabulated below

Table 3.4: Operational Waste

S.No Waste Type Quantity

1. Fish waste 100kg/day

2. Domestic waste

(300 visitors +30 permanent staff)

150 kg/day

3. Sludge from the wastewater treatment plant

50-100 kg/month

162. All domestic solid waste generated from the labourers‟ canteen, boats and other common areas will be source segregated (by keeping different color bins for separation). The separated recyclable waste will be sold out to local recyclable waste collectors and the non-recyclable waste will be disposed through the local authority collection system.

163. Collection facilities (barrels/bins) will be provided in the auction hall sales center and the processing center to collect the fishwaste separately and used for the production of silage which can be used as animal feed by a private contractor.

42

164. About 50 to 100 kg of dry sludge/month will be generated during the peak operation. This consists mainly organic matter which will be used for landscape purposes in the harbor area principally along the harbors boundary

165. A central storage facility for waste collection will be provided in a location easily accessible to the waste collectors during operational phase. All organic waste will be collected in bins with proper lid to avoid the spreading of waste by the scavengers. No waste disposal site will be maintained by the Harbor management for the MSW. All MSW wastes generated due to the Harbor operation will be disposed through the local authority collection systems and recyclable materials will be sold out for recycling.

166. All common areas will be provided with separate color code bins to separate the different type of wastes which could easily be sold out for recycling purposes.

3.8 Requirement of labor during construction and operation period

Construction period

167. About 100 skilled and unskilled labours will be required during the construction period. 168. The DS data indicates that 51% of the populations receive incomes of less than Rs3,000 a month and the major proportion of the people in the coastal areas are involved in part time fishing activities for their livelihood. Therefore, adequate unskilled labor could be sourced for the surrounding area for the construction proposes. 169. During the construction period, the average and peak laborer strength likely to be deployed at the proposed fishing harbor will be about 100 including skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labor. Priority will be given to the local people in the area.

Operational Period

170. It is estimated that approximately 33 employees will be required to operate the harbor. Worker priority will be given to the local people for the operational periods work opportunities. In case of the lack of required laborers in the local area, outsiders will be recruited. Canteen operations will be out sourced and it will be tendered competitively, giving an opportunity to fisheries organizations in the area to operate this facility. The tentative employees‟ requirement is given in the Table 3.5.

Table 3.5: Requirement of employees during the operational period

S.No Place No. of Person

1 Canteen 4

2 Harbor Manager +Assistant Harbor Manger 4

3 Surveillance Building

Police 3

Coast Guard 3

High Sea Fishing 3

4 Security 2

5 Weighing room 2

6 Fuel supply 2

Total 23

43

3.9 Details of the methodologies to be adopted during the construction

171. Construction will commence with the establishment of the safety measures such as placing barricades around the working site, signage (warning) notices and construction of internal working access without disturbing the existing roads etc.,

Construction methodology

i. Breakwater Construction

172. It is proposed to construct two breakwater structures. The western side will be the main breakwater with a length of 670 m starts from a depth of +1.0 m near the shore and ending at -3.3m MSL in the sea. The secondary breakwater with 338m in length will be constructed on the eastern side and starts from +1.0m MSL near the shore and ending at -3.3m MSL depth. A sample cross section of the Pesalai break water is given in the (Figure 3.13). The construction of breakwater consists of core, filter layer, toe, inner layer or secondary layer, and primary layer or armour layer and the crest.

Figure 3.13: Sample Cross Section of the break water proposed for Pesalai Fishery

harbor

ii. Core

173. The construction of the core will be originate from the beach end and moved towards the sea. 1 to 250 kg quarry run will be tipped from 4-5 T tippers from 0 to -3.3m MSL. The width of the base will be 8 m (from center line) and the height is 4 m. Initially, this core will act as the access road to reach the offshore end of the breakwater for construction purposes. Then the cores will be shaped from rear end to toward the land side with a slope of 1:2.

iii. Filter Layer 174. The massive rubble stone structure should be stable against disintegration due to excessive settlements due to leaching, undermining or scouring due to wave and current induced turbulence and quick soil conditions, particularly on sandy beds. Filter or bedding layer is required to retain the breakwater structure while passing large volumes of water through it.

iv. Toe Mound Construction 175. The tipper Lorries, are taken over the core layer carrying the stones required for construction of the toe mound. The sizes of stones for the toe mound are 1 to 5 T armour with two layers. The height and the bottom width will vary with the distances. These

44

stones shall be handled by a suitable crane with sufficient boom length and placed in toe mound location on both sides of the breakwater.

v. Inner Layer (Secondary layer) 176. There will be two layers of stones of sizes 0.3 to 0.6 T armour will be used for construction of secondary layer. This layer is to be laid either manually of placed by excavator of minimum 8/10T capacity. The thickness of the secondary layer will be checked by soundings chain to ensure sufficient thickness of secondary layer is laid along in all the locations. In any location, if less quantity of stones are placed as found by taking soundings, then that area will be filled up to arrive at sufficient thickness of layer.

vi. Armor layer (Primary layers) 177. Armor layer is to be placed over the secondary layer on the slope 1:2. Two layers of stones of sizes 3 to 6 T armour will be used for the construction of the secondary layer. The breakwater construction shall be carried out in length of 10 m until the tip of the breakwater structure is reached. This ensures that breakwater is always safe during cyclonic period. The construction contractor has to ensure the safety of core and secondary layer during construction. The alignment of breakwater shall be checked every 50 m interval by using a total station instrument. After reaching to the tip of the breakwater, head section is formed. For placement of toe mound section at head section, a long arm excavator/ crane of 8 to10T capacity will be deployed.

vii. Crest 178. Four-meter width of crest will be maintained throughout the two breakwaters except for chainages from 480 m to 498 m in the western breakwater at the jetty, where the crest width will be 8 m.

viii. Dredging 179. It is proposed to dredge 160,000 m3 of material from the sea bed.

180. Selection of Dredging Equipment - There are various types of dredging equipment available for executing capital and maintenance of dredging works. These include the following:

- Trailing Suction Hopper Dredger (TSHD) - Cutter Suction Dredger (CSD) - Grab Dredger - Backhoe Dredger

- Bucket Dredger

Out of the above, cutter suction dredger will be used. Cutter Suction Dredger (CSD) to be equipped with a rotating cutter head, for cutting and fragmenting hard soils. The soil is sucked up by means of dredge pumps and discharged through a floating pipeline and pipes on shore, to a deposit area.

iX Land Reclamation

181. The part of the shore area of the proposed site is lying at 0.0m MSL from the existing ground level and is required to be reclaimed and filled. It is estimated that about 3,65 Ha. area has to be refilled with suitable material. Part of the dredged materials (14,000 m3) will be used for refilling.

X. Construction of Jetty 182. For this type of structure, individual support piles are proposed to driven into the sand. The piles provide support with a pile cap and deck superstructure.

45

Xi. Construction of Quay walls 183. Quay walls are earth retaining structures at which boats can berth. They are equipped with bollards and fenders.

Xii. Construction of shore building

184. Land Preparation and Land clearing: No major clearing is involved as most of the structure will be constructed on the refilled area. The land clearing will be done before refilling the land. Generally, this activity involves using of heavy machinery like backhoe.

185. Construction of foundation: The construction of foundation involved in excavation of soil and rubble works. Excavation activities will be done manually and using backhoe.

186. Construction of super structure: Construction of super structure include concrete works and building walls with masonry works. Concrete floor construction, masonry work, wood work (Doors and windows fixing) Electrical wiring and fittings installation, water supply, Wash room fittings which are manually done.

187. Construction of Roof Structure: Approved timber/lumber will be used to roofing structures and no asbestos will be used for roofing or within the harbor site.

3.10 Sources of construction materials and transportation, Traffic Management plan

188. The estimated armour requirement is 50,000 m3. There are no large-scale metal quarries in Mannar district to source such a large quantity of armour/metals is required for the projects construction. Therefore, the materials will be sourced from areas a considerable distance from the project site. far away from the project site. The material survey conducted by the DDT has identified three potential quarries in Mullaithivu and Anuradhapura districts. The details of the transport routes are given below. The transport routes from the selected quarries, to the project site are given in (Figure 3.15)

46

Figure 3.15: Map of the internal route

i. P.G.K.D.Sirisena Quarry, is located at Kurula Patha Gala, Nochciyagama, in Anuradhapura District. The distance from the quarry to the project site is about 175Km. Transport route: Quarry Site → Jaya Mawatha → Puttable- Anuradhapura – Trincomalee HW → Anuradhapura → Anuradhapura -Rambewa (HW)→ Kandy/ Jaffna (A9) road → Madawachchiya →Madawachchiya -.Thalaimannar HW (A14) → Project site

ii. Maga Neguma Quarry, is operated by the RDA and located at Kekirawa road, Ganewalpola in Anuradhapura District. The distance from the quarry to the project site is about 175Km. Transport Route: Quarry Site → Kekirawa -Ganewalpola Rd → Kekirawa Junction → Maradamkadawela -Habarana -Thirukkodaiadimadu HW → Kandy-Jaffna HW (A9) → Madawachchiya→Madawachachiya -Thalaimannar HW (A14) → Project site

iii. Business Promoters and Partners Engineering (BPPE) Quarry, is located at 14th

Mile Post, KATE Quarry, Oddusuddan in Mullaithivu district. The distance from the quarry to the project site is about 175 Km. Route : Quarry Site → Oddusuddan, Mankulam HW → Kandy -Jaffna highway (A9) →vavuniya → Vavuniya – Parayanalakulam HW → Madawachchiya →Madawachchiya – Thalaimannar HW (A14) → Project site

189. The internal route to the proposed site starts from the Madawachchiya- Thalaimannar. There are two rural roads connect to the site. Mother Teresa road about

47

500m connect to St Joseph Road which is 180m. Therefore, altogether 680m internal gravel road has to be used for the transportation. The map of the internal route is given below.


Figure 3.14: The armors/ metals transport route map

Project Site

BPPE Quarry

Sirisena Quarry Maganaguma Quarry

48


190. It is estimated that about 50,000 m3 of rocks/armour/metals are required for the construction works. This requires a large number of vehicle traffic movements up and down between the quarry sites and to the project site. The transportation routes pass several cities and urban centres. There could be considerable traffic congestions when passing these places.

191. The selection of quarries is up to the construction contractors. The contractor should carry out a transport impact assessment prior to the commencement of the construction activities to determine the most viable route and determine times of travel.

192. Stockpiling: Rock armours are transported from far distances. It is to ensure a continuous supply of armours during the construction stage as the lack of armours will inhibit the smooth progress of the construction activities. Therefore, temporary stockpiling area is recommended. The rock armours will be stored within the project site. As the construction of shore facilities will be constructed once the breakwater is completed. Therefore, adequate space is available for temporary stockpiling.

3.11 Infrastructure facilities required / provided

i. Details of any access roads to be built or anticipated improvement of Existing Access Roads

193. The internal transport road from Madawachchiya-Thalaimannar Road to the project site is about 680m has to be improved for transportation. This section of road is a gravel

St Joseph Street (180m)

Railway Line

Mother Theresa Road (500m)

Main Road (Thalaimannar-Madawachchiya Road

49

road and the road width in certain places is not adequate for passing of two vehicles during the transportation. Land acquisition is also needed in such places.

ii. Communication

194. Adequate communication facilities are available in the area. Private sector mobile phone and landlines are available for the local community. There is no need of additional facilities to be provided. The contractor will maintain their own communication system.

iii. Infrastructure facilities provided by the project to the community and other

benefits to the local community.

195. The project already planned to develop six landing sites in the Mannar district to benefit the fisher community in the district. Further, this fish Harbor project will directly benefit the local community and large no. of benefit to the local community as well as the outside fisher community.

iv. Disposal sites:

196. The projects construction phase will produce an excess amount of spoil material through the dredging for the harbor basin. It is expected that there will be approximately 156,900 m3 of dredge spoil of which 14,000 m3 will be used on site resulting in 142,900, m3 of excess spoil. All excess spoil (sand) will be transported to approved permitted spoil waste receiving sites. Access to sand within the region for construction is limited and as such the contractor will advertise the availability of the excess spoil in advance of the dredging phase. Similarly, a number of concurrent project sites within the Northern Province need to be contacted and discussions undertaken to use the spoil material. As an example, the proposed site for the development of NAQDA Training Institute closer to Mannar Railway Station needs to fill about 4 acres of land for the project. Discussion is in progress to obtain the consent from the Mannar Divisional Secretary.

197. Borrow sites: No landfilling is required as extensive dredging operation is required for the establishment of the harbor basin. A part of the dredged material will be used for the reclaiming of beach area. Balance to be disposed. Therefore, large quantity of filling materials is not required.

198. Occupational Health and Safety issues during the construction and commissioning of large fishing harbor are common to those of other large-scale projects. These issues include, exposure to dust and hazardous materials that may be present in construction material and hazardous material in other building components and physical hazards associated with the use of heavy equipment

199. The following construction safety requirements will be implemented during the construction period:

Compliance with requirements for the safety of the workmen as per the International Labor Organization (ILO) convention No. 62, No. 167 and Safety and Health regulations of the Factory Ordinance of Sri Lanka to the extent that those are applicable to this construction work;

Supply of all necessary safety appliances such as safety goggles, helmets, masks, boots, etc., to the workers and staff;

Conduct continuous training and awareness programs on health & safety, HIV…; Pay special attention on Dengue control programs imposed by the Ministry of

Health;

Take necessary actions to prevent breeding of mosquitoes at work sites and labor camps, etc.;

Prevent water stagnation in all areas including gutters, used and empty cans, containers, tires, temporarily dug pits etc.;

50

Apply approved chemicals to destroy mosquitoes and larvae regularly;

Keep all work sites, labor camps, office and store buildings clean and devoid of garbage to prevent breeding of pest such as rats and other vectors such as flies;

Report any outbreak of infectious disease of importance in a labor camp to the Engineer and the Medical Officer of Health (MOH) or to the Public Health Inspector (PHI) of the area immediately. Contractor shall carry out all instructions issued by the authorities;

Provide a first aid kit at work site as per the regulations

Provide a sufficient number of bathing facilities, latrines and urinals at every workplace and labor camp in accordance with the Health and Safety regulations

Ensure emergency fire-fighting equipment is available on-site;

Prepare fuel storage plan and fuel spill response plan.

3.12 Operation and Maintenance

Requirement of water and sources

200. About 81 m3 of water is required during the operational period and which will be provided by the NWS&DB.

Proposed methods to be adopted in sewage and wastewater discharges

201. About 31 m3 wastewater will be generated during the operational period. The wastewater will be treated using an inhouse treatment plant. The treated wastewater will be discharged in to the sea after conforming the wastewater quality to the National discharge standards. There will be a trained treatment operator to maintain the treatment plant. The treatment plant will be incorporated with adequate capacity of equalization tanks to hold at least one day wastewater to manage an emergency situation or breakdown of treatment Plant.

Waste Oil reception facilities to be employed

202. A centralized waste oil collection facility is provided for the collection of waste oil within the Harbor facility. In general, as evidenced in other Harbors, the boat owners will collect and sell the waste oil to be used in industrial furnace, timber treatment (common practices), extraction of oil etc.

Details pertaining to maintenance dredging

203. According to the sand movement study conducted, the sand accumulation is very minimal. The estimated accumulation years in the eastern side of the project area. It also predicted that there will be a little beach erosion in the western side. The dredging operation will be done once in 4 years. All dredged material will be used for filling of eroded areas in the eastern side. Any additional dredge material will be used for beach nourishment in suitable beach areas.

3.13 Aesthetic and visual environmental 204. At present, the proposed land area is an open sea, and there is no obstruction to the sea view. There will be obstructions to the sea view for the pedestrians and tourists once the buildings area constructed. However, no major use of the area by the people. Therefore, no significant impacts could be expected.

3.14 Financial Commitments 205. Estimated total project cost is about Rs. 3 billion. This project will be provided by the ADB funding assistance. In addition all local taxes will be borne by the GOSL.

51

3.15 Future Expansion 206. The project design provides design for the future development of the harbor. Some activities such as ice plant and recreational facilities are open for long term consideration of private party investment.

3.16 Evaluation of Alternatives No option alternative. 207. The fisheries sector contributes around 53% of the animal protein consumed in the country. Pesalai area is one of the most productive fishing areas in the Mannar District and the absence of adequate facilities in the area for the operation of larger fishing craft became clearly evident during the study. The operation of a few IMUL boats and large number of IDAY boats by the community in the area, using primitive facilities available also indicated the interest in deep sea fishing activities. Many of the facilities in the area, which were neglected during the conflict, have not been adequately restored to meet the needs of the fishing community in the area. It is also evident that the benefits of Fishery Harbors would extend to a wider community associated with the fisheries sector that includes fish traders, transporters, handlers, exporters as well as the community as a whole with the improvement of nutritional status due to the increased level of availability of quality fish for consumption. Furthermore, construction of the Harbor will enable the fisherman to use boats that can access deep seas and prevent over exploitation of the near shore fisheries. If this project is not implemented, all such benefits will be lost to the community.

Location Alternative 208. The Ministry of Fisheries & Aquatic Resources Development and Rural Economic Affairs has identified number of potential sites in the Northern Province for development of Fishery Harbor Facilities.

209. However, , the projects feasibility studies concluded that as Chalai and Mulaitivu in Mulaitivu District are located on straight sandy coastlines and are close to sea outlets of major lagoonal ecosystems. Thus these sites possess significant seasonal variations in sediment loads and any development could lead to significant issues on sedimentation and coastal erosion issues in the vicinity. In addition, demand for such developments at these locations is very low in the present context, in comparison to that in the Pesalai. Among the 06 FI Divisions in the District, the 3 Divisions in the Mannar Town (Pesalai, Erukkalampiddy and Mannar Town) are the most productive regions in the District. According to the 2014 fishery statistics, the 02 FI Divisions; Pesalai, Erukkalampiddy have produced 16,897 MT out of the total production of 23,410 MT, accounting to 72% of the total fish production of Mannar District. Based on these considerations, Pesalai has been recommended as one of the most suitable locations for a development of a Harbor facility in the Northern Province. 7.

210. As such the development of the PFHDP site was agreed to be the most suitable site for a major port facility in the Mannar region.

7 Feasibility study report -

52

Figure 3.16: Potential sites assessed in the feasibility study for fishery harbor

developments in the Northern Province

Pesalai Development Alternatives: 211. Pesalai is characterized with very mildly sloping sea bed. The beach line is substantially stable with no noticeable net loss of sediment from the system. Due to mild sea bed slope, all the alternative concepts having substantially longer breakwaters.

Alternative 1:

53

212. The proposed concept having harbor entrance towards north. Since the waves are approaching from NE direction, possibility of penetrating NE waves into the harbor basin is high. Further, fishing boats have to follow a northerly navigational path, and such navigational path would not be very safe both during SW (May-Sep) and NE (Dec-Feb) periods. However, the said concept having the shortest length of the breakwaters (BWs) which would make the project less costly.

Alternative 2:

213. The harbor entrance is directed at a NE direction, which would make the navigation in and out of the harbor less difficult, particularly during high waves of NE monsoon. The overlapped BW structures make the minimum penetration of NE waves into the harbor basin. However, due to the overlapping structures and relatively constricted width in-between the structures at the entrance, the navigational safety is slightly impaired.

54

Alternative 3:

214. The alternative 3 is an improvement of the Alternative 2. The BWs are at a wider spacing at the entrance to the access channel, making the negotiation of the harbor entrance easier and safer, compared to Alternative 2.

215. The Alternative 3 has been selected as the best option to proceed with detailed designs.

55

4. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT- BASELINE DATA

4.1 Overview 216. The section below provides the baseline conditions of the physical, biological and socio-economic environment of the Northern Province and specifically Mannar District and the Pesalai Fisheries Harbor Development site. Information presented is based on site visits, reports and information provided and acquired over the duration of the assessment. Information detailed in the projects PPTA Final IEE Northern Provincial Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (ADB, 2017) study has been used and this report is referred for additional background information.

217. The Northern Province is covered by tropical forests, possesses the majority of the nation‟s offshore islands (western side) and is divided into two distinct geographic areas: Jaffna peninsula which is irrigated by underground aquifers fed by wells, and the “Vanni” which has irrigation tanks fed by perennial rivers. The province also has a number of lagoons, the largest being Jaffna Lagoon.

218. Mannar District is located in north-western Sri Lanka. It is one of five administrative districts of the Northern Province. The district covers 2,002 km2, approximately 3% of the total land area of Sri Lanka and has 50% forest cover. The district includes floodplains, coastal plains, sand dunes, beaches lagoons and a sand peninsular, known as Mannar Island (the location of the PFHDP), which is connected to the mainland by a 5 km causeway and bridge. Mannar Island is characterised by a flat arid and dry terrain, dominated by sand originating from marine sources with the highest with the highest ground approximately 8 m above Mean Sea level (MSL).

219. The Provinces climate patterns are directly influenced by the areas two distinctive monsoons periods: the hot and dry South-West (SW) monsoon from February to September and the cool and wet North-East (NE) monsoon from October to January. January is the coolest month and May is the hottest month. Relative Humidity varies from 70% during the day to 90% at night.

220. The coastal foreshore region associated with the northern side of Mannar Island includes Pesalai. The area is characterized by an exposed coastline including extensive sand foreshore and gently sloping back beaches. A relatively shallow but expansive inter-tidal and sub-tidal marine coastal system has a substrate entirely composed of sand and finer sediments. The coastal fringing and deep water limestone and coral reef systems located in the waters associated with the Jaffna area do not exit along this coastline (Figure 4.1). As such the Mannar Island has an 80 m set back regulation for the protection of these coastal systems. The beach and adjacent marine waters are exposed to waves throughout the year during both the southwest and northeast monsoonal climatic weather patterns. The coastline provided almost no protection from the prevailing weather conditions and as such no coastal protection to the communities fishing fleet (Figure 4.2).

56

Figure 4.1: Example of the coastline, in close proximity to Pesalai proposed

Fisheries Harbor, Mannar Island

Figure 4.2. Fishing vessels moored adjacent to the proposed Pesalai Fisheries

Harbor area

221. The proposed fisheries harbor project site is located at 9°05'20.90"N, 79°49'01.50"E. The PFHDP site location has been extensively modified by anthropogenic impacts by the communities within the area (e.g. fire wood and timber collection, boat landing and cleaning/repairing, net cleaning and repair, roads and some clearing for construction). As such the area is classified as a highly modified terrestrial and foreshore environment that has limited natural vegetation resulting in a low terrestrial flora and fauna biodiversity. The shallow water coastal intertidal and subtidal marine environment has a paucity of sessile benthic marine flora and fauna (e.g. no coral reefs, sea grass) and subsequently the benthic marco fauna and flora have a very low biodiversity value. Mobile invertebrates (e.g. crustaceans, echinoderms) and vertebrates (fin fish) move throughout the water column within the PFHDP and as such have suitable species biodiversity for these organisms.

222. There are no freshwater ecosystems, mangroves or sea grass ecosystems associated with this site nor are there any biological important, endemic or protected animals utilizing this marine systems. The paucity of terrestrial and shallow water marine

57

flora and fauna at the proposed site, especially the shallow water marine system is as expected and is consistent with this coastline. Adjacent marine ecosystems to the east and west of the PFHDP site reflect similar long term marine impacts and diversity of flora and fauna. Therefore, in general terms, habitat alteration and building construction at the proposed site have no flora and fauna terrestrial and marine biological impacts of any significance.

4.2 Physical Environment

4.2.1 Climate

223. The climate of Sri Lanka is influenced by its topographic features (mountains in the central and southern areas, and flat landscape in the rest) and the southwest and northeast monsoons. The annual climate is broadly classified into 4 seasons: (i) First inter-monsoon, March – April, (ii) southwest monsoon, May – September, (iii) second inter-monsoon, October – November, and (iv) northeast monsoon, December – February.

224. The Mannar Island Peninsula is in Sri Lanka‟s dry zone, which covers much of the north, east and south-east of the country, and its climate is strongly influenced by the north-east monsoon, which brings higher winds and rainfall between October and February, and much lower rainfall over the rest of the year.

225. Temperature: Pesalai air temperatures range from 23 to 32ºC throughout the year Table 4.1 with an annual average of 280C. The months of January through to March are the coolest months whilst the months of April and May record the highest annual air temperatures. Sea surface temperatures at Point Pedro have an annual average of 28ºC with the month of May (30ºC) and January (26ºC) recording the highest and lowest sea surface temperatures, respectively.

226. Precipitation: The average annual rainfall ranges between 1,000 and 1500 mm with peak rainfall occurring during the months October to January associated with the north east monsoons producing about 75% of the total annual rainfall in this area (Table 4.1 Rainfall throughout the rest of the year is scattered with the driest months extend from June through to September. Relative Humidity varies from 70% during the day to 90% at night.

58

Table 4.1: Annual Precipitation and Temperature for Pesalai

Source: hhtp:www.meteoblue.com

227. Tides: Due to the 30-year conflict there is no historical tidal information and as such comparison with current data is unable to be made. Information was collected for this project The basic tidal parameters for the Northern Province including Pesalai is a semi – diurnal regime (a twice daily) with diurnal inequalities with a maximum tidal variation of 0.6 meter (micro-tidal). Pesalai is on the open coastline experiences a spring tidal range of 0.6 m, from Mean Low Water Spring Tides (MLWS) of 0.1 m to a Mean High-Water Spring Tides (MHWS) of 0.7 m and a neap tidal range of 0.3 m all levels relative to Chart Datum (CD). Measurements at Karainagar show that the months of June through to August experience the lowest sea level of approximately -0.1 m whereas the November through to December period experiences the highest sea level of +0.2 to +0.3 m (ADB, 2017).

228. Small seasonal and daily tidal fluctuations have been recorded, which have been related to sea conditions associated with weather patterns existing at the time of the recording. Inclement weather conditions e.g. tropical lows do have a marked impact on the tidal height and can cause increased coastal erosion and in extreme events inundation if they coincide with high water periods.

229. Waves: Waves are generated by a forcing wind but continue to travel away from the area of generation as swell. The observed wave field at any point therefore reflects both the locally generated waves (the wind sea) and waves which may have been generated a great distance away and travelled to that location (the swell). Thus, variability of the wind-wave climate at any location is not only a property of the local wind field, but also the integrated variability of the wind field across large areas of the ocean over which the waves have been generated.

230. The wave climate associated with Pesalai and the northern coastline of Mannar is dominated by the two monsoon seasons. The southwestern monsoon runs between May

59

and September and results in higher waves and wind from the southwest. Waves generated during this season have limited direct impacts on the Pesalai due to its position along the northern coastline of Mannar island,. The north-eastern monsoons which run between October and January and results in higher waves and wind from the northeast have a direct impact on the Pesalai coastline. In the period in between wind and waves shift from one dominant direction to the other resulting in wind and wave directions varying between 50 and 250 degrees, annually (De Vos A. 2014).

231. A wave and wind study undertaken at the Pesalai fisheries harbor site (ADB, 2016) identified that the average wave height is 1.2 m with wave heights and wind speeds varying between 0.5 – 1.5 m and 3 and 12 m/s, respectively. This data is represented (Figure 4.3). Detailed description of the wave and wind climates associated with Point Pedro port site are reported in ADB 2016 and should be referred for additional information.

Figure 4.3: Near shore wave rose for Pesalai annual scenario, maximum wave

height of 1.5 m (Source: ADB, 2016).

232. Storm Surge Rise: An assessment of cyclone induced storm surge rise caused by the action of high winds and low pressure accompanying a cyclone is very important in designing marine structures and associated facilities in the proposed fish harbor. Two independent studies carried out in the past in predicting the storm surge rise in this region with different return periods were used in the present study. The recently concluded Wave Propagation Study for Pesalai (NPSFD, EML 2018), recommends a storm surge level of 1.06m associated with a return period of 50 years. This value has been used in the marine designs.

233. The proposed PFHDP harbor basin is protected against high waves under storm conditions, as the breakwater segments that protect the jetties and other harbor facilities are designed as non-overtopping sections by setting the crest elevation high enough to prevent any overtopping over the structure. There will not be any significant change or any adverse impact on the coastal stretch due to cyclone induced storm surges as a result of construction of the proposed harbor. In addition, sea level climate change prediction has been factored into the PFHDP.

60

4.2.2 Currents and Sediment Transport

234. Surface currents in the Bay of Bengal and the wider Indian Ocean are driven by the monsoon winds and show distinct seasonal changes as a result. During the northern hemisphere winter, the Asian land mass is cooler than the sea, so when warm air over the Indian Ocean rises it is replaced by cool air flowing from the land, which creates the north-east monsoon between November and April. The Coriolis Effect causes ocean currents to move to the right of the wind direction in the northern hemisphere, so the north-easterly wind drives ocean currents from east to west, principally via the North Monsoon Current (NMC) south of Sri Lanka (Figure 4.4a) (Schott & McCreary, 2001). Between April and September, the land is warmer than the sea, so rising warm air is replaced by water-saturated air from the ocean, causing the south-west monsoon and the associated rains. The south-westerly wind drives ocean currents eastwards via the South Monsoon Current (SMC), (Figure 4.4b) (De Vos et al., 2014).

Figure 4.4: Ocean circulation around Sri Lanka and southern India: (a) North-east

monsoon; (b) South-west monsoon.

(a) (b)

WICC - West Indian Coastal Current; EICC - East Indian Coastal Current; SMC - South Monsoon Current; NMC- North Monsoon Current; SD- Sri Lanka Dome

235. There remains scientific debate on the seasonal oceanic circulation currents around the eastern coats of Sir Lanka however the general accepted view as shown in (Figure 4.4a) where during the north-east monsoon the East Indian Coastal Current (EICC) is drawn southwards along the east coast of Sri Lanka and joins the North Monsoon Current flowing from east to west. During the south-west monsoon the South Monsoon Current (SMC) flows from west to east and combines with the West Indian Coastal Current (WICC) flowing south along the west coast of India, and an anti-clockwise eddy, known as the Sri Lanka Dome (SD) forms off the eastern coast of Sri Lanka (Figure 4.4b). The SD carries the majority of water south along the eastern coast of Sri Lanka, while some is deflected northwards along the east Indian coast. 236. A site-specific sedimentation and water circulation study undertaken at the proposed Pesalai fish harbor site (ADB, 2016) identified that there is a net transportation effect from east to west running parallel to the beach. However due to the distinctive monsoonal weather patterns the annual sediment transport data indicated that there is a transportation rate of 10,000 m3/year to the west and an annual transportation rate to the

61

east of 1,000 m3/year resulting in an overall net transportation of marine sediments of 11,000 m3/year. (

Figure 4.5)

Figure 4.5: Summary of the sediment transport associated with the coastal waters adjacent to the Pesalai fisheries harbor site location (ADB, 2016)

Sediment budget for Pesalai - White arrows net movement – 10,000 m

3/year.

4.2.3 Climate Change

237. There have been several well-documented events that show the increase of extreme weather events such as tropical storms and typhoons in the Indian ocean. Most climate change modelling shows that tropical storms will increase in frequency and severity and will be a characteristic of the Northern Province coastal areas including the PFHDP site in the future.

238. It is anticipated that with global warming trends, increased intensity, albeit less frequency, of extreme weather events may be expected. Adopting an integrated „all hazards‟ approach to disaster risk management will be vitally important for the future development of the PFHDP and for the region itself. The main vulnerabilities faced by the people of residing in the Northern Province as well as elsewhere within the nation can be summarized as (i) sea-level rise which exacerbates the severity of sea surges, increased rates of coastal erosion and heightened risks to public and private infrastructure (ii) more intense and more frequent storms which increase risks of damage from sea surges, high winds and strong inundation on public and private infrastructure and (iii) more frequent and longer periods of drought: which cause both intense short term difficulty and, of greater concern, long term damage to the freshwater lenses systems, especially within the Northern Province region.

239. Climate change adaptation measures have been considered and integrated into the design and program of works for the PFHDP project and incorporated into the projects final design and scope of works (ADB, 2017). Increases in extreme weather patterns and events specifically associated with increased oceanic wave and swell events will have a direct impact on the PFHDP the management of these events have been factored into the design.

62

240. It is anticipated that the project will itself not contribute significantly to greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. However, with the rapid growth in the fleet, there will be an increase in the GHG emissions. Energy requirements of the facility will use electricity supplied from the grid and on-site generation will be used only as a backup when grid power is not available (e.g. outages). Considerations for alternative power generation sources (e.g. solar) are being considered for the project.

241. Some of the identified risks posed by climate change and natural hazards in the tropics are indicated in Table 4.2 which has been adapted from the ADB report „Climate Risks and Adaptation in the Agro-Industrial Sector‟ to meet fish harbor requirements. It includes various adaptation options that have been considered for the risks identified in respect of the PFHDP.

Table 4.2: Identified risk posed by climate change to the PFHDP.

Climate Change

Hazard

Potential Impact Potential Resilience Measure

Complementary Measures

Sea –level rise The site is located on the coastal strip of land directly adjacent, boarding the open sea. Therefore, it will be impacted from sea level rise. Increased sea levels may affect the integrity of the construction material and inundate the site.

Materials used for construction be less corrosive to salt water, built to withstand storm events and site be elevated to reduce affects from inundation.

Coastal zone protection and ensure building /construction codes to manage these events are incorporated into the facility‟s design.

Increase/decrease in rainfall

The project will require water from the main town water system facility for all services (cleaning, washing drinking).

Ensure water systems are correctly maintained within the facility and consider additional water collection and storage facilities (rain water collected of the roof and stored on site) over and above the commercial water line.

Implement water management system to conserve and utilize water efficiently within the port and ensure all staff has the knowledge and skills.

Cyclones/hurricanes & frequent strong storms.

Potential flooding and salt-water inundation of coastal areas could adversely affect the fishing harbors operations.

Design more robust infrastructure for heavier flooding and extreme events and improve water discharge outlet within the port areas.

Ensure disaster management protocols and guidelines are in place and staffs are fully aware.

Increased Temperature

May stimulate increase is cooling costs affecting the economics of the project and worker‟s OH&S.

Incorporation of insulation and cooling systems in the buildings to maximize heat exchange.

Ensure disaster management protocols and guidelines are in place and staffs are fully aware.

242. In summary, Climate Change projections for Sri Lanka (CCS, 2016) indicate that there are three major types of atmospheric change; i) Gradual increase in ambient air temperature, ii) Changes in distribution pattern of rainfall and iii) Increase in frequency and severity of extreme weather events. In addition, sea level rise within the Asian region

63

that includes Sri Lanka has been observed at 1-3 mm/year and is expected to continue to rise throughout the 21st century (15-20 cm by 2050). Ocean acidification is also expected to increase in the future, with negative impacts on coral reef ecosystems.

4.2.4 Natural Hazards

243. Tropical storms, cyclones and tsunamis are the principal hazard facing the coastal areas of Sri Lanka, resulting in storm surges, land inundation, flooding and extensive physical and structural damage. (Figure 4.6) identifies the areas and level of vulnerability to natural disasters for the Northern Province, highlighting the PFHDP site representative of a relatively high vulnerability for wind, storm surge and tsunami impact.

64

Figure 4.6: Vulnerability levels of natural disasters for the Northern Province

source: CEA/DMC, 2014. Integrated Strategic Environmental Assessment of the Northern Province, Sri Lanka and Map Atlas

244. Cyclones: The Bay of Bengal, located in the North-East of the Indian Ocean, bordered by India, Bangladesh, Myanmar, Sri Lanka and Thailand is responsible for the formation of some of the strongest and deadliest tropical cyclones in the world. The Eastern, Northern and North Central provincial regions of Sri Lanka lie within the nations cyclone belt and have been affected by a number of cyclones during the past 100 years. Cyclones of severe intensity struck Sri Lanka in 1922, 1931, 1964, 1978 and 2008. The Cyclone Nisha hit northern Sri Lanka on November, 2008, causing heavy rains and flooding that reportedly killed 15 people and displaced between 60,000 to 70,000 people in Vanni area and 20,000 people in Jaffna District.

245. Jaffna recorded the highest rainfall since 1918, of 520.1 mm of rain within a week, with one day recording a rainfall of 389.8 mm, being the highest in nine decades. Cyclone wind speeds of 85 km/h have been reported.

246. The (Figure 4.7) shows the cyclones of North Indian Ocean for the Cyclone Season–2008, which also shows the path of the Cyclone Nisha in 2008. The passage of a cyclone is accompanied by high winds, high seas (large waves) and an increase in sea level due to the reduction in atmospheric pressure (storm surge) and other causes. The impacts of possible cyclones need to be taken into consideration in designing the marine structures and shore facilities.

65

Figure 4.7: Cyclones of North Indian Ocean – 2008 Cyclone Season

247. Tsunamis: Tsunamis are caused by vertical displacement of seabed fault lines during earthquakes, or by other processes such as a volcanic eruption, volcanic collapse or submarine landslide. Tsunami-generating earthquakes tend to be shallow and of relatively-large magnitude (i.e. greater than Richter Magnitude 7), hence the occurrence of a large, shallow earthquake located beneath the ocean will more often than not produce a tsunami, providing there is vertical offset of the sea floor

248. Sir Lanka has been impacted by tsunami in the past, albeit they are rare events, with the most recent occurring on the 26th of December 2004 resulting from a large submarine earthquake (9.3 magnitude) in the Andaman-Sumatra subduction zone. This tsunami caused significant coastal infrastructure and land damage along the entire eastern coastline of Sir Lanka, including the Northern Province districts of Mullaitivu and Jaffna and significant loss of life .Even though there were high waves observed but no direct impact to Pesalai. Figure 4.8) is a computer generate model of the potential inundation of the coastal line of Sir Lanka resulting from a large earthquake (magnitude 9.3). The model shows that the coastline associated with PFHDS is expected to have limited impacted, however impacts from potential tsunamis have been considered in the design of the PFHDP.

66

Figure 4.8: Sri Lankan coastline area vulnerable to Tsunami (CEA/DMC, 2014)

(CEA/DMC, 2014. Integrated Strategic Environmental Assessment of the Northern Province, Sri Lanka and Map Atlas.)

4.3 Topography, Geology and Soils 249. Mannar Island, which is about 126 km2, is a late Pleistocene and Holocene coral and sand island covering Miocene limestone underneath. It has evolved together with the island chain named as the Rawana Bridge (Adam‟s Bridge), with Mannar located between Sri Lanka and India. The curved shape and outward appearance of the island are a result of prevailing wind direction of the southwest and northeast monsoons and other climatic factors in the Gulf of Mannar and Palk bay.

250. The topography of the island is low and relatively flat, with a maximum height of 8 m MSL. The Island in an area of entirely coastal landforms, comprising floodplains, coastal plains, low sand dunes, beaches sand spits. The islands topography is highly dynamic and is characterized by rapidly moving sand dunes and fluctuating shorelines.

251. The geology of Mannar island is comprised of five types of significantly distinguished features; i) lagoonal deposits, ii) estuarine deposits, iii) unconsolidated brownish grey coastal sands, iv) red beds and v) dune sands. Miocene limestone are covered by extensive dune sand / beach sand.

252. The limestone bedrock found throughout Mannar Islands is of Miocene age derived from coral reef formation and is poorly bedded and generally flat. It is massive in places but some layers are richly fossiliferous, forming a honeycombed structure and the ready solubility of the limestone produces a number of underground solution caverns, which contain the main groundwater reserves on the island and adjacent mainland.

253. The surface cover of unconsolidated deposits is the youngest of the geological layers and produces the sandy soil that is present over much of the peninsula.

67

254. The soils map of Northern Province (Figure 4.9) shows that the coastal areas of the Jaffna peninsula and the part of the Vanni mainland (Mannar, Kilinochchi, Mullaitivu districts) overburden mantle is covered with five different types of soils classified according to agricultural suitability. They are;

Regosols on recent beach and dune sands; Soils on recent marine calcareous sediments; Solodized Solonetz and Solonchaks; Calcic Red Yellow Latosols; Red Yellow Latosols.

Figure 4.9: Distribution of Soil Groups in the Northern Province.

Source: PPTA Consultants

255. In general, the soils are a mixture of marine deposits and sediments formed by the influence of wind and waves on the limestone. The soils associated with the north coast of Mannar Island including the PFHPD site consist predominately of red yellow latosols soils and sand derived from predominantly from marine origins.

4.4 Bathymetry, Seabed and the Coast 256. The northern coastline of Sir Lanka is dominated by coralline limestone, sandstone, rocky reefs or sand beaches (east and west coat and offshore islands) which parallel the shoreline providing shoreline protection from waves and providing habitats for intertidal biota including soft and hard corals. Sand beaches are the only coastal shoreline habitat located at the PFHPD site.

257. The coastal waters and coastline associated with the PFHDP site is characterized by an exposed coastline including extensive sand foreshore and gently sloping back beaches and a relatively shallow however expansive intertidal and subtidal marine coastal system that has a substrate entirely composed entirely sand and finer sediments. The coastal fringing and deep water limestone and coral reef systems located in the

68

waters associated with the Jaffna area do not exist along this coastline (refer Figure 4.10). As such the Mannar Island has an 80 m set back regulation for the protection of these coastal systems. Exemption of the rule for the PFHDP will be required to ensure the fishery harbor infrastructure components can be developed to ensure efficiency of the harbor. The harbors breakwaters will provide protection and offset the protection regulations included by the setback. The beach and adjacent marine waters are exposed to waves throughout the year during both the southwest and northeast monsoonal climatic weather patterns. The coastline provided almost no protection from the prevailing weather conditions and as such no coastal protection to the communities fishing fleet.

258. Detailed bathymetry of Pesalai is shown in (Figure 4.10). The beach slopes are approximately 1:35, while the seabed in nearshore waters (between shore and -3.0m MSL depth contour) are found to be in the range of 1:60. The seabed slopes become significantly mild beyond the 3 m depth contour. Further offshore beyond the 3 m depth contour, the seabed slope becomes extremely mild; between 3 and 4 m depth contours- 1:600, between 4 and 6 depth contours- more than 1: 1500.

Figure 4.10: Near shore bathymetry associated with the PFHDP site.

259. The seabed associated with the PFHPD site and the environments directly adjacent to the proposed site (east and west) are very similar and are dominated entirely of sand that supports no benthic hard substrates nor associated flora and fauna.

260. Benthic marine invertebrate and vertebrate communities associated with the PFHDP site were assessed in detailed – refer to the marine ecology report (ANNEX 04). The assessment identified the shallow intertidal and subtidal marine areas within the Project Area (PA) and adjacent coastal Project Influenced Areas (PIA) reported no benthic sessile macro flora and fauna and as such biodiversity of these organisms is extremely low (almost non existent). Presences of mobile invertebrates (e.g. crustaceans, echinoderms) and vertebrates (fin fish) within the PA was also recorded as low. These organisms move throughout the water column and PFHDP site and as such are difficult to accurately assess population numbers. Furthermore, it is these species that are targeted

69

by the community fishers and the low survey numbers reported may be a direct result of fishing pressure in this area.

261. Biodiversity and species populations of interstitial micro fauna associated with the sediments throughout the PFHPD site was not reported, however it is expected that a vibrant ecosystem of these (small) invertebrates inhabit this environment. These organisms are mobile (generally moving daily with tide fluctuations – both depth in the sand and position up and down the beach) and as such will have the ability to move away from the dredging operations planned for the PFHDP. There are no hard substrate reefs, coral reefs or sea grass ecosystem within the project area.

262. As part of the geotechnical studies undertaken for the PFHDP, six borehole (3 located onshore and 3 located on the intertidal area) (Figure 4.11) were drilled to provide the substrate profile of the proposed project site (MFARDREA, 2018). All boreholes showed similar substrate/soil characteristics (Table 4.3) with loose sand dominating the surface layer, followed by a densely compacted very dense sand layer upto the tested depth except bore no.6 near the western boundary of project had lime stone at a depth of 15.9 m. In addition, ground water level (GWL) depths were also recorded and ranged between 0.7m and 1.20 m from the ground surface.

Figure 4.11: Location of the seven geotechnical boreholes associated with the

PFHDP

Table 4.3: Details of the bore hole in meters within the PFHDP project site

Location BH-01 BH-02 BH-03 BH-04 BH-05 BH-06

Elev. (m MSL) +1.517 +1.893 +2.499 +2.349 +2.445 +1.662

70

Depth to GWL (m) 0.90 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.70 1.20

Depth to Limestone rock (m)

- - - - - 15.90

Depth of borehole (m) 29.00 16.10 20.00 15.00 15.00 15.90

Sand layer (m) 29.00 16.10 20.00 15.00 15,00 15.90

4.5 Water Parameter and Quality

4.5.1 Surface Water and Drainage

263. The topographic and climatic conditions found within Mannar Island inhibit permanent flowing rivers and as such no flooding of the area has been recorded within the PFHDP site. There are no river stream or permanent water in close proximity to the project site. Rather, the majority of surface water within the island and district consists of coastal lagoons that containing seawater, or brackish water. The lagoons are major sinks for this runoff, but because of the proximity of the sea and the porosity of the subsurface strata, the water they retain remains strongly brackish.

264. The topography also precludes any development of large-scale reservoirs as there are no suitable landforms to accommodate large dams and no significant depressions in which large quantities of river or rainwater could be held.

4.5.2 Groundwater

265. The absence of perennial surface water reserves means that groundwater is the only source for domestic supply on Mannar Island, and is also used in agriculture in the long dry season. Both karstic and sand aquifers are present on the mainland, but the limestone deposits are larger, with far greater storage capacity and are therefore the main groundwater source.

266. Groundwater quality was investigated by collecting a water sample from a dug well near the project site (Figure 4.11). The water quality analysis was conducted by a government accredited laboratory following standard methods for the analysis of water and wastewater (Annex 05). A total of 30 water quality physical and chemical parameters were tested. The results indicated that the wells recorded water parameters levels that exceed the Sri Lanka drinking water quality standards (SLS 614: 2013) for potable water and thus water from these wells are not suitable for human consumption. High chloride levels clearly indicated intrusion of saline water and the excessive hardness levels is a result of high levels of high calcium associated with the water. In addition, high levels of E. coli recorded in well water used by the Beach guards well provides clear evidence that fecal contamination of the ground water is resulting from less than ideal functioning septic sewage systems. Improvements in the management of these systems will ensure improved water quality parameters in the region. The heavy metal Mn , Fe and Zn also indicate high levels which make the water undrinkable.

71

Figure 4.12: Location of the 4 freshwater well sampling locations

4.5.3 Seawater

267. Seawater quality was investigated by collecting water samples from 3 different marine sites adjacent to the coastline and opposite the PFHDP site. Surface water samples were recorded for all sites whilst Seawater site 01 included a 5 m water depth sample (

268. Figure 4.13). Samples were taken from a boat and the water analysis was conducted by a government accredited laboratory following standard methods for the analysis of water and wastewater (EML, 2018b). A total of 27 water quality physical and chemical parameters were tested. The data obtains is presented in Annex 6.

269. The results indicated at all sites sea water parameters are similar. The absence of petrochemical and high levels of nitrogen compound reflects the water circulation and movement at this site ensure dispersion. Fecal coliform results indicate sewage from the catchment area is discharged regularly into the water. These results will be diluted due to the daily water exchange rates at this site (tides, currents, swells) and as such levels entering this area if no water exchange would be considerable higher. Mitigation measures throughout the coastal and town areas to reduce sewage discharge need to be addressed; similarly all PFHDP activities need to ensure sewage and waste water is managed to acceptable GoSL and international standards.

72

Figure 4.13: Location of the 3 seawater sampling sites adjacent to the PFHDP

4.6 Air and Noise Parameters and Quality

4.6.1 Ambient Air Quality

Ambient air quality parameters were investigated at four different site locations (Table 4.4) 3 near the project site and on at the out site of the project area in April, 2018. (

Figure 4.14).

Table 4.4 : Location of the samples

Reference No.

Location PS Location Description

1 L1 Latitude 9.0884, Longitude 79.8145

Closer to Naval Detachment Pesalai, Harbor end


Beach guard army house side


Closer to the slaughterhouse


300 m away from the middle of the Harbor

73

Figure 4.14: Location of the air quality sampling site locations

270. Data at each of the 4 sample site locations were collected on 27th, 28th and 29th April 2018 over a 24 hour period using standard air quality collection equipment (EML, 2018c). All data was compared to the maximum permissible levels as stipulated under the National Environmental Act of Sri Lanka. All data collected is presented in Table 4.5.

Table 4.5: Ambient air quality data collected at the four sampling sites and the GoSL

maximum permissible standards.

Location L1 L2 L3 L4 Standards

PM10 (µg/m3) 7.9 5.8 18.5 11.4 100

PM2.5 (µg/m3) 4.6 3.5 12.2 7.2 50

Nitrogen Dioxide (µg/m3) 11 <4 <4 8 100

Sulfur Dioxide (µg/m3) <25 <25 <25 <25 80

Ozone (µg/m3) <20 <20 <20 <20 200

Carbon Monoxide (µg/m3) <500 <500 <500 <500 10,000

*Traces *No elements were detected within a reporting limit (Reporting limit for NO2, SO2, O3 and CO are 4 µg/m

3, 25 µg/m

3, 20 µg/m3 and 500V respectively)

271. Analysis of the data collected at all four sampling sites showed that the ambient air quality data collected are well within the maximum permissible levels and as such there are no non-compliance air emissions sources currently within the areas within and adjacent to the PFHDP site.

4.6.2 Ambient Noise Quality

272. Ambient noise quality parameters were investigated at four different site locations (Table 4.5) within Port Pedro town adjacent to the PFHDP site in April, 2018

74

Figure 4.15: Location of the noise quality sampling site locations.

273. Data at each of the 4 sample site locations were collected over a 24 hour period using standard noise quality collection equipment (EML, 2018d). All data was compared to the maximum permissible levels as stipulated under the National Environmental Act of Sri Lanka for urban council areas (regulation 2 of Gazette Notification No. 924/12/1996). The maximum noise level permitted in urban council areas utilizes the Low Noise and as such the permissible noise level for day time is 50dB (A) and 45 dB (A) during night time hours. All data collected is presented in Table 4.6.

Table 4.6: Ambient noise quality data collected at the four sampling sites and the

GoSL maximum permissible standards.

Location reference

Location Day Time Night Time

Ambient Noise level LAeq(T) dB

Background Noise level L90,A(T) dB

Maximum permissible Noise Levels

Ambient Noise level LAeq(T) dB

Background Noise level L90,A(T) dB

Maximum permissible Noise Levels

N1 Closer to the Naval Detachment Pesalai

46 41 55 (dB(A)) 48 48 45 (dB(A))

N2 In between Naval Detachment Pesalai and slaughterhouse

44 41 48 42

N3 Near slaughterhouse

43 43 51 49

N4 Army beach guard house side

45 43 50 47

75

274. Analysis of the data collected at all four sampling sites showed that the ambient and background noise quality data collected during the day is within maximum permissible levels for medium level noise within an urban area. However, both ambient and background noise levels recorded during the night recorded readings slightly above the maximum allowance for urban areas. Therefore, the applicable maximum permissible noise levels are, 50 dB (A) during the day time and 45 d(B) during the night time. As such current noise levels associated with the area adjacent to the PFHDP do not meet the noise level requirements during night time. The non-compliance is understood to be a direct response of birds active in the areas at this time.

4.7 Biological Resources 275. Sir Lanka‟s biodiversity is significantly important both in a regional and global scale as the nation has the highest species density for flowering plants, amphibians, reptiles and mammals in the Asian region (IUCN, 2012).

4.7.1 Marine and Coastal Reef Habitats, Flora and Fauna 276. The Northern Provinces main fisheries zones include: the extensive brackish water in land and coastal lagoon systems; the shallow fringing coastal reef including the back reef lagoons or intertidal zone; the sub-tidal zone including the reef slope and associated fissures or canyons in the reef slope (to about 25 m depth); the deep reef and near-shore deep-water areas below 25 m that extended a considerable distance from shore on the regions continental shelf; and the open ocean or pelagic fishery. These areas are of critical subsistence and small-scale income generation importance to the local communities. The first four zones are usually considered to be part of the „inshore fishery‟ and the latter referred to as the „offshore fishery‟. Commercial fishing (local fishing licenses focusing on pelagic resources – tuna species specifically) are permitted to fish from the territorial water 2 nautical miles from the coast to the EEZ limit some 200 nautical miles out from the shoreline.

277. The Northern Provinces marine systems, especially the first four zones (intertidal, sub tidal, inshore reef and offshore continental shelf areas) have been heavily exploited for subsistence and small scale artisanal/commercial livelihood activities. These activities use a wide range of traditional and modernized fishing gear and techniques targeting a wide range of resources.

278. A detailed marine baseline ecological assessment survey was undertaken for the area of influence of the PFHDP as part of the projects IEE. The full Marine Assessment Report is provided in Annex 04 and the summary findings of the inshore marine baseline ecological survey for this report are presented in Section 4.7.2 There is a paucity of marine and coastal biological, ecological and resource baseline assessment data sets for the Northern Province, including the Pesalai region of Mannar Island, due to the social unrest of the past three decades making time series data comparisons difficult for the current study.

279. The waters adjacent to the northern coastline associated with Mannar island and particularly the coastal waters associated with the PFHDP site do not have suitable marine habitats conducive to whales and to the majority of the nation‟s smaller cetaceans. There is the unlikely possibility that several species of the smaller mobile coastal orientated dolphins may move through the waters adjacent to the PFHDP site, however there is not literature identifying resident populations within this area. Therefore, there PFHDP scope of works will have no impact on the cetaceans.

76

280. Dugong: Dugong (Dugong dugon) is a medium size marine mammal (up to 3 meters long and 400Kg) that can travel long distances and spends its entire life in the ocean, predominately in shallow coastal areas. Their status on the IUCN threatened red list is Vulnerable (IUCN, 2012). The animal is exclusively herbivores feeding only on sea grass and as such is closely linked with sea grass habitats. Dugong populations in Sri Lanka have decreased considerably over the past century and current population stocks are very low. They were originally found and remain predominately in the shallow seas of the Palk Strait between India and Sri Lanka and within the Gulf of Mannar. Previously, a significant coastal fishery operated within these areas targeting the meat, skin and oil.

281. The waters adjacent to the northern coastline of Mannar Island and particular the coastal waters associated with the PFHDP site do not have sea grass beds and as such do not possess suitable marine habitats conducive to support Dugong populations. There is the possibility, albeit rare, that individuals or family groups of Dugongs may move through the waters adjacent to the PFHDP site, however these animals would be only travelling through and as such transients. Therefore there PFHDP scope of works will have no impact on the Dugongs.

282. Turtles: Five species of marine turtles are reported to inhabit the waters of Sri Lanka, they include; Loggerhead (Caretta caretta), Green (Chelonia mydas), Hawksbill (Eretmochelys imbricata), Olive Ridley (Lepidochelys olivacea), and Leatherback (Dermochelys coriacea). All species are listed as threatened on the IUCN Red list, two species are Critically Endangered, (Hawksbill and Leatherback), whilst the three remaining species are Endangered (Green, Loggerhead and Olive Ridley) (IUCN, 2012).

283. All five species have been recorded to nest in Sri Lanka however none are reported to nest in the Northern Province. The coastal waters of the northern coastline of Mannar Island in close proximity to the PFHDP site ecological habitats provides potential food sources for the Hawksbill and Loggerhead turtle however these species are not reported to feed in this area. Similarly, there is the possibility that individuals of all 5 species may move through the waters adjacent to the PFHDP site whilst travelling to other coastal and open ocean waters and as such are transients.

284. Crocodiles: Two species of crocodiles are found in Sri Lanka, they include the estuarine - Crocodylus porosus and the Marsh or Mugger - C. palustris. Both species are listed as threatened on the IUCN Red list with C. porosus listed a Low Risk whilst C. palustris in Vulnerable and are protected in Sri Lanka. Both species are found in the Northern Province, the larger estuarine crocodile inhabits the rivers, wet lands, lagoons and coastal areas, whilst the smaller species habitat preference is wetlands, freshwater and brackish lagoons.

285. The coastal waters of the northern coastline associated with Mannar Island in close proximity to the PFHDP site do not have rivers nor direct access to the coastal wet lands, swaps and as such do not possess suitable marine and coastal habitats conducive to support crocodiles. There is the possibility, albeit very rare, that individuals C. porosus may move through the waters adjacent to the PFHDP site, however these animals would be only travelling through and as such are transients. Anecdotal information collected during the assessment did not indicate this has happened in the recent past. Therefore, there PFHDP scope of works will have no impact on the crocodiles. Similarly, the threat to human safety from these animals is seen as very low.

286. Mangrove: Mangroves are woody shrubs and trees that are salt and flood tolerant and are found in coastal habitats that are associated with estuaries, foreshore, intertidal and lagoonal areas and play a significant role in coastal biological diversity, erosion control and are a natural barrier of protection for the islands.

77

287. 21 species within 14 genera of true mangroves have been recorded in Sri Lanka covering an estimated area of 10,000 hectares (ha) (IUCN, 2012). In addition, there are a number of additional mangrove associated species located throughout the nation. Within the true mangroves species two species are Critically Endangered (Ceriops decandra, Lumnitzera littorea) on the IUCN red list of threatened species, three species are listed as endangered (Bruguiera cylindrical, Sonneratia alba and Xylocarpus granatum), five species listed as vulnerable (Bruguiera gymnorrhiza, B. sexangula, Nypa fruiticans, Sapium indicum, Scyphiphora hydrophyllacea), with the remaining species classed as Least Concern (5) or data deficient (6).

288. There is no definitive list of species of mangroves located within the Northern Province, however mangroves are located in all four districts (very limited on the exposed northwest and northern shoreline) with the highest abundance in terms of species numbers and area coverage is associated with the northeastern lagoons and coastal shorelines including the offshore island, including Mandativu islands, Kayts Island, Uppuaru lagoon and Chalai lagoon comprise of important mangrove stands. The dominant species reported includes Avicennia marina and Rhizophora mucronata. 289. There are no mangroves located within or in close proximity to the PFHDP site and as such the PFHDP scope of works will have no impact on these resources.

290. Sea grass: Sea grass communities (meadows) are a significant coastal habitat and contain high biodiversity value in Sri Lanka. They are essential marine ecosystems as they are the main diet for species such as the endangered green sea turtle (Chelonia mydas) and dugongs (Dugong dugon). Sea grasses grow fully submerged and rooted in soft bottom estuarine and marine environments and can be found in habitats extending from the intertidal zone to sub tidal, along mangrove coastlines, estuaries, shallow embayment‟s and also coral reef, inter reef and offshore islands. The shallow water marine lagoons and intertidal reef flats associated with the Northern Province have the highest abundance and species diversity within the nation. Fourteen species of sea grass have been identified within the nation. None were located within the PFHDP site and as such the PFHDP scope of works will have no impact on these resources.

4.7.2 Marine Assessment

291. A detailed rapid marine assessment of the intertidal and sub tidal marine ecosystem, specific habitats and resources adjacent to the port site was undertaken during March 2018 by the projects consultants. The assessment was undertaken using free diving (snorkeling) and SCUBA diving by the assessment team.

292. This assessment is documented fully in a separate report titled: “Pesalai Marine Environmental Assessment” (ANNEX 04). The information detailed by this assessment identifies key potential marine environmental impacts associated with the construction and operational phases of the project, which are discussed within this report and articulated in the project‟s EMP.

293. In total, 20 (5 intertidal and 15 sub tidal) reef transects (30 m x 2 m) were undertaken directly adjacent to the proposed PFHDP scope of works and to the east and west (control site) of the site were assessed separately to identify the marine benthic habitat and associated benthic resources (Figure 4.16). Information was collected in situ for all sites and included photograph and video recordings. Fishers at landing sites to the east of the project site were interviewed to acquire information pertaining to resources captured in the area with both benthic and pelagic mobile resources were discussed.

78

294. The intertidal transects (snorkeling and/or walking) included the benthic habitats from the exposed foreshore intertidal beach in all locations and were undertaken during low water thus allowing ease of access to all sites. The sub tidal transects (SCUBA diving) included the benthic habitats from the deeper intertidal areas through to approximately 100 m offshore and water access was undertaken from a boat.

Figure 4.16: The marine assessment intertidal and sub tidal assessment survey sites in relation to the Pesalai project area

295. There was no coralline limestone, sandstone or coral reefs found within the project area or adjacent neighboring marine sites to the west and east of the proposed PFHDP. All sites assessed consisted of a substrate composed of sand.

296. The intertidal beach is a dynamic shoreline composed entirely of coarse sand that is reworked and moved as a result of the prevailing tidal circulation and wave conditions. Waves break within this zone (Figure 4.17). There were no sessile benthic flora or fauna located within zone.

Figure 4.17: Intertidal marine habitats associated with the project site

79

297. The shallow water subtidal marine environment was a continuation of the intertidal marine benthic habitat and as such was composed entirely of course sand. Wave action and tidal circulation is apparent in this zone which is more pronounced during low tide (Figure 4.18). A small number fin fish and of mollusks (gastropod) were located during the assessment.

Figure 4.18: Subtidal marine habitats associated with the project site.

298. The deeper water subtidal marine environments (3-5 m) was a continuation of the intertidal marine benthic habitat and as such was composed entirely of course sand with no hard substrates recorded. A thin layer of finer sediment was recorded at all sites resting on the sand as a result of lower water circulation and movement allowing deposition of fine particles (Figure 4.19) There was a slow increase in water depth from shoreline to the deeper water sites.

Figure 4.19: Deeper water subtidal marine habitats associated with the PFHDP site.

80

299. The marine environment within the PA and adjacent PIA have all been impacted by anthropogenic sources for well over a century and include the physical impacts associated with subsistence and commercial fishing activities (e.g. nets dragged along the bottom, anchors), vessel movements (possible petrochemical spillage) and waste from boats and natural impacts associated with waste drainage discharge and associated sediments and pollution during major weather events (e.g. rainfall, cyclones).

300. The paucity of invertebrates and vertebrates fauna and absence of marine flora throughout the PA and adjacent sites was clearly evident. In addition there were no sea grass beds, marine turtles, dugong or cetaceans located during the assessment nor was there any anecdotal information provided to the assessment team that these resources reside or utilize the marine waters associated with the PFHDP. There are no mangroves associated with the PFHDP site nor neighboring coastal habitats.

301. Plankton samples collected during the assessment provided evidence that a number of common marine plankton found in coastal waters around Sri Lanka are present. Large aggregations of fish or invertebrate eggs or larval stages were not recorded among samples possibly indicating that this area does not support adult invertebrate and vertebrate breeding grounds, however additional time series data would need to be collected to provide conducive evidence.

302. The local communities associated with the project site are heavily dependent on the local fish resources for food security, livelihood and income generation. The construction of the PFHDP and subsequent alteration of the coastal inshore marine and coastal environment will have little if any negative impact on the local fishers, rather the increased access to port-based fishing infrastructure that will result from the PFHDP will provide valuable support and assistance to the fishers.

4.7.3 Terrestrial Habitats, Flora and Fauna

303. Sri Lanka is characterized by a high level of biodiversity of plants including 3,210 species of vascular flowering plants with a corresponding high level of plant endemism. The flowering plants belong to 1052 genera of which 916 are endemic whilst 350 species of ferns of which 50 species are reported to be endemic for Sri Lanka (IUCN, 2007 and MOE, 2012).

304. The north-eastern part of the mainland, in Kilinochchi, Mullaitivu and in the northwestern Mannar District, large areas of forests remain. The forests in the seasonally dry northern and eastern plains (transition between the wet and dry zones) consist of tropical semi-evergreen forests with their own characteristic species as well as some common to the adjacent zones.

305. Mannar Island biogeographically and the PFHDP site lies in the Low Country Dry Zone. Floristically it lies in the Coastal and Marine Belt Floristic Zone. Mangroves, Salt Marshes, Sand Dunes and Beach Vegetation are the typical natural habitats in Coastal and Marine Belt Floristic Zones. In particular, Mannar Island and at the project site include coastal beach, beach beam, sand dunes and incipient sand dunes all of which dictate the type of vegetation and associated fauna occurring in the region. The soil and water resource of the area are both related to the limestone geology of the land. The soils are formed on the marine deposits and sediments under the influence of sea waves and winds. The dominant soil types are yellow red latosols.

81

306. The terrestrial fauna of Sri Lanka is extremely diverse and has the highest species density for amphibians, reptiles and mammals within the Asian region. Fauna includes 453 species of birds including 46 species globally threatened of which 10 are critically endangered, 95 mammals including 49 globally threatened of which 9 are critically endangered, 211 species of reptiles including 64 globally threatened and 140 species of Amphibians or which 52 are globally threatened. Mannar island is notable for the presence of the baobab tree, a native of Africa.

307. Northern coastal areas from Vankalai to Kokilai, with extensive lagoons, mudflats, sand-flats, seagrass beds and shallow shores, are among the most important areas for migrating water birds in Sri Lanka. This area regularly records greater number of birds, compared with the other areas in the south-east, which also records higher number of species.

There are three flying routes across India and the Bay of Bengal through which migrating birds come to Sri Lanka as shown in (

Figure 4.20)

308. The Western Route: from the northern and north-western parts of the world along the western coastal line of India, then towards the extreme south of India, which is common point and then fly across this coast and arrive in Sri Lanka mostly across this coastal line between Mannar and south coast;

309. The Eastern Route: migrant birds take this route initially from Europe, West Asia including western Siberia, and from the western regions of Himalaya including Kashimir, enter the island through Jaffna Peninsula; and

310. The Andaman Islands Route: falls across the Andaman Islands in the Indian Ocean and birds enter through the North-Eastern coast of Sri Lanka.

Figure 4.20: Main Bird Migration Routes across the Sub continent and Northern

areas of Sri Lanka.

82

311. A detailed terrestrial baseline ecological assessment survey was undertaken for the area of influence of the PFHDP as part of the projects IEE. The full terrestrial ecological and biological assessment report is provided in ANNEX 07 and the summary findings of the baseline ecological survey for this report are presented in Section 4.7.4. There is a paucity of flora and fauna coastal biological, ecological and resource baseline assessment data sets for the Northern Province, due to the social unrest of the past three decades making time series data comparisons difficult for the current study.

4.7.4 Terrestrial Assessment

312. A detailed rapid terrestrial flora and fauna assessment was undertaken for the PFHDP Project Area (PA) and the Projects Influencing Area (PIA) that surrounds (500 m) the PFHDP site during March 2018 by the projects consultants. An international standard rapid line transect method was used to assess the existing terrestrial floristic and faunal diversity with all assessment undertaken during day light hours. In addition, indirect observations of animal sign such as scat, foot prints, and food remains were carried out to understand the different faunal species in the area and discussions with key stakeholders to confirm data.

313. This assessment is documented fully in a separate report titled: “Terrestrial, Ecological and Biological Assessment of the Pesalai Fishery Harbor Development Site, Northern Province” (ANNEX 07). The information detailed by this assessment identifies key potential terrestrial environmental impacts associated with the construction and operational phases of the project, which are discussed within this report and articulated in the project‟s EMP.

314. The report presents the terrestrial flora and fauna assessment in two sections which include; the PFHDP site Project Area (PA) – which includes the area directly within the PFHDP projects scope of works and the Projects Influencing Area (PIA) which includes an area approximately 500 m surrounding the PA. (Figure 4.21) outlines the two project areas referred to within the report.

Figure 4.21: The Project Area and Project Influencing Area associated with the PFHDP site.

83

315. The PFHDP harbor is located on the coastal foreshore that has been modified through long time anthropogenic impacts and as such the natural flora and fauna have been significantly altered. This includes a piggery minated by coastal sand dunes. 316. Figure 4.22Da) and an abandoned slaughter house Db). Nevertheless the typical natural vegetation formations belonging to the Coastal and Marine Belt Floristic Zones expected in these areas were present, with the site dominated by coastal sand dunes.

Figure 4.22 D a & b. The piggery (a) and abandoned slaughter house (b) located

within the PFHDP Project Area.

317. The main terrestrial habitat types recorded within the PA include short stature creeping sandy beach vegetation, herbaceous erect shrubs in the seaward margin, and Palmyra trees dominated the woodlands and other mixed vegetation throughout the sand dunes.

4.8 The Project Area (PA) 318. The terrestrial component of the proposed PFHDP PA site is disturbed due to past human activities, which includes fishing activities (boat repair, net clearing), small scale ground clearing and construction including the Navy camp and recreational grounds which delineated the eastern boundary of the site. The southern boundary is boarded by a dirt road, the western border continues with the sparse woodland whilst the northern boundary extends into the ocean.

319. The PA vegetation is typical of coastal seashore vegetation systems found in Mannar and neighboring coastal regions of the north. The major terrestrial habitats types recorded in the PA from the beach inwards away form the ocean include;

- Short stature creeping sandy beach vegetation; - Herbaceous erect shrubs; and - Littoral Woodlands - Palmyra dominated woodlands with other mixed vegetation.

320. Short Stature Creeping Sandy Beach Vegetation: This vegetative zone is characterised of gently sloping sandy beaches approximately 60 m shore wards of the high water mark. The dominate species include Ipomoea pes-caprae (Mudu Bin Thamburu), Cyperus arenarius, Cyperus stoloniferus, Spinifex littoreus and Opuntia dillenii.

Of the 5 species located within this zone of the PA 4 species are native to Sri Lanka and one species is classified as an invasive species (Opuntia dillenii). (vegetation located in this zone.

84

Figure 4.23) provided an example of the vegetation located in this zone.

Figure 4.23: Example of the short stature creeping sandy beach vegetation zone

within the Project Area of the PFHDP.

321. Herbaceous Erect Shrubs: This vegetative zone extends for approximately 60 m through to 120 m from the shoreline. The dominant species include Acacia eburnean, Pergularia daemia (Meda Hangu), Cynodon dactylon, Tephrosia purpurea (Pila), Boerhavia diffusa (Pita Sudu Pala). The back thickets located in this are include are dominated by shrubs and trees and include; Acacia eburnea, Azadirachta indica (Kohomba), Calotropis gigantea (Wara), Borassus flabellifer (Tal), Flueggea leucopyrus (Heen Katu Pila), Dodonaea viscosa (Eta Werella), Coccinia grandis, Leucas zeylanica, Hemidesmus indicus, Cassine glauca (Neralu), Salvadora persica (Maliththan) and Opuntia dillenii.

322. Of the 16 species located within this zone of the PA 15 species are native to Sri Lanka, one of which is endemic Cassine glauca (Neralu), another species has a conservation status of nationally near threatened species (NT) Salvadora persica (Maliththan) and one species is classified as invasive species (Opuntia dillenii). (Figure 4.24) provided an example of the vegetation located in this zone.


within the Project Area of the PFHDP.

85

323. Palmyra dominated woodlands with other mixed vegetation. This vegetative zone extends from approximately 120 m through to the PA boundary (the road). The dominant species include;

324. This habitat is dominated by the Palmyra tree (Borassus flabellifer - Tal) (girth sizes of well grown plants 115 to 150 cm) and very dense assemblage undergrowth throughout the area (Figure 4.25). Other species located include; Azadirachta indica (Kohomba), Ficus benghalensis, Morinda coreia, Calotropis gigantea (Wara), Acacia eburnean, Acacia planifrons, Tephrosia purpurea (Pila), Dodonaea viscosa (Eta Werella), Nerium oleander, Stachytarpheta jamaicensis, Leucas zeylanica, Cassine glauca (Neralu), Salvadora persica (Maliththan) and (Opuntia dillenii).

325. Of the 15 species located within this zone of the PA 13 species are native to Sri Lanka, one of which is endemic Cassine glauca (Neralu), another species has a conservation status of nationally near threatened species (NT) Salvadora persica (Maliththan) and one species is classified as invasive species (Opuntia dillenii).

Figure 4.25: Examples of the Palmyra tree located throughout the Project Area

within the PFHDP.

326. The endemic tree Cassine glauca (Neralu) (Figure 4.26) was observed twelve times within the PA (10 plants at 9o 5‟ 20” N 79o 48‟ 52” E and 2 plants at 9o 5‟ 14” N 79o 48‟ 54” E). This species is also found in several locations within the project area of influence. This species is commonly found in the home gardens within the Mannar area and is considered as one of the commonly cultivated plant species. In addition, several

86

previous studies confirmed the significant abundance of C. glauca (Neralu) in Mannar, Jaffna, Vavuniya, Kilinochhi, Anuradhapura, Pollonnaruwa, Hambantota and Trincomalee Districts (ADB, 2011; CEB, 2015, 2016 & 2017; Ekanayake, 2016; BOBLME, 2011; Ministry of Irrigation and Water Resources Management, 2015; Sumithraarachchi, 2008; Wadugodapitiya et al, 2013).

Figure 4.26: The endemic tree Cassine glauca located within the Project Area of the

PFHDP

327. The nationally near threatened small tree species Salvadora persica (Maliththan) (Figure 4.27) was observed 5 times within the PA (2 plants at 9o 5‟ 25” N 79o 48‟ 44” E and 3 plants at 9o 5‟ 20” N 79o 49‟ 10” E). This species was also found in several locations within the PIA. Literature reports that this species is recorded regularly throughout Mannar, Jaffna, Yala National Park, Puttalam and Trincomalee (ADB, 2011; Ratnayeke & Manen, 2006; Wijesundara, 2012; JICA, 2015; CEB, 2015; Ekanayake, 2016).

Figure 4.27: The nationally near threatened small tree species Salvadora persica

(Maliththan) located within the Project Area of the PFHDP.

87

4.8.1 Project Influence Area (PIA)

328. The terrestrial component of the proposed PFHDP Project Influenced Area (PIA) includes a range of different terrestrial environment, however the majority of the area resembles the ecological habitats and species compositions that were reported within the Project Area. In addition the PIA incudes the western areas of the Pesalai village and associated township infrastructure. Thus, the PIA is either moderately disturbed or in part highly disturbed environment.

329. There will no physical terrestrial disturbance within the PIA, however during the construction phase and to a lesser degree the operational phase of the harbor increased dust, noise and vibration due to machine within the site and vehicle movements are expected. Impacts levels will be higher closer to the area of works which apart from the navy training facility are a considerable distance from the local village and as such the towns‟ services and business will have little if any impacts form the projects construction phase.

330. Terrestrial habitat types in PIA: The terrestrial habitat types observed within the PIA include:

- Short stature creeping sandy beach vegetation - Herbaceous erect shrubs - Littoral Woodlands - Palmyra dominated woodlands with other mixed vegetation - Sand dunes - Home gardens

331. All habitat types are fully functional terrestrial ecosystems that are surviving in a disturbed and modified village environment and as such the original native flora and associated fauna have been altered.

332. Short stature creeping sandy beach vegetation: The vegetation associated with this PIA was recorded as very similar to the vegetation types recorded for the same habitat associated with the PA. This included; Ipomoea pes-caprae (Mudu Bin Thamburu), Cyperus arenarius, Cyperus stoloniferus, Spinifex littoreus and Opuntia dillenii. Four species were native and one species (Opuntia dillenii) is an invasive.

88

333. Herbaceous erect shrubs: The vegetation associated with this PIA was recorded as very similar to the vegetation types recorded for the same habitat associated with the PA. This included Acacia eburnean, Pergularia daemia (Meda Hangu), Cynodon dactylon, Tephrosia purpurea (Pila), Boerhavia diffusa (Pita Sudu Pala). The back thickets located in this include are dominated by shrubs and trees and include; Acacia eburnea, Azadirachta indica (Kohomba), Calotropis gigantea (Wara), Borassus flabellifer (Tal), Flueggea leucopyrus (Heen Katu Pila), Dodonaea viscosa (Eta Werella), Coccinia grandis, Leucas zeylanica, Hemidesmus indicus, Cassine glauca (Neralu), Salvadora persica (Maliththan) and Opuntia dillenii. Fifteen species were native, one species is endemic Cassine glauca (Neralu), another species has a conservation status of nationally near threatened species (NT) Salvadora persica (Maliththan) and one species is classified as invasive species (Opuntia dillenii).

334. Littoral Woodlands - Palmyra dominated woodlands with other mixed vegetation: The vegetation associated with this PIA was recorded as very similar to the vegetation types recorded for the same habitat associated with the PA. This included; the Palmyra tree (Borassus flabellifer - Tal) (girth sizes of well grown plants 115 to 150 cm), Azadirachta indica (Kohomba), Ficus benghalensis, Morinda coreia, Calotropis gigantea (Wara), Acacia eburnean, Acacia planifrons, Tephrosia purpurea (Pila), Dodonaea viscosa (Eta Werella), Nerium oleander, Stachytarpheta jamaicensis, Leucas zeylanica, Cassine glauca (Neralu), Salvadora persica (Maliththan) and (Opuntia dillenii). Thirteen species are native to Sri Lanka, one of which is endemic Cassine glauca (Neralu), another species has a conservation status of nationally near threatened species (NT) Salvadora persica (Maliththan) and one species is classified as invasive species (Opuntia dillenii).

335. Sand dunes: Five native species (Figure 4.28) were recorded which include; Borassus flabellifer (Tal), Spinifex littoreus, Azadirachta indica (Kohomba), Ficus sp., Salvadora persica (Maliththan). The latter is has a conservation status of nationally near threatened species (NT).


within the Project Influenced Area of the PFHDP

336. Home Gardens: The household/home garden vegetation consisted either of vegetation that is used for household food and/or small-scale income generation or ornamental purposes. Food and/or income opportunity vegetation included; Cocos nucifera, Borassus flabellifer, Mangifera indica, Carica papaya, Moringa oleifer, Punica

89

granatum, Azadirachta indica, Hemidesmus indicus, Ficus benghalensis and Musa x paradisiaca. The ornamental trees included; Hibiscus rosa-sinensis and Nerium oleander. There were no endemic, protected or endangered floral species recorded within the home gardens within the PIA.

337. A total of 36 floral species were recorded during the field ecological survey of the PFHDP Project Area and surrounding Project Implementing Area (Figure 4.29). The species located included 14 trees, 10 herbaceous species, 9 shrubs and 3 climber or creepers. There was one endemic species (Cassine glauca - Neralu), one nationally near threatened small tree species (Salvadora persica - Maliththan), one invasive species (Opuntia dillenii) located in both the PA and PIA and there were only 3 non native species located within the PA.

338. It is anticipated that up to 300 individual trees (including 223 Borassus flabellifer (Tal), 71 Azadirachta indica (Kohomba) and 7 Ficus benghalensis (Maha Nuga )will need to be removed from within the PA to accommodate the PFHDP scope of works. All species are common throughout the area and their removal is not expected to have any detrimental impacts on the species and thus the impact on the ecologic of this area is insignificant.

339. The nationally near threatened species (Salvadora persica ) and the endemic plant species (Cassine glauca – Neralu) were recorded within the PA and PIA in a number of locations. These species have been reported to be widely found throughout the Northern Province in similar environmental habitats, however they are restricted to this region of Sir Lanka. If these plants are required to be removed for the PFHDP development requirements consideration for there alive (with care) removed and replanted in a similar neighbouring habitat that will ensure their survival.

Figure 4.29: Detailed map showing the location of key notable vegetation located

during the field assessment associated with the PFHDP Project Area.

90

4.8.1.1 Fauna 340. A total number of 40 faunal species within 5 different taxonomic groups were located during the faunal field assessment of the PFHDP PA and PIA areas. This included 25 bird species, 9 butterflies, 3 dragonflies, 2 mammals and one reptile species. All species, except one mammal and one bird species each, respectively are native to Sri Lanka and there was no endemic nor species of conservation importance located.

341. No migratory bird species were recorded during the field ecological study, although the assessment was undertaken within the migratory birds normal season. As the proposed project site is disturbed, and does not possess the habitats required by these species (shallow mud flats, saline lakes etc) the occurrence of migratory birds is rare. This was confirmed by the field interviews with fishermen and fisheries officers and a review of the available literature also revealed that proposed project site is not a hot spot for bird watching.

342. Feral pigeon (Columba livia domestica) is a common pigeon that was observed throughout the PA and PIA, albeit in low numbers. The rock pigeon Columba livia is the wild race of the domesticated feral pigeon. Although the populations of the wild pigeons are relatively low, they were also found scattered throughout the PIA. They are not nesting and rearing juveniles in the project area. Proposed harbor will not pose a serious threat to this species.

343. There was no evidence of turtle feeding or nesting within or close by the project site nor was there any anecdotal reports form the local fishers.

344. In summary: The proposed harbor activities are restricted, in general to the coastal foreshore and inland terrestrial environments (project Area) associated with the proposed PFHDP site. As such potential impacts to the terrestrial environment and its associated flora and fauna resources include the entire Project Area which includes the coastal foreshore, short stature creeping sandy beach vegetation; herbaceous erect shrubs; and Littoral Woodlands - Palmyra dominated woodlands with other mixed vegetation. The majority of vegetation within the Project Area will be removed during the construction phase, which includes up to 300 individual trees and shrubs and smaller plants. Actual numbers to be removed will be finalized during the implementation phase of the project; however it is recommended that through appropriate planning the number of trees to be removed maybe minimized with the existing vegetation incorporated into the general lanscape features of the port.

345. There was only one species of plant that was located within the PA that was endangered which is also classified as a nationally near threatened (Salvadora persica - Maliththan). Five individual plants of this species were located within the PA and are expected to be removed. Similarly, only one plant species located within the PA was endemic (Cassine glauca - Neralu) whist the majority of species located were natives of Sri Lanka. This species was recorded twelve times within the PA are and most individuals plants are expected to be removed. In the likely event that these plants are required to be removed, due diligence is to be exercised. Consideration for a number of individual plants to be removed alive and transplanted to suitable neighboring habitats, thus ensure minimal impacts to these species. These mitigation measures will ensure that there are no negative impacts to these species population structure and their ecological importance. The assessment however recorded that both species are well represented throughout the surrounding PIA and existing habitats through Mannar and the Northern Province.

91

4.8.1.2 Threatened and Protected Species 346. The nation is reported to have over 17,000 and 450 terrestrial vertebrates and invertebrate fauna species, including 315 and 329 endemic species, respectively; over 1,700 marine and coastal animals, 3,210 flowering plants belonging to 1052 genera of which 916 are endemic and 350 species of ferns with 50 species endemic have been reported for Sri Lanka (IUCN, 2007 and MOE, 2012).

347. The International Union for Conservation of Nature & Natural Resources (IUCN) undertakes a global assessment (Red List) to classify species as to their conservation status. Classifications (from most to least concern) include critically endangered, endangered, near threatened, vulnerable, or least concern. There is also a data deficient category to denote lack of information to make a determination.

348. Information pertaining to Sri Lanka marine and terrestrial fauna and flora has been reasonably assessed however information pertaining to all species and their threatened status is not complete. The publications IUCN, 2007 and MOE, 2012 listed in the reference provides detailed information on all flora and fauna species in Sri Lanka and their current status, these reports should be reviewed for additional information. A summary of the total number of species and their threatened status for the key taxonomic groups of Sri Lanka is reported in Table 4.7 (IUCN, 2007 and MOE, 2016).

Table 4.7: Total species and threatened numbers of key fauna groups of Sri Lanka.

Taxonomic Group Total Number of Species Number of Threatened Species (where known)

Mammals 123 (28 marine) 49 (9 Critically Endangered)

Birds 453 46 (10 Critically Endangered)

Amphibians 140 52

Reptiles 211 64

Butterflies 245 100

Echinoderms 213

Marine Molluscs 228

Fish

Marine 969 52

Freshwater 93 28

Hard corals 183

349. Threatened terrestrial species recorded for Jaffna district of the Northern Province includes one (1) freshwater fish, three (3) reptiles, one (1) amphibian, two (2) birds, two (2) mammals and seven plants as threatened, whilst fifteen (15) marine species of sharks, rays and skates (3 critically endangered), four (4) species of marine fish, five (5) marine turtles, over 28 marine mammals including whales and dolphins and the inshore Dugong and the majority of hard corals threatened within the reef and marine areas of the district (IUCN, 2007). In addition, the whale shark (Rhincodon typus) and big eye tuna (Thunnus obesus) found in the pelagic zone are also recorded as vulnerable.

4.8.2 Protected Areas

350. There are 501 protected areas in Sir Lanka, which include national parks, biosphere reserves and sanctuaries including wildlife jungle corridors, most of which are terrestrial (forest) areas that provide a level of management and protection to specific species and or habitats. They vary in size and management regime. Officially there are 6 registered Marine Protected Areas (MPA‟s) within Sri Lanka

92

351. 352. 353.

354. Figure 4.30) however the literature reports that 4 additional Terrestrial Protected Areas (TPA) within the nation include coastal and or marine ecosystems or specific habitats and as such could be included as MPA‟s. There are no MPA and/or TPA located in the Northern Province however the province has seven wildlife sanctuaries which include; the Madhu Road (1968), Chundikulam (1938), Giant Tank (1954), Vankalai (2008), Vavunikulam Tank (in 1963), Paraithivu (1973), and Kokkilai (1951).

355. There are 3 marine protected areas declared by Department of Wildlife Conservation (DWC) around Pesalai. This includes Adam‟s Bridge National Park, Vedithaltive Nature Reserve and Vankalai Sanctuary, all of which are located well outside the PFHDP area including their buffer zones and as such there will be no impacts on protected areas resulting form the project.

Figure 4.30: Location of the 6 MPA within Sri Lanka.

94

4.9 Historical Religious, Archeological and Cultural Significant Sites

4.9.1 Historical and Archeological significant sites

356. There are many locations of exceptional archaeological value in Mannar. These include ancient temples and sites mentioned in chronicles, sites of pre-historic significance and old churches and temples of high cultural value to the northern people. Many of these sites have been recorded by the Department of Archaeology and there could be many that are unrecorded and undiscovered. The value addition prospects of these places to local tourism is immense, especially sites such as Thiruketheeswaram and Madhu Church in Mannar. 357. However, there are no archaeological sites within the Project Area or within the PIA.

4.9.2 Present land use of the area.

358. The total land area of Mannar DS division is 21,694 ha. Concerning the land use pattern in Mannar Division the fertile land available for paddy cultivation is 2,115 ha. About 1,564 ha are under high land crops and 9,811 ha are under perennial crops(ref Figure 4.31)

Figure 4.31 Land Use Pattern of the Mannar DSD

9%

0%

0% 7% 1%

10%

35%

38%

Land Use Pattern

Paddy-Major

Paddy-Minor

Paddy-Rainfed

Highland Crops

Cashew

Coconut

Palmyrah

Residential Area, Water Bodies , Other places

95

359. Presently the land consists of beach and the terrestrial area. No fishing activities or other activities observed in the beach area within the project site. The terrestrial area is shrub land with Palmyra tree. One slaughter house and one pig pen is located middle of the site.

360. The surrounding area of the projects is bare lands with isolated bushes of plants and Palmyra trees. A village is located about 200 m away from the eastern boundary of the site. The existing Pesalai Landing site is located about 300 meter from the eastern boundary of the project. The land use pattern of the 500 radius is given in (Figure 4.32)

Figure 4.32: Land use pattern of the project area with 500 m radius

4.10 Social and Economic Aspects

Nature of households and principle economic activities 361. The project area belongs to Mannar Town DS Division and covers a land area of 4.4 km2. Its population is around 8518 representing 1191 in Pesalai-West and 1308 in adjoining Pesalai-North GN divisions (Table 4.8).There are about 431 families in Mannar DS division and 90% of houses are single storied units. The female ratio of population in the project area is very low relative to adjoining GN divisions of Mannar Town DS division. About 71% of the total population are above 18 years and the labour force (age 18-60 years) account for about 59% of the total population. Aabout 68% of the population are with primary (24.5%) and secondary level education (43.8%) while another 27% have studied up to O-level (16.6%) and A-level (10.5%). Majority of the population in project

Village

Bare Land

96

location are Hindus (57%) and Roman Catholics (36%).The dominance of fishing related economic activities in the project area (e.g. 53% of total employment) is a clear demonstration of its comparative advantages in promoting fisheries sub-sector relative to other economic activities in the project location (Table 4.9). The evidence on employment indicate low labour force participation in the Northern Province particularly among males, adults, urban residents, rural residents and those who below O-level education (WB, 2015). Nearly 300 individuals in the project area are unemployed in spite of educational achievements up to O-Level and A-Level. Hence, providing infrastructure facilities for safe landing, berthing and unloading of fish catches of mechanized fishing vessels and deep sea fishing vessels at Pesalai would lead to more economic benefits to the fishing communities at Pesalai and adjoining fish landing centres.

Table 4.8: Population at Pesalai and adjoining GN Divisions- 2017

Name of G.N. Division No

No. of Villages

No. of Families

Male Female Total Population G.N.Divisions

Pesalai West MN/55 3 322 578 613 1191

Pesalai North MN/57 6 407 631 677 1308

DSD 173 19,629 35,549 36,561 72,110

Table 4.9: Structure of employment- 2015

G.N.Divisions Pesalai West

Pesalai North

TOTAL Percentage (%)

Agriculture Female 0 0 305 1.21

Male 0 0 1037 4.12

Fishing Female 20 34 774 3.07

Male 532 520 7843 31.15

Govt.Job Female 31 56 1010 4.01

Male 24 40 1148 4.56

NGO Female 1 1 140 0.56

Male 3 2 228 0.91

Business Female 1 5 664 2.64

Male 3 45 3274 13.00

Self Employment Female 140 16 864 3.43

Male 20 43 1574 6.25

Labour Skill Labour Female 2 4 352 1.40

Male 5 17 1615 6.42

Un Skill Labour

Female 1 3 624 2.48

Male 4 23 2981 11.84

Pension Female 5 25 315 1.25

Male 7 18 427 1.70

Total Female 201 144 5048 20.05

Male 598 708 20127 79.95

TOTAL 799 852 25175 100.00

Source: Source: Mannar Town DS Division (2015)

97

Table 4.10 Status of Unemployment in Project Location - 2016

Area Graduate

Diploma

A/L

O/L

Vocational Training

Total

Pesalai West

4

7

119

144

18

292

Pesalai South

0

0

69

39

12

120

Pesalai North

45

8

35

82

0

170

Total 49 15 223 265 30 582

Source: Mannar Town DS Division (2016)

Basic Economic Structure 362. The industrial establishments in Mannar Town DS Division (MTDS) consist of cottage/small scale (543), medium scale (15) and large scale (01) industrial establishments providing employment for about 1557 workers (Table 4.11). According to Economic Census of 2013/14, there are about 2145 industrial establishments in Mannar Town DS division providing employment for about 4211 persons (DCS, 2015c). Some of the key industrial activities of the MTDS include manufacture of Salt (Uppalam),Ice factory, Sea Food Processing, Boat Yard services, Rice Flour &Packing, Light Engineering, Palmyra Leaves Products, Leather Work, and Grinding Mills. The Fish processing factory in Pesalai was a large scale operation and it was destroyed during the period of war. The Ice factory currently in operation is a medium scale establishment. The proposed PFH may lead to expansion of micro and small and medium scale industries (SMIs) in the project area including Mannar town DS Division.

Table 4.11: Industry Structure in Mannar DS Division - 2014

S.N

Type of Industries

No. of Industries

No. of Workers

No of Works

Male Female Skill Unskilled

1

Cottage/Small Industries

543

1247

908

339

1015

232

2

Medium Industries

15

242

133

109

143

99

3

Large

Industries.

1

68

40

28

28

40

Total 559 1557 1081 476 1186 371


Existing infrastructure facilities 363. Major infrastructure development programmes initiated by the government in the North after 2009 has improved transport, electricity and telecommunication facilities including the Mannar district. Mannar is also linked with the main transport network of the economy through “A” class (AA014 and A032) and “B” class (B270, B301 etc.,) roads. It is also connected through several “C” class (e.g. MNC011) and “D” class (e.g. MND 009, MND01, MND011, MND012, MND013, MND014) roads.

98

Table 4.12: Roads


Table 4.13: Electricity Utilization - 2016

S.No G.N. Division No. of Houses, Elecity available

No. of Houses Electricity required

% of HH need Electricity

MN-55 Pesalai West 283 22 7.773852

Mn- 57 Pesalai North 359 27 7.520891

DSD 12,833 1,810 14.10426


364. Total length of A and B grade roads in Mannar Town division is 65.2Km. Class A roads are trunk roads connecting the relevant capital with provincial and district capitals and B class roads are main roads connecting important towns and providing important links to the trunk road The Road Development Department is responsible for 87.11 km of C class roads.

365. The A and B class roads are managed by the Roads Development Authority and C& D class roads are managed by the Roads Development Department. The internal roads are managed by the Local Government.

366. Mannar DSD is provided with electricity facilities and maintains a customer base of 2,119 representing four major customer groups: a) domestic (1,529), b) industrial (9), c) commercial (545), and d) religious (36). (Ref. Table 4.12 , Table 4.13)

Table 4.12 Table 4.14: Details of utilization of Electricity

S. No Name of Roads Route No.

' A'' Classes Roads

Fro

m

in k

m

To

in

km

1 Medawachchiya-Mannar-Talaimannar Road.

AA014 66.5 114.80

Categories Consumers

Domestic Tariff 1,529

Industrial Tariff 9

Commercial Tariff 545

Religious Tariff 36

Total 2,119

99


Telecommunication 367. Generally, adequate telecommunication and postal system are available in the DSD. The details of the available facilities are given in the Table 4.15.

Table 4.15: Available communication system

Source: Mannar Town DS Division (2017) Postal and communication service is available in the area.

Table 4.16: Available Postal Service


368. Adequate water supply is available in the area. Most of the community mainly depend on the ground water and common water supply system. Very limited pipe born supply is available in the area (Ref. Table 4.17).

Table 4.17 Available Water facilities

G.N Division Pesalai West

Pesalai North

DSD

Water facilities Available

Common Well

No 3 2 163

Benefit Families 15 10 815

Open Well No 182 241 2602

S.No

Categories No. of. Telephones

1 PSTN Telephones (Cable Lines) 1,519

2 CDMA Telephones 901

3 Data Connections 2194

4 Inter Com Telephone 102

DS Division : Mannar Town

Details of Postal Services

Internet 2,631

Television 10,028

Radio 5,115

News Paper 2,621

100


Tube Well No 18 9 845


Pipe Line

No 0 9 5831


Water facilities Requirement

Common Well

No 0 0 45


Open Well No 12 0 124


Tube Well No 0 0 564


Pipe Line

No 17 50 2279



Description of existing fishing activities in the area 369. Fishing is the main economic activity at Pesalai and Pesalai Fisheries Division account for more than 75% of the fish catch in Mannar. Before the war, Mannar was one of the main fish production districts in the north with an annual output of 17,000 metric tons (Figure 4.33). Fishing activities of Pisalai provide direct employment for more than 800 individuals and indirect employment for another 400 individuals. It is the main source of income and employment for the local community at Pesalai and adjoining GN Divisions i.e. Pesalai –South and North. There are about 435 fishing vessels operating. Pesalai fish landing centres representing 9 multi day boats, 66 single day boats, 266 OFRP, and 94 non- mechanized boats (Table 4.18).The adjoining fish landing centres use another 526 boats for fishing at Pesalai. The key varieties of marine fish production at Pesalai include, Paraw, Rock Fish, and other blood fish. Total fish production in Mannar DS Division is estimated to be around 10,000 tons per annum and Pesalai fish landing center accounts for about 45.7% of this fish catch. Dry fish production is also a major economic activity in Mannar and Pesalai FI Division accounts for about 92.4% of dry fish production in Mannar DS Division (Table 4.19). Fishermen Co-operative Societies are well established in Mannar and Pesalai Fisheries Inspection Division accounts for the highest membership (83.02%) of fisheries societies (Table 4.20) Fish production estimates given by Fisheries Assistant Director, Mannar also seem to be closer to these estimates.

101

Figure 4.33: Marine sector fish catch by DFO divisions Mannar Mt/year

Source: Statistics Unit: Ministry of Fisheries & Aquatic Resources Development

Table 4.18: Fishing Crafts used at Pesalai and adjoining Fish Landing Centers- 2016

Landing Site

No of Boats Beach Seine Mechanized Non - Mechanized

IMUL IDAY OFRP MTRB NTRB NBSB

Talaimannar West

_

1

116

_

55

5

_

Talaimannar Pier _ _ 121 _ 40 _ _

Talaimannar Station

_

_

10

_

9

4

_

Nadukudah _ _ 25 _ _ _ _

Murugan Kovilady

_

_

29

_

8

_

_

Pesalai 9 66 266 0 94 0 18

Kattaspathiri _ 1 102 _ _ _ _

Total 9 68 669 0 206 9 18

Pesalai % 100 97.1 39.8 0 45.6 0 100

Source: Department of Fisheries, Regional Office, Mannar

Table 4.19: Fresh Fish Production Coastal Fisheries - 2017 Pesalai

FI Division Kgs/year %

Pesalai 4,726,402 45.7%

Erukkalampiddy 2,439,379 23.6%

Mannar 3,158,949 30.6%

Total 10,324,730 100

Source: 2017 Resource Profile Mannar

102

Table 4.20: Dry Fish Production – 2014 Mannar Town

F.I. Division

Fishing Landing Centre

Production (Kg)

%

Mannar Mannar 939,699 15.6

Pesalai Pesalai 4,617,035 76.8

Erukkalampiddy Erukkalampiddy 452,137 7.5

TOTAL 6,008,871 100.0

Source: Department of Fisheries & Aquatic Resources Development, Mannar.

Table 4.21: Fishermen Co-operative Societies- 2014Mannar Town

F. I. Division

No. of Fisheries Co-

operative Societies

No. of Members

% distribution of

members

Mannar 6 2909 44.70

Pesalai 6 2494 38.32

Erukkalampiddy 5 1105 16.98

Total 17 6508 100.00

Source: Department of Co-operative Development, Mannar

Existing beach access 370. Open beach access is available in the area, but the beach proposed for the project is not used for any purposes.

Existing Environmental Issues and Social Conflicts 371. No major environmental and social issues are observed.

103

5. IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

5.1 Significance of Impacts 372. The following section provides an assessment of the Project’s likely impacts on physical, biological, socio-economic and physical cultural resources and identifies mitigation measures to ensure potential environment impacts will be avoided or managed/reduced to acceptable levels.

373. The level of significance resulting from the potential impact is based on screening and includes i) No Impact, ii) Minor Impact, iii) Moderate Impact, IV) Major Impact and V) Unknown Impacts. The duration of the impacts is assessed based on the scope of work as well as the physical and biological environment in the subproject site. The magnitude of impact may be negligible, minor, marginal or significant if not mitigated. Whilst the determination of the scale of the impacts is based on i) spatial scale of the impacts (site, local, regional or national/international); ii) time horizon of the impact (short, medium or long term); iii) magnitude of the change in the environmental component brought about by the project activities (small, moderate, large); iv) importance to human populations; v) compliance with international, national, environmental protection laws, standards and regulations; and vi) compliance with guidelines, policies and regulations of the Government of Sri Lanka and ADB.

374. Direct, indirect and cumulative impacts have been assessed and where required mitigative measures proposed.

5.2 Impacts during Construction period 375. All potential construction impacts and appropriate mitigations are to be managed by the contractor. Construction impacts involve the following activities:

Operation of machinery and vehicles producing dust, noise and vibration; Site/location clearing, earth movements, excavations (dredging) and

stockpiling of materials; Erosion and sediment control – terrestrial and marine; Aggregate/rock metal extraction quarry/borrow sites; Construction waste disposal, pollution for hazardous material and waste

water management; Stockpiling of construction material such as sand, gravel and cement; Breakwater, harbor basin and port construction; Traffic disruption and land access; Presence of construction workers and camps; Transportation of construction materials; and OH&S.

5.2.1 Physical Resources

5.2.1.1 Impacts due to establishment of Construction Camps and Work Sites 376. Utilizing existing and/or the establishment of new construction camp/s and work sites can create temporary impacts resulting from site clearance – flora, fauna and habitat alteration and/or removal and possible unearthing of archaeological resources (deemed to be low chance due to the highly modified village area throughout the area). Construction camps and/or project storage sites are to be sited on an appropriate parcel of land, identified through consultation with village and landowners/users, as per the communications plan and permitted for this purpose.

104

Minimize vegetation removal to immediate corridor of works (camp).

Consultations with land owners/users;

Compensation for vegetation/building cleared/removed, if required;

Provide waste and water management plan for the site and seek approval (PMU/PIU – MFARDREA & MEPA).

Establish site office, workers yard, accommodation and security in consultation with relevant landowners and government agencies.

Cease activities immediately if archeological site/artifacts located;

Inform Department of Archaeology, PMU/PIU – MFARDREA and

Undertake all actions required by law.

5.2.1.2 Impacts to the beach and shoreline Erosion of adjacent beaches land due to change of current wave height regimes attributed to the harbor structures. 377. The coastal shoreline and adjacent shallow water marine sediments associated with the PFHDP site characterized by an exposed coastline including extensive sand foreshore and gently sloping back beaches and a relatively shallow however expansive intertidal and subtidal marine coastal system that has a substrate entirely composed entirely sand and finer sediments located on the surface in areas of deeper water and less water circulation. The sand sediment layers were located down to a depth of 18 m during the geotechnical cores samples associated with the project.

378. Overall, erosional and accretion impacts due to the construction of the PFHDP will be minimal. However, highly localized effects have been noted from the numerical model results as detailed in the following sections.

379. A site-specific sedimentation and water circulation study (with currents generated by waves) undertaken at the proposed Pesalai fish harbor site (ADB, 2016) identified that there is a net transportation effect from east to west running parallel to the beach. However due to the distinctive monsoonal wave patterns, the annual sediment transport data indicated that there is transportation rate of 11,000 m3/year to the west and an annual transportation rate to the east of 1,000 m3/year resulting in an overall net annual transportation of marine sediments of 11,000 m3/year westward. .

380. Therefore there is a predominant annual current running along the beach generated by the waves, directing towards West during the Northeast monsoon under „no harbor‟ scenario. This current has resulted in retaining the coarse grain sand particles found throughout the coastal area including the project site. With the construction of the harbor eastern breakwater, the current along the existing beach will tend to turn offshore at the intersection of the breakwater and the beach. Accumulation of sand behind the eastern breakwater could be expected during the NE monsoon.

381. Due to the sheltering effect offered by the western breakwater for the waves approaching from NE direction, the area immediately west of the harbor would experience an eddy formation for the majority of the year. It is envisaged that the spatial spreading of this eddy is limited to a smaller area, the offshore movement of the sand could only be experienced in the area immediately west of the harbor. During the southwest monsoonal weather patterns (where waves are approaching from a northwesterly direction) sand would rebuild in this area with the reverse occurring to the west of the western breakwater and beach area. It is envisaged to progress the eastern

105

breakwater construction substantially prior to commence the construction of the western breakwater – which is the primary Breakwater.

Construction Phase: 382. It is envisaged to progress the eastern breakwater construction substantially prior to commence the construction of the western breakwater – which is the primary breakwater.

383. As such, erosional effects experiencing at the intersection point of harbor with the shoreline will be evident during construction phase as well. Further, while the eastern breakwater construction progresses during the NE monsoon period, wave diffraction from the tip of the progressing breakwater would result in moving the sand eastward adding to the natural movement of sand in this area during these weather patterns. With the part construction of the eastern breakwater, the eastward movement of sand would be reduced. However, that would trigger the formation of eddy, and associated shoreline changes, as explained previously.

Changes in hydrological pattern such as currents and wave patterns, wave height and direction, near shore current velocity, direction and tides. Waves: Short Term: 384. The dominance of the NE waves and currents at the project location is evident, however, weather conditions associated with the NW weather conditions (during SW monsoon), albeit existing for a short period of time annually also impact the area waves and resulting sediment movement. Waves from north direction will be diffracted from the breakwaters under construction and will create a partially sheltered area within the demarcated harbor basin area. Waves approaching from NW direction similarly will create a sheltered area east of demarcated harbour area.

Long Term: 385. The diffraction effects will continue after construction, creating shadow (sheltered) areas east of eastern BW and west of western BW, due to wave diffraction effects.

Tides: 386. The tidal flow within the PFHPD basin will remain similar to the prevailing tidal patterns in neighboring locations with water freely entering the harbor basin during income tides and discharging during out going tides. No impacts are expected as a result of the Pesalai harbor. The tidal flow pattern around the harbour will also not subject to any notable change with the harbour in place.

Currents: 387. These have been described above. Tidal flow current paths will get concentrated towards the northern most end of the harbour footprint and dispersed with the passage of the location. Since the tidal currents are very small (0.2-0.3 m/s), there is no specific notable impact.

Changes Sediment transport patterns on both periods (short term and long term) Short Term: 388. Short term impacts depend on the construction sequence and period of construction. If the construction is started with the construction of western breakwater (BW), sediment transported westward tends to get accumulated within the demarcated harbor basin area, during the phase of construction. This impact will be more prominent

106

unless construction of the two breakwaters is commenced simultaneously. Soon after construction, the accumulation of sand on updrift side of the eastern B will continue. Long Term: 389. Net sediment transport is from east to west during NE monsoon, while a nominal annual transport of 1000 m3 from west to east during the Southwest monsoon conditions. The magnitudes of sediment movement are relatively low during both weather conditions. Though there is no significant change in the sediment patterns of the area due to the construction and subsequent operational phases of the fish harbour, there would be continuous net accumulation of sand behind the eastern BW could be expected, with 11,000 m3 per annum on average. As a result of stoppage of the bypassing of sand across the structure, there would be a sand deficit on the western side coastline. This would result in receding the west side coastline, though it is not very significant. The recession of the coastline would be 2-5m per annum (assuming an impact length of 1.0 km of shoreline, and average nearshore depth of 2m). This trend will continue until reach of an equilibrium in the shoreline, unless a sand bypassing mechanism is established to move accumulated sand westward. Further, continuous accumulation of sand behind the eastern BW may lead to siltation inside the harbour basin, once the accumulated sand reaches the harbour entrance area. It shall be noted that annual sediment transport rate of 11,000 m3 is assessed through numerical modelling, and it is not a significant rate when considering the order of magnitude and in particular when it is assessed through numerical modelling.

Coastal erosion / accretion and bathymetric changes (on either side of the harbor breakwaters) in the area 390. The entire benthic substrate is composed of sand and as such the bathymetric changes as described above.

Changes in drainage patterns 391. Neither the harbor construction nor resulting shoreline changes would change the natural drainage pattern that currently exists in the project area.

Changes in hydrological pattern such as currents and wave patterns, wave height and direction, near shore current velocity, direction and tides Waves: 392. The dominance of the NE waves and currents at the project location is evident, however, weather conditions associated with the NW weather conditions (during SW monsoon), albeit existing for a short period of time annually also impact the area waves and resulting sediment movement. Waves from north direction will be diffracted from the breakwaters and create a sheltered area within the harbor basin.

Tides: 393. The tidal flow within the PFHPD basin will remain similar to the prevailing tidal patterns in neighboring locations with water freely entering the harbor basin during incoming tides and discharging during outgoing tides. No impacts are expected as a result of the Pesalai harbor.

Currents:

394. These have been described above. Tidal flow current paths will get concentrated towards the northern most end of the harbour footprint and dispersed with the passage of the location. Since the tidal currents are very small (0.2-0.3 m/s), there is no specific notable impact.

107

Changes Sediment transport patterns on both periods (short term and long term) 395. Sediment transport is dominantly from east to west during NE monsoon, and to a lesser and shorter period during the Southwest monsoon conditions. The magnitudes of sediment movement are relatively low during both weather conditions. Hence, there is no significant change in the sediment patterns of the area due to the construction and subsequent operational phases of the fish harbor, except for the localized movements at the breakwater- shoreline intersections and possible small deposition in nearshore waters as described above.

Mitigation Measures: Short Term: 396. The sand accumulated on the east of eastern BW will continue unless bypassing mechanism is established. The sand accumulated on the eastern side to be mechanically excavated and transported to the western side and be placed/ spread over the shoreline. This activity shall be continued annually or biannually, thus making the bypassing activity 2-3 times during the construction phase. This would ensure the stoppage of the shoreline recede, and possible intrusion of sand into the harbour basin under construction.

Long Term: 397. No hard structures are proposed as mitigation measure due to;

Comparatively low sand transport rates (which allows the adopt of soft solutions that are practically implementable) Pesalai shoreline being a sandy coastline, introduction of hard solutions may lead to a chain reaction by triggering erosion and accretion around such hard solutions

398. Hence, as a soft measure, material accumulated behind the eastern breakwater be removed mechanically (excavation) and placed on the lee side (west side) of the western breakwater. This activity shall continue biannually or once in three years. This would not only curtail the presence of sand eastward (thus possible siltation inside the harbour), it will stop the recede of the western shoreline as well. 399. Further, it is recommended to commence shoreline monitoring as soon as possible, even prior to commence the construction. The shoreline monitoring shall be undertaken upto 1km east of eastern BW, and a 2km stretch west of the development,

5.2.1.3 Impacts on Armors (aggregate/rock) quarrying and Transportation of materials

Impacts on quarrying armors/metal

Metal Quarry

400. There are three potential metal quarries identified for the armors. All these quarries possess industrial mining license from GSMB and EPL from the CEA. Both licenses provide guidelines and conditions to operate the quarry without causing any environmental damages. These licensed quarries are bound to comply with the environmental regulations during the operation of the quarry. Therefore, the construction contractor should ensure that the selected quarries possess valid GSMB and EPL for the operation. The violation of conditions in the above licences will be resulted in temporary or permanent cancelation of licence. The temporary or permanent cancelation will have significant impacts to the supply of Armors to the site. This will constrain the normal progress of the construction activities. Operation of unauthorized metal quarry and borrow pits could impacts the natural environment including fauna and flora, water bodies and soil in the quarrying area.

108

Borrow area

401. No large quantity of soil is needed for the filling purposes. Small quantity of gravel will be required to manage the final layer of the surface. This could be utilized from the small licensed borrow areas located in the area. Therefore, the impacts due to the borrow areas are not significant.

Impacts on roads

402. A large quantity (around 50,000m3) of armor has to be transported for the breakwater construction purpose. Major portion of the transportation route of materials to the site from the quarries are RDA or PRDA roads which are administrated by RDA. The armor will be transported either from Mullaithivu, Vavuniya or from Anuradhapura districts using 6, 9 and 12T trucks. The existing RDA and PRDA roads are capable of bearing 12T trucks. The internal road from Mathawachchia- Thalaimannar road to the project site is a gravel site. The transportation of material in gravel roads could cause damage forming potholes and create dust.

403. Most of the internal roads from quarry site to the main roads are either gravel or tar sealed and are maintained by the relevant local authorities in the area, which cannot bear transportation of heavy weight and during the transportation there is a possibility to damage to the roads making potholes in the roads. During the rainy season, stagnation of water in the potholes could make inconveniences to the community who are using the roads. Therefore, the road will be reconstructed as an initial intervention of the project, which requires road widening and land acquisition (details of which area given in the resettlement plan).

Safety of road users

404. The internal road from Madawachchiaya- Thalaimannar road to the project site (Mother Teresa Street) is used by the local community in the area. Continuous flow of vehicles may cause a safety hazard to people using the road. Proper safety measures such as road signs and speed rules need to be followed during the construction period.

Impacts on building from road transport

405. Rock transportation will be carried out on RDA and PRDA roads which have adequate ROW. Therefore, the impacts to the buildings are unlikely. However, there are some houses located close to the Mother Teresa Street. The vibration due to transportation may cause damage to the buildings located close to these road sides.

Proposed mitigation Measures 406. The following mitigation measures are proposed to minimize the impacts anticipated during the quarrying and transportation operation

- Extraction from ecologically sensitive areas (beach, intertidal, swamp, wet lands, and

mangrove areas) or productive land not permitted. - Sites to be identified in consultation with MFARDREA/PMU/PIU and MSDW,

landowners and/or communities; - PMU/PIU to agree protocols for sourcing, transportation, haulage and storage for all

materials and ensure procedures are followed during transportation of material to the site.

109

- Approved extraction machinery only to be used and all vehicles transporting loose materials not to be overloaded, use of tail boards and to be covered and secured with tarpaulin to prevent dust or spillage;

407. The contractor will prepare a Material and Spoil Management Plan (MSMP) as part of the CEMP. The MSMP will include at least the following: - Identifying suitable sources and obtaining all agreements and permits as required

associated with the sources; - Required materials, potential sources and estimated quantities available (from

quarries or burrow pits); - Dredging technique and excavated material reused and use recycling methods; - Impacts related to identified sources and availability; - Preparing a Dredge Spoil Management Plan and Material Source Extraction and

Management Plan (including site rehabilitation plan as required based on consultation with MSDW as required);

- Excess spoil to be disposed of as per methods approved in endorsement/permit from MSDW and/or MEPA;

- Transportation routes and traffic controls and management measures to minimize interference with normal traffic; and

- All extraction sites to be rehabilitated after use. - Construction materials, such as sand and aggregate needed for concrete should

come from existing quarries, in compliance with Sir Lankan government regulations; - Rock aggregate storage and stockpile to be restricted to GSMB/CEA permitted site

location inclusive of PFHDP site. - All rock/aggregate stockpile needs to include agreed and permitted sediment and

dust management protocols including silt traps to reduce dispersion of sediment. - All material collected by sediment traps or silt nets removed daily/weekly to prevent

dispersion and disposed of at dedicated dumping site locations. - Any and all excess spoil and construction waste material will not be dumped in; - Use of wetlands, forest areas, coastal and other ecologically sensitive areas; - Use of private property without written consent of the owner; - Any water body and will not contaminate any water body; and - Arranging for the safe disposal of any excess spoil including provision for

stabilization, erosion control, drainage and re-vegetation provisions at the disposal site, if required.

- All waste spoil receiving environments must be permitted; and - Consideration for use in other projects for land fill should be given highest priority

(e.g. Port Pedro Port Development Project). - Ensure the armors and filling materials area utilized from licensed metal quarry - If the contractor, intends to start a new metal quarry, he should following the ICTAD

Guide for Operation of Metal Quarries (ICTAD/DEV/12) - A pre-crack survey should be conducted prior to commencement of the transport

activities. This will help make proper estimations for compensations if required due to the damages caused for building during the transportation.

- Proper transport and traffic management plan should be used during the material transportation.

- Safety officers should be appointed to look after the pedestrians particularly during the peak hours.

110

Handling and stock piling of material

408. The shore facilities will be constructed once the reclamation and quay walls are completed. Therefore, adequate space is available for the stock piling of armors. stock piling of armors will be done within the PFHDP site. Hence, no major impacts are expected.

5.2.1.4 Impacts on sewage or wastewater, solid waste disposal, waste oil and chemical spills, surface runoff on coastal environmental and coastal waters,

Impacts of Sewage disposal

409. The ground water table is very shallow near the shore areas. Any leakages from the septic tanks and soakage pits could contaminate the ground water. There are several dug wells located surrounding residential areas in the proposed site. The water in the wells are mainly used for the washing purposes. Diseases could spread when the community uses the contaminated well for their washing purposes. 410. Overflow due to improper maintenance of septic tanks could make nuisance to the nearby residence by means of bad odor. Therefore, the following mitigation measures should be followed to mitigate such impacts. When constructing the septic tanks and soakage pits, the guidance provided in the NWS&DB Website on “Domestic Septic Tanks Soakage Pits should be followed”8. 411. All sewage from the labour camps should be managed through properly constructed septic tanks as such no effluent will be released into the environment. 412. Adequate toilet facilities will be provided to the labor camps based on the workforce. 413. Continuous monitoring of septic tank is necessary if, any overflow, identified immediately cleaned the area covering with soil and the tanks to be emptied with the support of the Local Authority.

Waste oil and Hazardous Material spills

414. During the construction period, marine water pollution due to oil spills from heavy machineries including dredgers and at the storage facilities in the construction site could occur. Hazardous materials like paints, and other chemical related to the building construction also could spill during the transportation, storage and handling. Spills of these chemical and oils could contaminate the soil and the marine environment. Therefore, the contractor should follow the followings to minimize the environmental impacts likely occur due to oil and chemical spills.

415. Detailed Emergency Response Plan (as part of the EMP) including a Hazardous Substance Management Plan (HSMP) is to be prepared by Contractor to cover materials/oil/fuel storage, spills and accidents; The HSMP to cover at least;

- National laws and regulations and international best practice requirements; - Hazardous materials inventory; - Identification of risk associated with hazardous chemicals and materials; - Facility storage map that shows the location of: all hazardous materials, all

storage areas, emergency equipment and exits, evacuation points, spot where designated individuals will meet emergency personnel as well as all tanks/sumps/ piping;

- Accidental exposure measures; - Emergency response (links with emergency response requirements set out in

health and safety plan); and

8 http://www.waterboard.lk/web/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=75&Itemid=274&lang=en

111

- Recording and reporting incidents. - Locate storage areas for all petrochemical products at least 100 m from coastline. - Chemicals including fuel to stored in secured (lockable), weather proofed area

including an impervious flooring and bund/containment wall to contain spillage; - All hazardous materials to be clearly labeled. - Stop concreting activities during periods of heavy rainfall. - Adequate precaution to be taken to prevent oil/lubricant/ hydrocarbon

contamination of the coastal marine waters. Spillage, if any, will be immediately cleared with utmost caution to leave no traces.

- All spills cleaned as per emergency response plan, including spill clean-up kits and material available specifically for petrochemical and other hazardous substances;

416. Educate all relevant staff on oil /chemical handling and management procedures and provide appropriate supervision Take precaution to avoid spillage or leakage of diesel, oils and lubes from construction

vehicles by ensuring the lids of the fuel tanks are properly closed, the fuel tanks are properly fixed, no leakages in the tanks and no excess lubricants are used.

Conduct maintenance of these vehicles only at designated areas and surfaces in the construction yard and not inside the water. The maintenance area should be concreted with necessary oil traps to collect and spillages. Any spillages on the maintenance floor should be cleaned immediately by using proper absorbents such as sow dust, cotton waste etc. The used absorbents are defined as schedule waste under the National Environmental Act, and such waste should be properly stored in steel or plastic barrels and disposed through the licensed hazardous waste disposal facilities such as Insee Cement, Puttalam.

No vehicle servicing is allowed within the project area. All vehicles should be serviced at licensed (provided with Environmental Protection License (EPL) service stations.

All accidents reported to police and PMU/PIU within 24 hours.

Surface runoff

417. The project will be implemented within the shore area with a limited space. The surface runoff during the construction period may bring mud and suspended particles to the sea. The turbidity could rise due to the suspended particles and also siltation could occur in the sea bed of the project area. The impacts are minimum in the harbor basin area as the basin is subject to dredging until the completion of construction. The contractor should follow the following mitigation measures to mitigate any impacts likely to occur.

418. Provide necessary silt traps along the drainage path to minimize the entering of silts to the sea. The silt traps should be continuously cleaned to ensure the proper function of silt traps.

5.2.1.5 Anticipated problems related to solid waste disposal 419. The project generates Proper collection/storage and disposal methods are proposed during the construction phase. However, improper collection, storage and disposal method could lead to environmental pollution. Washing out waste to sea, blockage of natural drainage paths and spreading of dust could happen during the construction period if waste not properly maintained. Bad smell, spreading of wastes particularly fish waste by scavenges could occur when the solid waste is not properly managed during the operation period. If waste is disposed into water courses, beaches etc., will lead to water pollution and threaten aquatic life. There are no impacts to the wildlife as the project area is located at a well build-up area and no wildlife currently exists.

112

All construction waste should be segregated as recyclable and non-recyclable. All recyclable materials should be sold to the recycle materials collectors in the area. The non-recyclable debris should be used for refilling activities and if any leftover, should be disposed at the local authority collection system/disposal sites.

All construction wastes should be properly stored with suitable cover like polythene sheets, tarpaulin, or jute to prevent the spreading of dust.

If possible spray water to keep the waste wet during the dry season No open burning of solid waste is allowed as this could make nuisance to the people

in the area. The contractor should provide adequate color bins to segregate the MSW in the

labour camps. National color code for segregated waste are blue, orange, red, brown and green for Paper and card boards, Polythene and plastic, Glass and bottle, Metal and Bio degradable waste respectively. All recyclable waste should be stored separately and sold out for local recycle materials collectors in the area and all bio-degradable waste should be disposed through the Pesalai PS.

All e-wastes bulbs such as CFL and linear fluorescent bulbs, obsolete communication equipment etc. should be collected separately be given to the e-Waste recyclers registered with the CEA9.

5.2.1.6 Impacts on Water Quality 420. Dredging and dredge spoil disposal / reclamation works are the major activities during construction that will cause increase of turbidity in and around the basin and channel area. Dispersal of sediment plume with the currents may cause impact further away into the sea. During the dredging process effects may arise due to the excavation of sediments at the bed, loss of material during transport to the surface, overflow from the dredger and dumping of dredge spoil at the sea.

Increasing Suspended Sediments and Turbidity levels 421. When dredging and disposing of non-contaminated sediments, the key impacts are the increase in suspended sediments and turbidity levels. Any dredging method releases suspended sediments into the water column, during the excavation itself and during the flow of sediments from hoppers and barges. Increase in suspended sediments and turbidity levels from dredging operations may under certain conditions have adverse effects on marine animals and plants by reducing light penetration into the water column and by physical disturbance. The increase is likely to last for a period of 10-15 days after the cessation of dredging activities. This trend is noticeable under flood as well as ebb conditions.

422. Increased suspended sediments can effect filter feeding organisms, such as shellfish, through clogging and damaging feeding and breathing process. Similarly, young fish can be damaged if suspended sediments become trapped in their gills and increased fatalities of young fish have been observed in heavily turbid water. Adult fish are likely to move away from or avoid areas of high suspended solids, such as dredging sites.

423. The increase in turbidity results in a decrease in the depth that light is able to penetrate the water column which may affect submerged plants, by temporarily reducing productivity and growth rates. Since, the benthic fauna corals are moderately developed in the areas, hence impacts on this account are not expected to be significant.

9

http://www.cea.lk/web/images/pdf/whats/Licensed_Collectors_of_Electronic_Waste_Management_in_Sri_Lanka_WEB.pdf

113

Impacts on marine water quality 424. Redox potential (eH) and pH are two variables that control the characteristics of chemicals and heavy metals in water and sediment. As long as the pH remains around 8 and eH < 150 mV, most of the chemicals and metals will remain bound to the solid phase without being released into the surrounding water. Only anoxic conditions reduce the eH below this level and hence if dissolved oxygen level is within the normal range, no leaching of chemicals and heavy metals is expected to occur.

425. In a marine ecosystem, where there are no sources of pollution, dissolved oxygen levels are not reduced to anoxic conditions until and unless there is significant increase in organic pollution loading. In future, significant increase in organic pollution loading is not expected. Under these circumstances, there is no possibility of any of the chemicals or metals being leached into the water. Moreover, sediment samples collected from all the sites were uncontaminated. As such no adverse impact due to dredging on the chemical characteristics of water or sediment is expected.

426. Water quality impact due to dredging is anticipated to be temporary and localized. Further, the following recommendations should be adopted to avoid, minimize, or control impacts from dredged material:

427. In order to minimize the impacts following steps should be followed as applicable;

- Minimize the unnecessary disturbance to the sediments by exerting care when

lowering and lifting the grab; - Use barges that are fitted with tight fitting seals to their bottom openings to prevent

leakage of material; - Ensure accurate barge loading to avoid splashing of dredged material to the

surrounding water; - Do not fill the barges or hoppers to a level, which will cause the overflow of materials

or pollute water during loading or transportation. Adequate freeboard should be maintained to ensure that the decks are not washed by wave action;

- Remove large objects and debris manually (if located – not expected) prior to mechanical dredging to minimize losses from partially closed grabs;

- Install siltation devices around the barge and dredged /grab to restrict turbidity issues at all times.

- Siltation traps, socks and nets (coastal) to be placed at the construction sites to regulate and manage wastewater sedimentation issues (principal turbidity from dredging and breakwater development) derived from construction activities, including specific sedimentation and pollution collection during all marine construction activities (e.g. dredging, breakwater development);

- Close construction supervision to ensure the above measures are implemented. - Plan dredging works to be undertaken in tidal and local wave conditions – preference

for low tide and reduced wave conditions. - Land based reclamation to construct revetment wall first (including geotech fabric)

and backfill with dredged material (reduction in sedimentation); - Provisions to stop work during periods of heavy rainfall. - Construction staff awareness of sedimentation management responsibilities.

114

5.2.2 Ecological Resources (Land based and Marine)

Coastal intertidal marine habitat and resource protection Impacts 428. Construction activities will cause considerable physical disturbance and alteration to the shallow water marine environment and associated marine resources within the PFHDP. This will include: ii) the construction of two breakwaters, ii) the construction of quays, iii) the construction of a harbor basin that incudes sediment dredging operations, iv) the reclamation of the coastal foreshore – using dredge fill and v) and a number of land based buildings and services. The reclamation material (sand) will be sourced primarily from the on site dredging. All rock material required will be sourced from approved quarry sites and transported to the site via road transport,

429. The proposed port activities will have a direct negative impact on the sessile benthic marine resources located within the intertidal and subtidal construction footprint of the PFHDP. However, due to the paucity (almost complete absence) of sessile flora and fauna in this area, impacts to these resources in terms of population number and diversity are expected to be very minor and their low biological, biodiversity and subsistence value of these resources. The removal of sediment (dredged) from the subtidal offshore substrate will also have no direct impacts on the resources associated with this habitat (no benthic resources located).

430. The shallow water marine environments associated with the PFHDP site do not posses any critical marine habitats (e.g. coral reefs, mangroves, sea grass), threatened or endangered marine life and as such will not impact the coastal or marine biodiversity nor will it affect the areas ecological functions nor the financial or cultural importance of the area.

431. The harbors proposed two breakwaters and the harbor basins marine infrastructure once completed will provide a suitable hard marine substrate/ habitat for both benthic and mobile invertebrate and vertebrate flora and fauna to recolonizes, thus increasing the available habitat for these organisms. Currently this hard substrate is not available and as such the extensive nature of the harbors infrastructures developments, it is envisaged that the available benthic habitat created will provide additional marine benthic habitat than the area lost due to the project reclamation and construction phases. Thus, providing a positive net gain of potential marine habitat to the PFHDP site.

432. Impacts are also expected to result in disturbance of resources from suspended sediments and/or rubble during the excavation and dredging activities. These impacts will be limited to the duration of these activities and can be managed through deployment of silt/sediment curtain and marine booms to reduce turbidity and contain sediment and fines from dispersing too widely in the water column. As such the impacts derived from the marine scope of works are expected to be minor, localized to the immediate footprint of the works, and easily managed through standard engineering good practice mitigation measures. There are no threats to the area‟s marine and coastal biodiversity associated with the project. As such the potential impacts of the works on the marine environment are considered to be minor temporary and overall insignificant.

433. Mitigation measures: The measures to address the impacts identified above include:

- Implementation of Material and Spoil Management Plan. - Care to be exercised during all marine construction (Breakwaters) and reclamation

(dredging) activities to reduce sedimentation impacts.

115

- Access of all construction machinery and material entering the foreshore and/or marine areas to be confined to specific areas to reduce impact.

- Ensure that all equipment used for the marine construction activities (land based or barge based) are in sound and well-maintained condition, and free of any leaks of any petrochemical fluids.

- All efforts must be made to prevent petrochemical spills. Spill containment equipment is to be kept on hand.

- Activities requiring use of mechanical equipment to be coordinated and undertaken during low tide periods whenever practical.

- Activities utilizing explosive or chemical fracture if required to be undertaken only during day light hours, including public notification of the timing and PPE provided to all staff.

- Installation and deployment of floating silt curtains (geo-fabric), marine booms and silt traps/nets around all reclamation (e.g. dredging machinery, breakwaters) areas to reduce impact on neighbouring ecology.

- Care to be exercised when lifting and removing curtains to ensure that collected sediment does not fall off and disperse in the water column; curtains should be carefully rolled up by divers and all material collected and removed to be disposed of in an approved and designated land based receiving site location(s).

- All construction aggregate/rock material to be used within the site for construction (e.g. breakwater, harbor boundary) to be stockpiled within the PFHDP site. Silt/sediment traps to be used at all times.

- All excavated material not being used at the site (breakwater or backfill) to be collected and removed from the marine environment and stored or disposed of in a terrestrial approval location/s. The disposal site must be at a minimum 100 meters from the foreshore.

434. Due to the nature of potential minor impacts, no specific marine monitoring program is required other than close supervision of the works to ensure that the above recommended mitigation measures are implemented and effective throughout the marine construction works.

Terrestrial habitat and resources Impacts 435. Construction activities will cause considerable physical disturbance, removal and alteration to the terrestrial flora and fauna within the entire PA. The terrestrial habitats impacted include; the coastal foreshore, short stature creeping sandy beach vegetation; herbaceous erect shrubs; and Littoral Woodlands - Palmyra dominated woodlands with other mixed vegetation. The majority of vegetation within the PA will be removed during the construction phase, which may include up to 300 individual trees and shrubs and smaller plants. Actual numbers to be removed will be finalized during the implementation phase of the project, however it is recommended that through appropriate planning the number of trees to be removed maybe minimized with the existing vegetation incorporated into the general landscape features of the harbor.

436. There was only one species of plant that was located within the PA that was endangered and this species is also classified as nationally near threatened (Salvadora persica - Maliththan). Five individual plants were located within the PA and are expected to be removed. Similarly, only one plant species located within the PA was endemic (Cassine glauca - Neralu) and was recorded twelve times within the PA and most individual plants are expected to be removed. In the likely event that these plants are required to be removed, due diligence is to be exercised. Consideration for a number of individual plants to be removed alive and transplanted to suitable neighboring habitats, thus ensure minimal impacts to these species should be undertaken. These mitigation measures will ensure that there are no negative impacts to these species population structure and their ecological importance. It however recorded that both species are well

116

represented throughout the surrounding PIA and existing habitats through Mannar Island, Mannar district and the Northern Province.

437. No migratory bird species were recorded roosting, nesting and feeding during the field ecological study. As the proposed project site is highly urbanized and man modified, there are no migratory birds. Similarly, no turtles were recorded during the field ecological study and the discussions with local coastal communities also revealed that turtles are not observed in the area. There is no evidence of nesting site in or near the project area either from literature or from the local community/ researchers. The proposed project site and its surrounding environment does not provide an appealing environment for turtles as it is an urbanized and highly modified habitat and consist of narrow sandy beaches. Feral pigeon is the common pigeon that is observed everywhere. The rock pigeon, Columba livia is the wild race of the domesticated feral pigeon. Although the populations of the wild pigeons. are relatively low, they are found scattered in and out of the project area of influence and in the Mannar District. They are not nesting and rearing juveniles in the project area. Proposed harbor will not pose any serious threat to this species population. The project site is not situated within or adjacent to any marine, coastal or terrestrial protected or managed areas or their buffer zones. Fauna associated with the Project area is minimal and as such there are no expected negative impacts resulting from the PFHDP activities.

438. Potential impacts to the environment and associated flora and fauna resources do not include any critical significant terrestrial habitats and as such will not impact the terrestrial biodiversity nor will it impact the areas ecological functions nor the financial or cultural importance of the area. The impacts are expected to be very minor, localized to the immediate footprint of the works, and easily managed through standard engineering good practice mitigation measures. As such the potential impacts of the works on the terrestrial environment and resources are considered to be minor temporary and overall insignificant. The near threatened plants located with the project area if managed as identified above and in the projects EMP will result in no impacts to these individual specimens.

439. Mitigation Measures: The measures to address the impacts identified above include:

Contractor responsible for educating workers, imposing sanctions regarding harm to wildlife and/or use or felling of vegetation (except trees required by the project).

Reduce the number of trees required to be removed for project and incorporated where possible, existing flora into design landscaping.

Tree planting and site re-vegetation to be undertaken following completion of construction activities, if required.

Under no circumstances is the contractor permitted to fell trees or remove shrubs not required (specified) to be removed;

Inclusion of trees and other vegetation into the projects landscaping and “green belt” areas where possible.

Transfer (replant) of Salvadora persica to adjacent government land and replant 1;3 for each trees cut.

440. Impacts on protected areas and other sensitive ecosystems 441. There are no marine, coastal or terrestrial protected areas within or close to the projects area of influence and as such there will be no impact on the national protected area systems and the flora and fauna that resided within.

117

5.2.2.1 Impacts related to noise, vibration, and air pollutant generation.

Noise 442. During the construction period, there will be elevated noise levels generated by the operation of machinery associated with the project. The noise level measures that exceeding 75 dB(A) due to construction activities may include geotechnical investigations for jetty area, construction of breakwater, jetty, quay walls, construction of foundation work, and other building construction activities The range of expected noise levels during different method of drilling operations is provided in Table 5.1.

Table 5.1 Typical drilling rig noise levels (dB(A)) by Drilling Method

Distance from rig (m)

HSA Auger Mud rotary/Core (includes

Platform Rig)

ODEX with Air Compressor

Sonic

3 87-96 80-97 89-99 84-96 8 81-88 75-91 76-90 81-88 16 <75 <75 <75 <75

443. As in Table 5.1geotechnical investigation activities would lead to an increased noise impacts as the noise level abates at a distance of 16 m to levels less than 75 dB(A), which is the permissible noise levels. Therefore, noise level generated due to the geological investigation will not have any major impacts on the community living in the near vicinity of the project site.

444. Activities such as site clearing, land preparation, construction of offices, contractor huts and other temporary buildings together with infrastructure facilities, assembly of super structure and construction of other ancillary structures will have minor impact with related to noise pollution and vibration induced noise.

445. Equipment used in clearing the site, excavation, paving and concreting is also known to generate moderate noise levels. Most of the machinery and equipment used during construction works are known to produce moderate levels of noise levels. Table 5.2 presents typical noise levels of some of the machinery used in construction works.

Table 5.2: Relative range of noise levels for some common types of heavy

construction machinery

Machinery Noise levels (dB(A) at distance of

16 m Compactors (rollers) 71-75 Front loaders 70-83 Backhoes/excavators 70-85 Tractors 78-95 Trucks 83-93 Concrete mixers 75-88 Jack hammers and drills 82-98 Crow bar 115 Compressor 109 Pile drivers (drop hammer type) 110 Pneumatic drill 85 Excavator 112 Loader 112

118

446. The impacts due to the construction noise may not be significant due to the community as the residential houses are located about 300m away from the eastern boundary of the PFHDP site. However, through the mitigation measures described below this chapter a reduction to the noise that may make nuisance to the workers will be managed and reduced as best as possible.

Vibration due to transportation

447. According to the CEA interim standards for vibration control, the maximum allowable limit is 1 mm/sec peak particle velocity (PPV) at 1 -10 Hz, and 8.0 mm/sec PPV at over 50 Hz for type 3 building structure. The vibration from the heavy vehicles during transportation of armors could induce vibrations which would create intermittent vibration and that could exceed the above standards during transportation. The elevated vibration could damage property and even cause discomfort to persons experiencing such high vibration. However, there is no residential area along the transport route to the project site excepts a few houses located in the Mother Teresa Street. Therefore, the impact due to the transportation may not be significant. 448. Even though there are no major impacts to the community due to noise and vibration, the following mitigatory measures proposed to manage the excess noise and vibration likely to be arisen:

Noise

Equipment should use with adequately sized exhaust silencers and use silenced

equipment wherever possible.

Where applicable, low noise type equipment should be used such as hydraulic

jacking type vibration pile and based pile system etc. and provide engines

enclosures for high noise equipment.

Keeping equipment in good working order and maintenance and operation of

equipment according to manufacturer‟s instructions.

Use noisy equipment such as piling equipment‟s, drils, and compressors etc. for very

short periods of time if necessary.

449. Noise levels at the boundaries of the proposed project area should be maintained below 75 dB(A) during day time and 50 dB(A) at the night time in accordance with the National Environmental Noise Control Regulations 1990.

Vibration

450. To minimize the impacts likely to be arisen during the construction activities the followings mitigation measures are suggested. 451. The Interim Standard on Vibration Pollution Control for Sri Lanka provides guidelines for operation of machinery, construction activities, vehicular movements, acceptable human exposure to vibrations depending on the length of the vibration period (continuous, intermittent, and impulsive). The contractor should follow the guidelines during the construction period

- Use low vibratory equipment such as hydraulic jacking type vibration piles

and based pile systems etc.

- Where possible, keep equipment in good working order by scheduling a

planned maintenance program using manufacturers operation manual. Use

119

vibratory equipment during daytime with minimum operational time.

Positioning of equipment as far as practical from vibration sensitive receivers

and provide workers with safety equipment.

- A pre-crack survey with photographic evidence should be conducted prior to the commencement of the construction activities to ensure that no property damages occurred due to the construction period.

- Observations of the RDA should be obtained to ensure the transport routes are capable of transporting rocks without excess vibration which causes damages to the property located either side of the roads along the transport routes.

- Approval of relevant local authorities are obtained to use the internal roads.

Control of air pollution

452. The activities that may generate dust during construction phase include:

a. Site Clearing and Land Preparation:

Dust generation from on-site earth moving activities including site clearing, land

preparation etc. would cause nuisance in and around the project site.

b. Construction of breakwater will not emit significant amounts of dust as the

activities are taken place in the sea and in wet condition. However, during the

initial period (the construction starts from the shore) there will be moderate

level of dust that could be emitted from the construction activities.

c. Dredging operations are undertaken in the sea and in wet conditions; the

emission of dust to the open environment is very unlikely. All dredged materials

are to be stored within the development site until the materials are removed

from the site. However, the material will be managed greatly reducing any

potential dust being generated.

d. Emission of dust and cement particles may occur during the projects

infrastructure construction such as offices, contractor huts, other buildings and

shore facilities. All construction activities will be managed to reduce the

potential impacts by following proper impacts suggested.

e. Transportation (materials,)

Major raw materials such as rocks, metal aggregate, gravel and sand are not

available near the project site. As such incidences of dust may occur during

transportation of material (construction material, construction waste and

municipal solid waste etc), machinery, and equipment to the site and

construction vehicle movements over dry and bare areas.

453. The methodologies for predicting dust impacts due to above construction activities are not straightforward and the magnitude of dust emission, deposition rates, are very much dependent on the type of activities which include; suppression measures employed, the state of the ground, transportation type and vehicles, cleanliness of on-site haulage routes, cleanliness of vehicles and prevailing weather conditions etc.

454. At wind speeds above 3 m/s, particles of dust may become airborne and may be transported from their original place. Of the particles which become airborne, for a typical mean wind speed of 5 m/s, particles of diameter greater than 100 µm are likely to settle

120

out within 100 m of the source. Smaller particles, particularly those below 10 µm, are more likely to have their settling rate retarded by atmospheric turbulence and to be transported further off-site. In high winds, some of these fine dust particles could be deposited at a distance of 500 m from the site and high winds will cause more dust to be created at source if there are dry surfaces.

455. The gaseous pollutants emission from the exhaust of vehicles and machineries servicing the construction activities could be identified as SO2, NOx, O3, CO, HC etc. Geo technical investigation equipment and servicing vehicles would contribute to increased air pollution in the form of gaseous pollutants only on a temporary basis. Gaseous pollutants emission by mechanical equipment and vehicles used for site cleaning, land preparation and construction activities would lead to slight increase in air pollution. Incidences of air pollution in terms of gaseous pollutants would occur during transportation of material, machinery and equipment to the site. Also, heavy vehicles used for the transportation of machinery to the site would lead to high emissions of air pollution in terms of unpleasant diesel smoke and gaseous pollutants such as NOx, SO2 and CO etc. The impacts are not significant and localized and the project will ensure all vehicles have suitable exhaust systems.

456. Dust emissions during landfilling, excavations to lay the foundation for buildings, stock piling of dredged materials and other construction activities could be minimized by limiting activities that produce significant dust emissions and carefully managing by adopting the following:

- Frequent wetting or water spraying on open areas, stockpiles and deliveries of

soil and similar materials. In this regard, it is recommended to use sprinklers,

tankers or water bowsers but avoiding the usage of wastewater for this

purpose.

- Covering the working area with suitable materials such as polythene, tarpaulin

or jute material.

- Screening of exposed areas with suitable material, compacting loosened soil

and regular manual cleaning of the construction site etc.

- Ensuring that all vehicles transporting potentially dust producing material are

not overloaded, are provided with adequate tail -boards and side-boards, and

are adequately covered with a tarpaulin (covering the entire load and secured

at the sides and tail of the vehicle) during transportation.

- Carefully managing the drop heights of material transfer activities such as

unloading of soil, metal, rubbles etc.

- All construction material such as cement, sand brought to the site needs to be

stockpiled carefully to avoid unnecessary dust emissions. Hence such material

needs to be adequately covered and stored in temporary sheds that are well

protected against rain and wind or stockpiled in locations not subject to floods,

heavy rains and winds. Sheeting of vehicles during transportation of

construction materials to the site and enforcement of speed limitations to

vehicles are also recommended to minimize dust emissions.

- It is recommended to use machineries that have low dust and gaseous

pollutant creation where possible to minimize gaseous pollutant for site

clearing and land preparation activities and they should be serviced and

maintained well. All vehicles and machineries shall be fitted in full compliance

with the national and local regulations (National Environmental Air Emissions,

121

Fuel and Vehicle Importation Standards, Extraordinary Gazette No.1295/11,

01 June 2003).

- Vehicle should be regularly checked for exhaust emission and obtained

emission test certificate.

- Provision of PPE equipment to workers when required.

5.2.2.2 Impacts due to changes of land use 457. The proposed area will be developed as a modern fish harbor with all necessary facilities. About 7.5 ha of beach and coastal terrestrial area will be converted as built up area. Due to this conversion, some of the trees mostly Palmyra and other vegetation will be lost. However, the proposed project activities will minimize the cutting of trees. Compensatory tree planting programme in the surrounding area of the project site could be conducted and plant more trees which will substitute the trees that have been removed. One pig pen and a slaughter house will be lost due to the proposed project. Compensation and process for acquisition of these properties are discussed in the resettlement plan and the social impact section. Therefore, no major impact is expected. The present land use of the proposed project site is predominantly unused and comprised of shrub land. Because of the development of fishing harbor, the unproductive land will be converted into a productive land that will give positive impacts which will be more beneficial to the community.

5.2.3 Socio-Economic Aspects

Impacts on Fisheries activities and Beach uses

458. There are no beach sceine or any other fishing activities in the proposed project area as the current landing site in Pesalai is located about 300 m away from the proposed site. There are no present users of the beach area. Therefore, no impacts are expected to the community in surrounding area of the project site. However, there may be impacts on the project activities due to the community they may be visiting the site for various purposes. Movement of several heavy vehicles and several construction activities could take place in the project site. Hence, the safety risk is very high to the person visiting the site. The unnecessary access of community to the site should be restricted. The contractor should adopt the following mitigation measures to minimize the impacts.

- Access to all terrestrial and marine/coastal sites, within the PFHDP site and

within the greater area of influence to be restricted to only authorized personal (construction staff and associated project staff) for the duration of the project.

- Exclusion areas need to be developed and fully understood by all fishers and general community prohibiting access within the project‟s terrestrial and shallow water intertidal areas during construction period.

- Alternative boat landing exit and entry points and anchorages are provided to the west of the PFHDP site.

- Physical barriers, information signage and public awareness and information exchange is required on all land boundaries of the project to inform the public of restricted access areas. Exclusion areas for foreshore and marine areas will require mobile signage and safety personal to ensure compliance to restricted areas.

- Offshore fishing directly opposite the project‟s area of influence should be prohibited during the construction phase, an exclusion fishing zone of 100 m could be enacted.

122

- Community and public awareness (community workshops, leaflets etc.) is required to ensure understanding of the project and compliance.

- On completion of works, all temporary obstructions to access to be cleared away.

Impacts in relocation and loss of livelihood 459. A Resettlement Plan has been prepared for the proposed project10. The following impacts are extracted from the Resettlement Plan. 460. The proposed Harbor is in Pesalai North (MN-57) and Pesalai West (MN-55) GND of Mannar Divisional Secretariat Division in Mannar District. The harbor requires 7.50 hectares (ha) for onshore facilities. 461. The project will use 5.34 hectares (ha) of government land (CCCRMD) and will acquire 3.52 ha from private owners. The balance will be reclaimed. Details of the land plots are in Table 5.3.

Table 5.3 Land Acquisition

Project Component

Land Ownership Land Use Area No of AH

No of Aps

Onshore Facilities

Private Undivided shares

Palmyra, Livestock

3.5 2

20*

57

Onshore Facilities

Costal Conservation Department

Vacant 5.3 4

0 0

*Claimants

462. Through avoidance and minimization measures, land acquisition will not result in physical displacement as houses were avoided in site selection and design. The government land to be used is vacant, has no productive uses.

463. The privately-owned land is claimed by 20 households. The land has not been legally subdivided due to the previous conflict. All parties have reported to the Divisional Secretary and have claimed ownership.11 This includes productive Palmyra trees which claimants earn income from.12 The land also has a pigpen operated by one household with six affected persons (APs). The pigpen houses 25 pigs in a semi-permanent building with cement floors and a tin sheet roof. It has a bore-hole water supply. The land also has an abandoned slaughter house previously used by the Pesalai Pradeshiya Sabha. The slaughter house is a permanent building with cement floors and a tiled roof. The slaughter house has well water facilities. The land also has secondary structures such as boundary walls and wire fencing which will be affected. Affected land assets are listed in the Table 5.4

Table 5.4 Affected Land Assets

10 MFARDRE (2018), Resettlement Plan, SRI: Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development

Project (NPSFDP), Pesalai Mannar, ADB March 2018.

11 Claims will be settled at the stage of Section 9 and Section 10 of Determination of Ownership Status of the Land Acquisition procedures. The Divisional Secretary either makes the decision on the claims or refers the claims to the district courts or primary courts if he is unable to determine ownership.

12 Primarily through toddy tapping. Palmyra fruits are also collected and used to produce yam (oodiyal) for further income. The Palmyra leaves are also used as fencing material.

123

Assets No. Ownership

Abandoned Slaughter House 1 Government

Pig Pen 1 Private

Fence 200m Private

Bore-hole 1 Private

Well 1 Private

Toilet 1 Private

Palmyra Trees 140 Private

Impacts from Access Road Widening.

464. About 75-meter (m) of the access road to the proposed Harbor site Mother Teresa Street ( from Madawachia-Thalaimannar) will be widened from about 5-m to 8-m. As a result, three titled affected households (AHs) will lose thin strips of land. The total loss per AH is about 75 square meters which is less than 10% of impacted plots. A summary of impacts is in Table 5.5.

Table 5.5 Land Acquisition

Project Component Ownership of the

land Type of

Land Affected

Area AH AP

Land for access road widening Private

Residential

225 square meters

31

3

465. The acquisition will not cause any damage to structures and service lines. However, the secondary structure of fence will be damaged. Details of impacts on the affected assets are in Table 5.6.

Table 5.6 Impacts on Affected Assets

Asset Meters Ownership

Fence 250 Private

Boundary Wall 50 Private

Mitigation measures: 466. Contractors are expected to be vigilant to avoid damages to public and private property during construction work. If any damage does occur to public and private property as a result of construction work, the contractor will immediately restore damaged land and structures including any common property resources affected. If restoration is not initiated within a week of damage, and at a committed timeline agreed by those affected, the Contractor will pay replacement cost. Anticipated temporary impacts on land and structures will be compensated through rental rates agreed prior to construction and all land and structures will be restored to pre-project level.

467. For the pig pen owner, compensation will be provided, and the AH is able to re-establish a new pig pen and move his livestock, prior to dismantling the existing pigpen. In this regard there will be no livelihood disturbance for the AH. Vulnerable households losing Palmyra‟s will also be offered Palmyra saplings in addition to the replacement cost of trees.

124

Occupational (workers) Health and Safety (OH&S) Risks

468. The works are subject to various hazard risks during the construction stage mainly physical hazards due to injuries due to falling from heights, spills or tripping such as cords running across the floor or projected objects, unguarded machinery and moving machinery parts, confined working space, exposure to heavy noise and vibration, ergonomic hazards due to improper handling of weights, chemical hazards such as exposures to chemical vapours (paint, petrochemical, paint solvents) and direct touching of chemicals. The unsafe working conditions can cause injury, illness and death. Therefore, the following mitigation measures should be followed by the contractor.

469. The contractor will prepare Health and Safety Plan (HSP) as part of the CEMP. The HSP will establish: (i) activity/job safety procedures and protocols; (ii) plan for HSP training and “toolbox” sessions for workers; (iii) first aid facilities (in works area and in vehicles), PPE, and medical evacuations; (iv) routine safety and accident prevention measures; (v) emergency response and preparedness; (vi) accidental environmental instance (e.g. spill) procedures highlighting the sizes and types of impacts that may occur, and the resources (onsite and/or offsite) that will be required to handle and treat the spill; and (vii) accident, near-miss and emergency registry, monitoring and reporting.

- The HSP will cover both workers OH&S and community health and safety. The HSP will be appropriate to the nature and scope of activities and meet the requirements of good engineering practice, national laws, regulations and the EHSG.

- Before construction commences the contractor/s will conduct training for all workers on environmental safety and environmental hygiene. The contractor will instruct workers in health and safety matters as required by the HSP,

- The contractor will designate one full-time staff as HSO to implement the HSP and to work closely with the EMO..

- All workers shall be provided with appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) such as safety shoes, hard hats, safety glasses, earplugs, gloves, etc. including use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).

- Install channeling devices (e.g., traffic cones and barrels) and/or fence to delineate the work zone, an exclusion (physical and visual) boundary fence (including visual material is to be installed within the project area).

- Workers shall be provided with potable water supply and portable toilet facilities where relevant.

- Provision of distinguishing clothing or reflective devices or otherwise conspicuously visible material to workers on site that are to be worn at all times.

- Monitoring and control of the working environment and planning of safety and health precautions should be performed as prescribed by national laws and regulations. This includes;

- Workers who have received appropriate training in accordance with national laws and regulations shall operate construction equipment.

- The drivers and operators of vehicles and materials handling equipment shall be medically fit, trained and tested and of a prescribed minimum age as required by the government rules and regulation.

- Safety provisions shall be brought to the notice of all concerned by displaying on notice board at a prominent place at the work locations.

- The contractor shall be responsible for observance, by his sub-contractors, of all health and safety provisions.

- The contractor should take adequate measures for the control of dengue fever and other mosquito vector diseases.

- All vehicles used in the construction yard should have reverse horns.

125

- There should be proper demarcation of work areas with signage boards showing the work areas. The signboards should be in Tamil, Sinhala and English.

- Suitable warning should be displayed at all places where contact with or proximity to electrical equipment can cause danger.

- Persons having to operate electrical equipment should be fully instructed as to any possible danger of the equipment concerned. All the electrical equipment should be inspected before it is taken into use to ensure that it is suitable for its purpose.

- Water transport tanks, storage tanks and dispensing container should be designed, used, cleaned and disinfected at suitable intervals in a manner approved by the competent authority.

- Water that is unfit to drink should be conspicuously indicated by notices prohibiting workers from drinking it.

- Secure storage areas should be provided for flammable liquids, solids and gases such as liquefied petroleum gas cylinder, paints and other such materials in order to deter trespassers.

- Smoking should be strictly prohibited and no smoking notices be predominantly displayed in all places containing readily combustible or flammable materials.

- Only suitably protected electrical installations and equipment, including portable lamps, should be used.

- Oil rags, waste and clothes or other substances liable to spontaneous ignition should be removed without delay to a safe place.

- Fire-extinguishing equipment should be provided at construction camps, storage areas for combustible materials and other areas where fire hazards are found. Such equipment shall be properly maintained and inspected at suitable intervals.

5.2.4 Impacts on Movement of Project Vehicle and Traffic Management

470. Large no. of vehicle movements could be expected during the construction period. Even though, the transport route except Mother Teresa road (internal road to be widen), is isolated from the residential area, the safety of the community should be ensured. The following mitigation measures proposed to follow the contractor to minimise the risks.

- Traffic management plan to be prepared by Contractor, predominately used

for vehicles transporting material in and out of site associated with the neighboring communities and material sourcing;

- Inform nearby community about the duration of the traffic disruptions, describe operations and how it will be managed;

- Consultation required with community to minimize disruption to access and install temporary access to affected properties where required;

- Vehicle haulage routes and timing identified through consultation; - Signage used in vicinity of works for direction of traffic associated with the

project. - Ensure public safety is enacted and public not allowed to enter the PFHDP

areas. - Roads to be kept free of material and rubbish at all times.

5.2.5 Impacts on Presence of Construction workers

471. The construction workers may be coming from various places with various cultures. Due to different culture and habits, there could be various social impacts including: Social

126

disruption; Possibility of conflict or antagonism between community and workers; Spread of communicable diseases including STIs & HIV/AIDS; Children are potentially exposed to exploitation; Impacts on general health and safety of community. Considering the potential social destruction due the workers presence, the following mitigation measures are proposed.

- The contractor‟s HSP will address community impacts and management

measures in addition to worker health and safety. - The HSP will include agreement on consultation requirements, establishment

and monitoring of acceptable practices to protect community safety, links to the complaints management system for duration of the works (in accordance to the grievance redress mechanism – GRM) and system for reporting of accidents and incidents. The PMU/PIU and SC to ensure these actions are enforced.

- Before construction commences the contractor/s will conduct training for all workers on their requirements to engage the local community and ensure national laws are respected, special consideration and respect for women, elderly and children are to be strictly followed.

- Community protocols discussed and worker awareness as part of mobilization process;

- Contractor to ensure workers‟ actions and work site/camp are controlled and community rules and code of conduct is observed;

- Signage and security i.e. prohibition on unauthorized people (especially children) entering site office, construction areas, works yard and camp all in Tamil, Sinhala and English;

- Workers to respect landowner (business/resident) boundaries; - STIs and HIV/AIDS awareness program through approved service provider for

workers and communities (refer projects social safeguard documents); - A communications and complaints plan will be used for liaison and correction

among stakeholders; - Contractor to appoint ESO; - No damage to property and resources; - Sri Lankan minimum wage requirements to be observed. - Child and/or trafficked labor will be strictly prohibited for any activities

associated with the project. - Children will be prohibited from entering the worker‟s camps, accommodation,

works area/construction zone and prohibited from playing on any equipment or machinery associated with the project

- The contractor will implement the traffic management plan, which will include traffic control and pedestrian safety measures.

- Protection for the public in vicinity of work sites and safe access across work sites provided for the public;

- In consultation with PMU/PIU, the contractor will clearly fence off „no go areas‟ within the construction zone and erect boundary fences to prevent the public from entering and visually seeing the construction during the construction period (or specific construction activities).

- Electronic security and additional lighting is to be included along the sites landside outer perimeter.

5.2.5.1 Impacts on Archeological Cultural Resources 472. No archeologically or culturally important places with in the project site. A church and a school is located about 700 m and 500m away from the eastern boundary of the project respectively. The materials transport route is located about 300m away from the

127

school. As the school and the church are located well away from the proposed project area. There are no significant impacts expected.

5.2.5.2 Any other impacts not listed here but may be significant. Possibility of encountering Improvised Explosive Device (IED) and Unexploded

Ordnance (UOX)

Since this area was affected by the conflict, even though sites have been cleared of mines, there is always the possibility of of chance encounter. For this, at the initial stage of the project, the contractor should organize awareness programs about IED & UXO with the help of local police or bomb disposal or Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) professionals with proper briefing and training on safety precautions.

473. If any suspected IED or UXO item is found within the site or outside the project area (construction area, road side environment, mettle quarry, temporary use labour camps, burrow pits, disposal site etc.) it shouldn‟t be touched, disturbed or tampered with any other items. The contractor should inform it to the Police immediately through the Engineer or directly. Once informed, the police will arrange suitable measures to dispose those items through military experts. In the meantime, removal of workforce from the location immediately, marking the location with barricading tapes to identified location easily with a way to the suspicions item (if possible) and preventing entry of any person to the suspected area will reduce the risks. Further project activities should be carried out according to the instruction given by military experts at the particular locations

5.3 Operational Impacts

5.3.1 Physical Resources

Impacts of Sewage disposal

474. About 31m3/day of wastewater will be generated during the operational period and it will be treated before discharge into the environment. As these wastewaters are treated to the national discharge standards, no major impacts are anticipated. However, malfunction or improper maintenance will create pollution in the wastewater treatment plant area and the wastewater disposal area. The following mitigation measures should be followed by the Harbor Management to minimize the impacts likely to arisen due to the operation of the treatment plant.

- The auction hall, sales center and the processing center should be regularly

washed and kept clean to avoid the accumulation and stagnation of wastewater which could emit bad odor.

- All wastewater generated from the operation of the fishery harbor will be treated by onside treatment facilities and brought upto the CEA accepted national discharge standards prior to discharge.

- Proper function of the treatment plant should be ensured. - Quality of sea water should be checked regularly at least once in three

months to ensure that there is no pollution due to the discharge - Regular sediment analysis should be conducted at least once in a year to

ensure that there is no contamination in the sediment due to waste water discharge.

Impacts Waste oil spills

475. It is estimated that about 225 boats will be operated in year 2022. As there is a good marketing opportunity from the recyclers, the boat owners themselves remove the

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bomb_disposal

128

waste oil and sell to the recycler. Spill due to large movement of boats may pollute the Harbor basin. The water circulation is limited in the Harbor basin and the potential for the accumulation of oil is very high.

The Harbor Management should follow the followings to minimize the

environmental impacts those likely occur. Prepare contingency plan for oil leaks, including responsible persons, mitigation

measures to be taken during the spills or leakages, collection mechanism, storage and disposal arrangement.

Educate all relevant staff on oil handling and management procedures and provide appropriate supervision

Take precaution to avoid spillage or leakage of diesel, oils and lubes from construction vehicles by ensuring the lids of the fuel tanks are properly closed, the fuel tanks are properly fixed, no leakages in the tanks and no excess lubricants are used.

Conduct maintenance of these vehicles only at designated areas and surfaces in the construction yard and not inside the water. The maintenance area should be concreted with necessary oil traps to collect and spillages. Any spillages on the maintenance floor should be cleaned immediately by using proper absorbents such as saw dust, cotton waste etc. The used absorbents are defined as schedule waste under the National Environmental Act, and such waste should be properly stored in steel or plastic barrels and disposed through the licensed hazardous waste disposal facilities like Insee Cement, (Former Holcim Cement Ltd) Puttalam.

No vehicle servicing is allowed within the project area. All vehicle should be serviced at licensed (provided with Environmental protection License (EPL) service stations

5.4 Impacts on solid waste disposal 476. Proper collection/storage and disposal methods are proposed during the operational phase. However, improper collection, storage and disposal method could lead to environmental pollution. Washing out waste to sea, blockage of natural drainage paths could be happened during the operational period if waste not properly managed. Bad odor, spreading of wastes particularly fish offal by scavenges could occur when the solid waste is not properly managed during the operation period. The following mitigation measures are proposed to minimize the anticipated impacts:

Development of an operations phase HSMP based on the construction HSMP to ensure protocols are in place to manage fishing vessel, port infrastructure and hazardous wastes and substances and address spills (e.g. petrol spillage from refuelling activities, fish waste, and sewage from boats and or land) and staff are suitable trained with correct equipment.

A harbor development waste management strategy and/or plan should be considered as part of the ports operations manual.

Implementation of best practice for waste minimization promoting the 3 R‟s – reduction, reuse and recycling of wastes.

Provisions for waste reception (bins) for different waste products. No dumping of Harbor waste into Harbor basin or neighbouring marine and coastal

environment. All Harbor-site drainage systems inspected cleared of any debris and cleaned. All facilities associated with the Harbor (terrestrial and shallow water marine) to be

regularly inspected cleared, cleaned and maintained. Siltation, pollution and oil traps regularly inspected and cleaned, with all waste

material removed, separated and deposited at a certified waste reception location.

129

All wastes to be stored and removed from the Harbor periodically to designated waste reception areas or approved disposal sites, awareness of all users is required to attain compliance;

All maintenance material stored in a secured regulated area with covering to prevent sediment discharge during period of rainfall and dust during windy conditions.

.All solid waste should be collected in containers with proper lids to avoid spreading by the scavenges.

Regular disposal of solid waste should be ensured with Pesalai PS. Fish waste should be properly collected and removed on daily basis to avoid the

emission of bad odour. The Harbor management should ensure no waste are disposed in the sea or

coastal area Impacts on Air emission

477. Only possible dust emission during the operation period will be movement of vehicle for the loading of fish. The operation of the stand-by generator is the major sources for the air emission. The dust emission and the air emission are considerably low during the operational period. The emission of NO2, SO2, CO2 and particulate matter from the vehicle and boats may slightly contribute to the increase of pollutants in the ambient air. The baseline assessment conducted for the IEE reveals that the ambient air quality is well below the CEA recommended levels. Therefore, the pollution due to the operation of the Harbor is minimal.

Smell from the operation of the fishery harbor 478. The proposed fishery Harbor includes a fish auction hall, a sales outlet and a processing centre. In all three places, cutting and cleaning of fish will be carried out. These activities will generate considerable quantity of solid waste and wastewater. The improper discharge of wastewater particularly stagnation of wastewater in the open areas may emit foul odour in the vicinity. In the mean time spreading of solid waste by scavengers and improper handling will emit bad smell and causes nuisance to the people living near the fish Harbor. The auction hall, sales outlets and the processing centres are located about 200 m away from the school premises; the impact of bad smell is minimal. However, proper mitigation measures are required to ensure that there will be no nuisance to the community due to the operation of the fishery Harbor.

Solid waste Management should be done according to the mitigation measures recommended in the Section “ Impacts on Solid waste disposal”

Internal vehicles should be regularly maintained and emission certificate should be obtained.

Maintain green area as much possible with in the Harbor premises. Impact due to excessive Noise: 479. The major noise generating sources are movement of vehicles, shouting of venders, operation of boats and operation of the Standby Generator.

480. Movement of vehicles: There will be a large no of vehicle that will enter to the Harbor and exists continually. Currently, there are no residential or any other activities located close vicinity to the proposed site. As there are no sensitive noise recipients in the area, no impact could be expected.

481. Noise from boats: There will be continuous noise from the operation of boats which could make nuisance to the people living in the close vicinity. The impacts may be moderate in the long term and need mitigation measures.

130

482. Operation of standby Generators: The operation of the standby generator particularly in the night time may causes nuisance to the community in the vicinity. This could be control by proper mitigation measures especially using a soundproof enclosure.

483. The above mentioned noise generation could occur inside the fishery harbor. Therefore, no major impacts could be expected. However, the followings should be ensured by the Habour Management.

- The noise level at the boundary of the premises should maintained below 50dB(A) and 45 d(B) during night time.

- Standby generator should be instated well away from the residential area. Continuous maintenance is required to reduce the excessive noise generation. Soundproof enclosure is an option.

484. Health and Safety during operations: The fish boat operation involved in boat anchoring, unloading, fish, transfer to the auction hall, cutting and cleaning of fish and vehicles and pedestrians could be observed. Further, handling fish, knife and fish blood will possess high risk to the people working and using the harbor. Therefore, the following mitigation measures are proposed. 485. Inclusion of OH&S requirements in harbor operations manual including:

Allocation of responsibility for safety inspections to staff and awareness to fishers;

Training staff on safety precautions and for implementing emergency procedures;

Provision of PPE clothing and equipment to workers as appropriate;

Ensuring that vehicle and equipment operators are properly licensed and trained;

Arranging for provision of first aid facilities;

Emergency response and evacuation procedures for man made and natural disasters (e.g. Oil spill, cyclones, tsunamis);

Provision for regular safety checks of vehicles and material;

Provision of hazard warning signs at all construction sites.

Recommendation for the Harbor administration to maintain a register of accidents detailing date, circumstances, severity, action taken and outcomes.

Ensure correct OH&S procedures developed and implemented during the operational phase, specifically including the maintenance and future repair activities of the ports equipment and infrastructures.

Maintenance schedule is defined and costed to adequately cover the cost of maintenance and is secured prior to the operation phase. Maintenance schedule should at least cover the operation life of the equipment.

Climate Change Considerations 486. Emissions from fishing vessels, machinery within the Harbor and vehicles will increase greenhouse gasses that contribute to global warming. The followings should be ensured by the Harbor management;

- Increase fuel efficiency of the fishing fleet by adopting modifications to the engines and machinery as applicable including proper maintenance,

- Inclusion of increasing alternative energy as a replacement for fossil fuel reliance (e.g. solar and wind).

131

- Establish the carbon footprint of the harbor in terms of CO2 emissions per ton of fish or per ton of fuel used annually.

487. The project site and the surrounding areas were affected by the tsunami in 2004. , which caused several deaths and damages to the houses in the vicinity of the project site. As presented in Section B.1, the reef in the area has also been damaged by the cyclone 'Nisha' in 2008 and the scattering of broken reef and silting in the basin area have also caused difficulties in access and mooring of boats. No other major natural disasters have affected the project site or the surrounding areas in the recent past. Although not frequent, the project site, being located next to the coast, is potentially exposed to cyclones/storm surges. No flooding has been reported in the project site and the surrounding areas.

488. In accordance with the National Policy on Disaster Management, it has been identified that the environmental assessments need to cover relevant issues on disaster risk management and mitigation pertaining to the project. Apart from environmental impacts, disaster risk reduction and minimizing the impacts of disasters is a fundamental feature of the design process. Any such incident can seriously affect smooth operation, cause loss of life and damage to ecosystems and critical infrastructure. Therefore the designs need to include comprehensive state of the art methods to identify, assess and minimize the impacts arising from such events. 489. The potential disasters relevant to the site during construction and operation phases include:

Cyclones Tsunamis Fires (Transport and stockpiling of construction material (Construction Phase))

490. The potential impacts arising from these hazards can be mitigated by planning and design and the adoption of best practices. 491. The region, in which the project site is located, is potentially exposed to both cyclones and tsunamis although the frequency of occurrence of a mega tsunami such as the Indian Ocean Tsunami in 2004 is very low. A two pronged approach is recommended for the mitigation of impacts of these hazards. In the case of structural design, due attention needs to be focused on design measures to minimize the impacts against cyclones and tsunamis. Given the frequency of occurrence of extreme hazard events, which is not very high, it is not economical to adopt disaster proof design. However, sufficient structural engineering measures need to be incorporated to develop hazard resilient infrastructure, thereby minimizing potential impacts. 492. In the case of both cyclones and tsunamis, the Disaster Management Centre (DMC) and the Meteorological Department provide warnings well in advance of the events. For tsunamis arising from earthquakes in the Sunda Arc, the warning time exceeds 90 minutes which provides sufficient time for evacuation to a safe location. Cyclone warnings can also be issued well in advance. The design of buildings in accordance with the required standards and the availability of a trained firefighting unit with modern equipment would mitigate potential impacts arising from fire hazards.

Cumulative Impacts and Mitigation Measures 493. The preliminary assessment of the cumulative environmental impacts resulting from the scope of works associated with the PFHDP in general are minor with no long

132

term expected impacts if the environmental impact mitigation measures identified in the projects EMP are implemented. Socio-economic impacts: 494. At an individual, family and community level the project will not create landlessness, displacement, or loss of livelihood or income sources. Minor restrictions on access within the construction zones marine and terrestrial areas will be mitigated by provision of access to alternative neighbouring sites. 495. There will be no adverse impacts on cultural or heritage resources. The project will not require acquisition of private or customary owned land. There are no adverse cumulative social impacts arising from the project.

133

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

496. This section identifies mitigation and management measures to avoid, reduce, mitigate or compensate for adverse environmental impacts that are anticipated as a result of the projects scope of works that have been identified in the previous section of this report. The EMP is a management tool and the issues are accordingly addressed with regard to the sequence of operations, i.e., those activities that apply to: pre-construction, construction and operation. A summary of the EMP is in Table 6.1 497. This EMP covers the environmental impacts envisage to take place while constructing the proposed new Pesalai fish harbor and associated coastal infrastructure components. It is site specific based on the scope work required for the PFHDP and any activities likely to cause impact on the environment (refer Section 3.1-Project Details)

6.1 Institutional Arrangements

6.1.1 Sri Lankan Government

498. The MFARDREA will be the projects Executive Agency (EA) and has the overall responsibility for all project related activities including inter-ministry coordination. MFARD will exercise its functions through its Project Implementing and Monitoring Unit (PIMU), which will undertake the day to day management of the harbor construction and procurement. The PMU will be supported by a PIU based in Jaffna to support this output as well as other outputs under the project. The PIU includes a safeguards Manager who is supported by three environmental officers to supervise the entire project of which the harbor construction is one. The PIMU will be assisted by consultancy team that provides support for the construction supervision management and administration for harbors, anchorages and landing package, which includes a full time Environmental Specialist (ES) to supervise and monitor all day to day construction works. The ES will monitor the implementation of the environmental management plan and support the PMU in the preparation and submit semi-annual environmental monitoring reports to ADB and government

499. The Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resource Development and (MFARDREA) will be the projects Executive Agency (EA) and has the overall responsibility for all project related activities including inter-ministry coordination. MFARDREA will exercise its functions through its PMU/PIU, which will function as the projects Implementation Agency (IA) and will be responsible for the projects delivery and day-to-day project management activities. The PMU/PIU will be assisted by an ADB funded consultancy package that provides support for the construction supervision management and administration for harbors, anchorages and landing package, which includes a full time Environmental Specialist (ES) to supervise and monitor all day to day construction works. The ES will monitor the implementation of the environmental management plan and submit annual environmental monitoring reports to ADB and government. 500. MFARDREA with assistance from the PMU/PIU will be responsible to aquire the necessary governmental Development Consent (DC) clearances required under the Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Act, through the Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment (MMDE) prior to awarding of contract. 501. The projects EMP will be included in the bidding documents and form part of the contract documents. All bid documents will include a requirement to incorporate necessary resources into the contractor‟s bid to implement mitigation measures specified in the EMP. Where unanticipated environmental impacts become apparent during project

134

implementation, the IEE including EMP will be updated by the environment specialists. Any updates to the IEE or EMP will be submitted to ADB for review. 502. The EA, through the PMU, with the support of the environmental specialists and environmental safeguards officers attached to the PMU, will be responsible to:

i) Provide oversight on environmental management aspects of the project and ensure that the EMP is implemented by the contractors:

ii) Facilitate and ensure contractors comply with all government rules and regulations and obtain any relevant approvals required for works;

iii) Supervise and guide contractors on implementation of the EMP;

iv) Review, monitor and evaluate the effectiveness with which the EMP is implemented, and recommend necessary corrective actions to be taken as necessary;

v) Submit semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB and government approval authorities;

vi) Ensure timely disclosure of the IEE in locations and forms accessible to the public;

vii) Take corrective actions when necessary when unforeseen negative environmental impacts occur;

viii) Conduct ongoing consultation with the community during implementation of the project; and

ix) Establish a Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) and ensure it is operated satisfactorily.

503. PMU/PIU will be responsible for ensuring that the contractor does not start construction activities until all requisite approvals have been received from MMDE and other government agencies. 504. Quarterly Progress Reports will be issued by the SC to MMDE and ADB. These will report on all aspects of the project, including those documented in the Contractor‟s monthly reports and environmental monitoring reports prepared by the SC and Contractor. In addition, the ADB will review progress of implementation of the EMP during regular review missions and review periodic monitoring reports and officially disclose the IEE and monitoring reports on ADB‟s website. 505. After the completion of construction, MFARDREA will be responsible for operations and ongoing maintenance of all assets.

6.1.2 Contractor

506. The civil works Contractor will be responsible for interpreting the EMP in preparing a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP), after contract award. Where changes or additional engineering information is available, these shall be taken into account in the CEMP. The SC (as the Supervising Engineer) will approve the CEMP, upon advice from the EO within the PMU and ADB, before any physical works are undertaken. 507. The Contractor will be required to assign an Environmental Safety Officer (ESO) whose responsibilities for the contractor will include:

135

Coordinating with PMU/PIU, the EO and/or SC for updating the CEMP when required;

Ensuring that the contractor engages a suitable organization to undertake STI/HIV/AIDS briefings and awareness raising amongst the Contractor‟s employees.

Ensuring that the Contractor complies with the clauses in the contract and bidding documents in respect of the environment and OH&S issues;

Coordinating with MFARDREA and/or PMU in respect of continued community consultation;

Participating in monitoring and coordinating with PMU/PIU and the SC to ensure that environmental management activities are reported as required;

Ensuring that the Contractor does not commence construction activities until all requisite approvals have been received from MMDE and other government agencies;

508. Coordinating and communicating with the Contractor‟s Community Liaison Officer (CLO), as required, to facilitate consultation with the affected communities, various stakeholders (public, private and government), and ensuring smooth implementation of the individual subproject. 509. As required by the various project documents, and the ADB SPS guidelines, the Contractor and MFARDREA and/or the PMU/PIU, may be responsible for the execution of various aspects of the project‟s environmental monitoring during both the construction and operational phases of project. This must be carefully considered in the development of TOR‟s for the SC (if any). MFARDREA, through the PMU will also be responsible for verifying the monitoring undertaken by the SC, through audits and on site monthly spot checks. 510. The outcomes of the monitoring will be included in the monthly and quarterly progress reports to be submitted by the SC to MFARDREA and to ADB. This information will also be consolidated and submitted to ADB for review on a six monthly basis.

6.1.3 Grievances Redress Mechanism

511. During the course of the project, it is possible that people may have concerns with the environmental management, including the implementation of the EMP. Issues may occur during construction and again during operation. Any concerns will need to be addressed quickly and transparently, and without retribution to the Affected Person (AP). 512. A Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) therefore has been established to resolve disputes and grievance relating to environmental concerns and complaints associated with the PFHDP. It is based on a multi-tiered approach as outlined below, with each tier possessing a time bound schedule with the responsible persons identified to address the grievance and consult appropriate persons at each stage as required. The objective of the GRM is to support genuine claimants (AP) to resolve their problems through mutual understanding and consensus building process with relevant parties. This is in addition to the available legal institutions for resolving issues. APs using the project GRM can choose to use legal systems at any point in the project GRM process.

136

The following process is to be used as described in (

Figure 6.1).

Figure 6.1 Grievance Redress Mechanism

513. The first step is to attempt to sort out the problem directly at the local and/or project site level Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) by the AP directly contacting the projects site engineers and/or the SC site representative if the AP believes the issue has not been addressed properly. The project staff is to explain to AP the steps taken to assist and solve the grievances within 7 days. If unresolved, the AP can approach the Local or Divisional level GRC. The local/Divisional GRC will reply within 2 weeks. If the complaint is

137

within the mandate of the GRC, GRC will examine it and submit the findings to appropriate forum for necessary action. If the AP is not satisfied with the findings and action of the second tier GRC, the AP then appeals to the National level GRC for resolution. If the AP is still not satisfied and believes that harm has resulted due to non-compliance with ADB policy, and all good-faith efforts have been made to solve the problem by working with the Project team, a complaint may be submitted to ADB‟s Office of the Special Project Facilitator or Office of Compliance Review in accordance with ADB‟s Accountability Mechanism. The last resort left for the AP is the Sri Lanka Court of Law if it is still felt that none of the above procedures has delivered justice. The decision of the court would be final, since at this level, the problem has been adjudicated by a competent, knowledgeable legal body. Table 6.1provides a list of individuals and agencies that can be involved in the different levels of the GRM. Table 6.1 Individual persons and agencies that can be contacted by the AP for

assistance with a grievance

Grievance Level Persons- Agency Tier 1 Project/Site Level

PMU/PIU site engineer; Contractor‟s site representative (SC); Supervision consultant‟s representative.

Tier 2 Divisional Level GRC Divisional Secretary of the area (Chairperson); Representative of the PMU/PIU (secretary); Representative of provincial ministry of education; Assistant Director/Fisheries inspector (Department of Fisheries); Grama Niladhari; Representative of Supervision Consultant; Representative of contractor; Representative of Fishermen‟s Cooperative Society; Representative of Women‟s Rural Development Society; and Representative of Affected person/affected entity member (non -voting member).

Tier 3 National level GRC Secretary, MFARDREA; Project Director; Representative of the National Fisheries Federation; Representative from the affected party/affected entity (non-voting member); and Any other representative as deemed necessary based on the issue at hand.

138

6.1.4 INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION

Information Disclosure 514. Several consultations were undertaken during feasibility and detail design stage. The environmental assessment The preliminary communication consultations of affected people and the local communities have expressed support for the project (refer to the projects social safeguard reports). Key issues raised are detailed above.

515. Further consultation and disclosure will be done during implementation through:

The project‟s Communications Plan; Disclosure of a summary of the project documents including the preparation

and dissemination of a brochure in English, Tamil and Sinhalese, explaining the project, works required and anticipated timing of the works; and

516. Setting up a formal grievance redress committee with a representation from the affected people. 517. Disclosure will conform to the SPS and Public Communications Policy of the ADB: Disclosure and Exchange of Information which requires that environmental assessment reports for ADB projects be accessible to interested parties and the general public. The project‟s environmental assessment report as part of ADB project documents will be uploaded onto the ADB website while the report will be made available to the public upon request.

518. MFARDREA will also submit the report to any member of the public upon request.

Consultation process 519. Continuous consultations with relevant stakeholder were conducted during the PPTA and the detailed design stages. Consultations will continue during implementation as well. The details are as follows: PPTA

520. Consultation activities conducted during the PPTA are: meetings with relevant government authorities for specific issues, concerns, and information collection; public meetings with a wide range of participants for the proposed project Public meetings were conducted for Pesalai fishery harbor. Meetings with government authorities 521. Provide a summary of the main meetings and consultations with relevant government authorities. Table 6.2: Meetings with government authorities

Government Authority Consultation date Northern Provincial Council Chief Secretary‟s Secretariat, Jaffna 01 August 2016 District Secretariat, Jaffna District 01 August 2016 District Secretariat, Kilinochchi District 02 August 2016 CCD and MMDE, Colombo 02 August 2016 Climate Change Secretariat, Colombo 02 August 2016 Central Environmental Authority, Colombo 02 August 2016 Disaster Management Centre, Colombo 02 August 2016 District Secretariat, Mullaitivu District 03 August 2016 District Secretariat, Mannar District 04 August 2016

139

Ceylon Fisheries Harbor Corporation, Colombo 08 August 2016 CCD, Jaffna 31 October 2016 Divisional Secretariat and District Secretariat, Mannar 30 November 2016 NARA, Colombo 14 December 2016 DWC, Colombo 14 December 2016 Climate Change Secretariat, Colombo 14 December 2016 MFARD, Colombo 16 December 2016

Source: PPTA Consultants 522. A public consultation at Pesalai was held, chaired by the District Secretary of Mannar DS as well as several consultations with the land owners and fishers. Table 6.3: Consultations for Proposed Fishery Harbors

Subproject Consultation location Consultation date Meeting with Pesalai Fishers Pesalai, Community Hall 30-11-16 Meeting with Pesalai Fishermen Society Federation

Pesalai, Community Hall 30-11-16

Meeting with Affected People Pesalai 29-12-16

Source: PPTA Consultants 523. Prior to the meetings, the PPTA consultants distributed a leaflet, in Tamil, containing brief description of the proposed investment. At the beginning of each consultative meeting, an overall brief of the project was provided to the participants. The PPTA consultants described technical aspects of the proposed investment and highlighted social, environmental, and resettlement aspects. 524. Impacts, both negative and positive, that are common with any infrastructure development project, were discussed with the stakeholders. People interacted with interest to learn about the project and shared their views and potential concerns. Discussions were conducted in Tamil language and translations from English to Tamil language were made whenever necessary. After the meetings, the participants were invited to a site visit. 525. Key concerns raised or suggestions made, and proposed solutions are presented in the Table 6.4 below.

Table 6.4: Concerns and Responses - Fishery Harbors Consultations

Key concerns or suggestions Response Many participants expressed desire to observe operation of modern harbors.

It was discussed to potentially arrange an exposure visit to modern fishery harbors in the country during the detailed design stage as the suggestion of GM, CFHC. Dickowitha Harbor was identified as the best example. Operation procedures could be explained during the visit.

Concerns were raised over the usage and sharing of the harbor with fishers from other parts of the island that could lead in conflicts with local people.

CFHC will act as the regulatory body in place to control the activities of the fishers and avoid conflicts. It was emphasized that fishery harbors are national assets and the license holder has rights to use services of any fishery harbors of the Island.

The Fishermen Society requested to operate fuel shed inside the proposed harbour

CHFC said it is their responsibility.

Source: PPTA Consultants Detail Design period

140

526. The meetings were conducted using different tools. At the initial stage of the designing period, most of the meetings were conducted using the draft layout plan to explain the location of each activity in the proposed site. Secondly, meetings were conducted using 3D conceptual model to understand the clear picture of the proposed project and then stakeholder meetings were conducted with power point presentation with details of the project activities. 527. All the meetings were either conducted in Tamil language or provided with the translation. As the Domestic Environmental Specialist and the Social and Resettlement Specialists are Tamil speaking consultants, which added positive value to the consultation process. Generally, in the consultation the consultants described technical aspects of the proposed investment and highlighted social, environmental, and resettlement aspects as much as possible.

Table 6.5: Stakeholder consultation

No. Subject Venue Date Meeting with Fishers and Vendors Pesalai 12-12-2017 ADB-DS Level meeting Divisional Secretariat, Mannar 5-3-2018 Meeting with Fishers and Land

Owners DS Office Mannar

05-3-2018

1st GRC meeting Divisional Secretariat, Mannar 13-3-2018

Chief Minister and key stockholders Chief Ministers office- Northern Province

7.03.2018

ADB Fact Finding Mission Government Agent Office-Jaffna 23-5-2018 ADB Fact Finding Mission Chief Secretariat- Northern Province 23-5-2018

528. The Grievance Redress Committee was formed at divisional level on 13 March 2018 under the chairmanship of the Divisional Secretary. The method of lodging complains was explained to the community in the area. 529. In addition to the above, the consultants had several field visit and one is to one discussion with the community in the area. Key concerns raised or suggestions made, and proposed solutions are presented in the below.

Table 6.6: Responses to the community consultation

Key concerns or suggestions Response Sri Lanka Navy requested to shift the proposed boundary further westward to exclude the Navy detachment because they wanted sea front and beach area. At the same 3 private house owners also made a similar request to avoid damages to three houses.

Considering both requests, the detailed design team shifted the harbor boundary to avoid the Navy Detachment and three houses.

Community indicated that they need to operate the fuel shed to get the income for maintaining of the organization.

CFHC should take necessary action to resolve this issue.

Key concerns or suggestions Response Sri Lanka Navy requested to shift the proposed boundary further westward to exclude the Navy detachment because they wanted sea front and beach area. At the same 3 private house owners also made a similar request to avoid damages to three houses.

Considering both requests, the detailed design team shifted the harbor boundary to avoid the Navy Detachment and three houses.

Community indicated that they need to operate the fuel shed to get the income for maintaining of the organization.

CFHC should take necessary action to resolve this issue.

141

6.2 Environmental Monitoring and Reporting 530. Environmental monitoring is integral component of an environmental impact assessment to ensure i) combat uncertainties pertaining to unanticipated impacts, ii) ensure mitigation measures are working and iii) reassure public on the progress of the development. Progressive monitoring must accompany various stages of the subproject activities (pre-construction, construction and operational phase). The projects environmental monitoring plan is based on the potential impacts, significance of the impacts and mitigation approaches identified during the environmental assessment study. It comprises parameters to be monitored, frequency of monitoring, responsible authorities and cost estimates. The contractor will be required to prepare a detailed environmental monitoring plan based on the EMP and as set out in the contract documents. A review committee that is to include staff members of the MFAR/PMU/PIU and MMDE are responsible for monitoring compliance, review of contractors‟ monthly monitoring report and suggest ways to improve or strengthen mitigation approaches. 531. The MFAR/PMU/PIU and MMDE are required to:

Review contractors‟ monitoring plan based on contract documents and grant

a certificate of approval when requirements are met; Co-ordinate compliance monitoring programs and submit quarterly monitoring

reports; Review contractor‟s monthly monitoring report and suggest ways to

strengthen mitigation approaches; and Include the likely mitigation cost incurred by the contractor for implementing

the mitigation approaches and recruitment of ES in the as items in the bill of quantities.

532. The contractor is required to:

Produce a detail monitoring plan and submit to MFAR/PMU/PIU and MMDE for review;

Execute all mitigation approaches required under the contract document and CEMP;

Produce a monthly environment monitoring report to MFAR/PMU/PIU and MMDE; and

Recruit an Environment Safety Officer (ESO) to manage EMP implementation.

142

Table 6.7: Management and Monitoring Plan (EMP)

IMPACT MITIGATION IMPACT MONITORING

Potential Impacts Mitigation Measures

Mitigation Responsibility

Mitigation costs ($US)

Parameter to be Monitored

Frequency & means of Verification

Monitoring Responsibility

CONSTRUCTION PHASE PHYSICAL IMPACTS

Impacts due to establishment of Workers camps.

- Minimize vegetation removal to immediate corridor of works (camp).

- Consultations with land owners/users; - Compensation for vegetation/building

cleared/removed, if required; - Provide waste and water management

plan for the site and seek approval (PMU/PIU – MFARDREA & MEPA).

- Establish site office, workers yard, accommodation and security in consultation with relevant landowners and government agencies.

- Cease activities immediately if

archeological site/artifacts located;

- Inform Department of Archaeology, PMU/PIU – MFARDREA and

- Undertake all actions required by law.

Contractor PMU/PIU Health department, Government and Civil society groups (CBO, NGO), Archeology department.

Construction cost.

Land use agreements, Updated consultation and communication plans disclosed; Agreed social conduct protocols disclosed; CLO staff on board, Workshop & consultation minutes and attendance records reviewed.

Following contractor mobilization

PMU/PIU with provincial assistance (various agencies) if required.

Impacts due to site preparatory works

Removal of some trees/vegetation within the

- Minimise vegetation removal to immediate PFHDP corridor of works;

- Compensation for trees removed, if required;

Contractor

Construction Costs

Number of trees removed, Plant removal

During all work activities. Stop work

Contractor PMU/PIU

143








(Removal of some trees/vegetation within the PFHDP and beach/foreshore excavation.)

PFHDP and beach/foreshore excavation. resulting in erosion and sedimentation. Accidental discovery of archaeological assets, sites or resources.

- Storage and reuse of dredged spoil, topsoil and materials stockpiles on site;

- Cover all spoils and stockpiles (at all sites) with polythene sheets/tarpaulin;

- Silt control, using sediment traps, socks, and/or nets to collect and prevent the spreading of materials during construction;

- Silt traps and nets mandatory used when construction activities undertaken on the coastal foreshore and all marine areas to minimize sediment dispersion.

- Regular (daily) cleaning and correct disposal of sediment and rubble required, and;

- Management of sediment laden water as and when required.

- In the event of an Archaeological Discovery;

o Cease activities immediately if archaeological site/ artefacts located;

o Inform Department of Archaeology, PMU/PIU – MFARDREA and

o Undertake all actions required by law.

and replanting, Evidence of compensation

orders given – recorded.

Impacts on armors (aggregate/rock) quarrying and

- Extraction from ecologically sensitive areas (beach, intertidal, swamp, wet

Contractor

Construction

Material obtained only

Monthly visual inspection at all

Contractor PMU/PIU

144








Transportation of Materials lands, mangrove areas) or productive land not permitted.

- Sites to be identified in consultation with MFARDREA/PMU/PIU and MSDW, landowners and/or communities;

- PMU/PIU to agree protocols for sourcing, transportation, haulage and storage for all materials and ensure procedures are followed during transportation of materials to the site.

- Approved extraction machinery only to be used and all vehicles transporting loose materials not to be overloaded, use of tail boards and to be covered and secured with tarpaulin to prevent dust or spillage;

- The contractor will prepare a Material and Spoil Management Plan (MSMP) as part of the CEMP. The MSMP will include at least the following:

- Identifying suitable sources and obtaining all agreements and permits as required associated with the sources;

- Required materials, potential sources and estimated quantities available (from quarries or burrow pits);

- Dredging technique and excavated material reuse and recycling methods;

Costs from approved designated sites, extraction permit requirements are followed and compliance is attained, Spoil managed in accordance with EMP including use of sediment management systems and dredging requirements. Rehabilitation of site is conducted as extraction plan requirements.

sites, Review of extraction, dredging waste management plans. Review complaints record.

145








- Impacts related to identified sources and availability;

- Preparing a Dredge Spoil Management Plan and Material Source Extraction and Management Plan (including site rehabilitation plan as required based on consultation with MSDW as required);

- Excess spoil to be disposed of as per methods approved in endorsement/permit from MSDW an/or MEPA;

- Transportation routes and traffic controls and management measures to minimize interference with normal traffic; and

- All extraction sites to be rehabilitated after use.

- Construction materials, such as sand and aggregate needed for concrete should come from existing quarries, in compliance with Sir Lankan government regulations;

- Rock aggregate storage and stockpile to be restricted to GSMB/CEA permitted site location inclusive of PFHDP site.

- All rock/aggregate stockpile needs to include agreed and permitted sediment and dust management protocols

146








including silt traps to reduce dispersion of sediment.

- All material collected by sediment traps or silt nets removed daily/weekly to prevent dispersion and disposed of at dedicated dumping site locations.

- Any and all excess spoil and construction waste material will not be dumped in;

- Wetlands, forest areas, coastal and other ecologically sensitive areas;

- Private property without written consent of the owner;

- Any water body and will not contaminate any water body; and

- Arranging for the safe disposal of any excess spoil including provision for stabilization, erosion control, drainage and re-vegetation provisions at the disposal site, if required.

- All waste spoil receiving environments must be permitted; and

- Consideration for use in other projects for land fill should be given highest priority (e.g. Port Pedro Port Development Project).

147








Impacts on Sewage, or wastewater, solid waste, disposal, waste oil and chemical spills, surface runoff on costal environment and coastal waters

Impacts on sewage disposal

- When constructing the septic tanks and soakage pits, the guidance provided in the NWS&DB Website on “Domestic Septic Tanks Soakage Pits should be followed”13

. - All sewage from the labour camp will

be managed through properly constructed septic tanks as such no effluent will be released into the environment.

- Adequate toilet facilities will be provided to the labor camps based on the workforce.

- Continuous monitoring of septic tank is necessary if, any overflow, identified immediately cleaned the area covering with soil and the tanks to be emptied with the support of the Local Authority.

Contractor

Overflow of septic tanks and soakage pits Bad odor

Complaints from surrounding people,

PIU/PMU

Waste oil disposal

- Detailed Emergency Response Plan (as part of the EMP) including a Hazardous Substance Management Plan (HSMP) is to be prepared by Contractor to cover materials/oil/fuel storage, spills and accidents; The HSMP to cover at least;

- National laws and regulations and international best practice requirements;

Contractor

Oil contents in the sea water, Spills in the project activity area

Oil contents in the sea water once in 6 months Spills in the surrounding area once in a week

CC/PIU/PMU

13

http://www.waterboard.lk/web/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=75&Itemid=274&lang=en

148








- Hazardous materials inventory; - Identification of risk associated with

hazardous chemicals and materials; - Facility storage map that shows the

location of: all hazardous materials, all storage areas, emergency equipment and exits, evacuation points, spot where designated individual will meet emergency personnel, and all tanks/sumps/ piping;

- Accidental exposure measures; - Emergency response (links with

emergency response requirements set out in health and safety plan); and

- Recording and reporting incidents. - Locate storage areas for all

petrochemical products at least 100 m from coastline.

- Chemicals including fuel to stored in secured (lockable), weather proofed area including an impervious flooring and bund/containment wall to contain spillage;

- All hazardous materials to be clearly labeled.

- Stop concreting activities during periods of heavy rainfall.

- Adequate precaution to be taken to prevent oil/lubricant/ hydrocarbon contamination of the coastal marine

149








waters. Spillage, if any, will be immediately cleared with utmost caution to leave no traces.

- All spills cleaned as per emergency response plan, including spill clean-up kits and material available specifically for petrochemical and other hazardous substances;

- Educate all relevant staff on oil /chemical handling and management procedures and provide appropriate supervision

- Take precaution to avoid spillage or leakage of diesel, oils and lubes from construction vehicles by ensuring the lids of the fuel tanks are properly closed, the fuel tanks are properly fixed, no leakages in the tanks and no excess lubricants are used.

- Conduct maintenance of these vehicles only at designated areas and surfaces in the construction yard and not inside the water. The maintenance area should be concreted with necessary oil traps to collect and spillages. Any spillages on the maintenance floor should be cleaned immediately by using proper absorbents such as sow dust, cotton waste etc, The used absorbents are defined as schedule

150








waste under the National Environmental Act, and such waste should be properly stored in steel or plastic barrels and disposed through the licensed hazardous waste disposal facilities like Insee Cement, Puttalam.

- No vehicle servicing is allowed within the project area. All vehicle should be serviced at licensed (provided with Environmental Protection License (EPL) service stations.

- All accidents reported to police and PMU/PIU within 24 hours.

Solid waste Management

- All construction waste should be segregated as recyclable and non-recyclable. All recyclable materials should be sold to the local recycle materials collectors in the area. The non-recyclable debris should be used for refilling activities and if any leftover, should be disposed at the local authority collection system/disposal sites.

- All construction wastes should be properly stored with suitable cover like polythene sheets, tarpaulin, or jute to prevent the spreading of dust.

- If possible spray water to keep the waste wet during the dry season

Contractor

Construction cost

Regular disposal of solid waste

Daily PIU/PMU

151








- No open burning of solid waste is allowed as this could make nuisance to the people in the area.

- The contractor should provide adequate color bins to segregate the MSW in the labour Camps. National color code for segregated waste are blue, orange, red, brown and green for Paper and card boards, Polythene and plastic, Glass and bottle, Metal and Bio degradable waste respectively. All recyclable waste should be stored separately and sold out for local recycle materials collectors in the area and all bio-degradable waste should be disposed through the Pesalai PS

- All e-wastes bulbs such as CFL and linear fluorescent bulbs, obsolete communication equipment etc. should be collected separately be given to the e-Waste recyclers registered with the CEA

14.

Impacts on Marine water quality

- Minimize the unnecessary disturbance to the sediments by exerting care when lowering and lifting the grab;

- Use barges that are fitted with tight fitting seals to their bottom openings to prevent leakage of material;

Marine water quality parameters

Basic parameters once in a month

PIU/PMU

14

http://www.cea.lk/web/images/pdf/whats/Licensed_Collectors_of_Electronic_Waste_Management_in_Sri_Lanka_WEB.pdf

152








- Ensure accurate barge loading to avoid splashing of dredged material to the surrounding water;

- Do not fill the barges or hoppers to a level, which will cause the overflow of materials or polluted water during loading or transportation. Adequate freeboard should be maintained to ensure that the decks are not washed by wave action;



- Siltation traps, socks and nets (coastal) to be placed at the construction sites to regulate and manage wastewater sedimentation issues (principal turbidity from dredging and breakwater development) derived from construction activities, including specific sedimentation and pollution collection during all marine construction activities (e.g. dredging, breakwater development);

- Close construction supervision to

153








ensure the above measures are implemented.

- Plan dredging works to take in tidal and local wave conditions – preference for low tide and reduced wave conditions.

- Land based reclamation to construct revetment wall first (including geotech fabric) and backfill with dredged material (reduction in sedimentation);

- Provisions of stop work during periods of heavy rainfall.

- Construction staff awareness of sedimentation management responsibilities.

Water Quality Affected by works in marine environment and on land,

Construction material and sediment washed into coastal waters. Increased turbidity detrimental to coastal marine systems. Soil and marine

Preparation and implementation of Waste Management Plan before start of work. Implementation of good construction practice and accepted methods. Minimizing the vegetation clearance where possible. Cover/stabilize all exposed surfaces and excavated materials during construction. Implementing effective construction site drainage such that runoff is directed to sediment traps before discharge to the environment and/or into the coastal marine ecosystem. All wastewater should not be directed nor spilled into the coastal foreshore and/or marine environment.

Contractor

Construction Costs

Implementation of waste management plan, number of trees removed, no wastewater entering marine environment – siltation traps and other management measures in use and working

Monthly visual inspection at all sites, and spot checks and if complaints recorded. Review of extraction, dredging waste management plans. Review complaints record.

Contractor PMU/PIU

154








environment contamination from petrochemicals (fuels, oils).

No wastewater to be dumped within project site foreshore or marine areas. Run-off prevented as best as possible from entering the adjacent terrestrial and coastal marine waters. - Siltation traps, socks and nets (coastal)

to be placed at all construction sites to regulate and manage wastewater sedimentation issues derived from construction activities, including specific sedimentation and pollution collection during marine construction activities (e.g. dredging, breakwater development).

Siltation traps, curtains, nets and covers (tarpaulins) to be used (mandatory) on all construction waste to prevent dispersion of waste due to rain events. Close construction supervision to ensure the above measures are implemented. Provisions of stop work during periods of heavy rainfall. Construction camps and on site workers supplied with portable sanitary latrines - no direct discharge. Waste removed and managed as per Sri Lanka government standards.

throughout site (breakwater, dredging, reef reclamation). Workers actions and camp compliant to EMP, review compliance record.

Increased sedimentation and turbidity

Select most appropriate dredger type In order to minimize the impacts and follow following steps as applicable;

Contractor

Construction Costs

Waste management plan in use, silt

Weekly visual inspection of dredging

Contractor PMU/PIU

155








due to marine foreshore dredging.

- Minimize the unnecessary disturbance

to the sediments by exerting care when lowering and lifting the grab;

- Use barges that are fitted with tight fitting seals to their bottom openings to prevent leakage of material;

- Ensure accurate barge loading to avoid splashing of dredged material to the surrounding water;

- Do not fill the barges or hoppers to a level, which will cause the overflow of materials or polluted water during loading or transportation. Adequate freeboard should be maintained to ensure that the decks are not washed by wave action;



- Siltation traps, socks and nets (coastal) to be placed at the construction sites to regulate and manage wastewater sedimentation issues (principal turbidity from dredging and breakwater

curtain/s in use for all dredging activities and working, Workers following EMP requirements and no sediment waste water entering the marine environment form dredging operations. Review compliance record.

operations when in use – include delivery and decommissioning of machinery, spot checks if complaints recorded. Review of extraction, dredging waste management plans. Review complaints record.

156








development) derived from construction activities, including specific sedimentation and pollution collection during all marine construction activities (e.g. dredging, breakwater development);

- Close construction supervision to ensure the above measures are implemented.

- Plan dredging works to take in tidal and local wave conditions – preference for low tide and reduced wave conditions.

- Land based reclamation to construct revetment wall first (including geotech fabric) and backfill with dredged material (reduction in sedimentation);

- Provisions of stop work during periods of heavy rainfall.

- Construction staff awareness of sedimentation management responsibilities.

ECOLOGICAL IMPACTS Impacts on marine habitats and resources (flora and fauna) during construction activities.

Impacts on marine flora and fauna marine resources and habitats; Fragmentation

- The marine systems associated with the PFHDP area to be dredged is all but devoid of any sessile flora and fauna (except micro-fauna residing in the sand) and as such very little impacts to the biological resources will result. There are no national critically important habitats or species, nor

Contractor

Construction Costs

MSMP measures implemented by contractor. Care exercised to limit impacts to areas outside

Weekly or as required- regular daily spot checks during all construction by contractor to be undertaken to ensure EMP

Contractor PMU/PIU

157








Coastal Intertidal marine Habitat and resource protection impacts

of marine habitats; Endemic or Conservation status species affected; Workers impacting flora and fauna; Marine protected areas or species affected. Loss of structural coastline – protection from erosion.

protected, threatened or endangered flora or fauna within the project area or project influencing area. The biological and biodiversity input of the project is insignificant in terms of a larger ecological scale. No recovery of sessile fauna is recommended.

- Implementation of MSMP. - Care to be exercised during all marine

construction (Breakwaters) and reclamation (dredging) activities to reduce sedimentation impacts.

- Access of all construction machinery and material entering the foreshore and/or marine areas to be confined to specific areas to reduce impact.

- Ensure that all equipment used for the marine construction activities (land based or barge based) are in sound and well-maintained condition, and free of any leaks of any petrochemical fluids.

- All efforts must be made to prevent petrochemical spills. Spill containment equipment is to be kept on hand.

- Activities requiring use of mechanical equipment to be coordinated and undertaken during low tide periods whenever practical.

- Activities utilizing explosive or chemical

of project area. Restrict all equipment in marine areas to designated areas (reducing impact) and ensure machinery well maintained to reduce petrochemical spillage. Ensure use of sediment controlling equipment in use at all times. Review compliance record.

compliance – specifically important for sedimentation management associated with dredging and breakwater development.

158








fracture if required to be undertaken only during day light hours, including public notification of the timing and PPE provided to all staff.

- Installation and deployment of floating silt curtains (geo-fabric), marine booms and silt traps/nets around all reclamation (e.g. dredging machinery, breakwaters) areas to reduce impact on neighboring ecology.

- Care to be exercised when lifting and removing curtains to ensure that collected sediment does not fall off and disperse in the water column; curtains should be carefully rolled up by divers and all material collected and removed to be disposed of in an approved and designated land based receiving site location(s).

- All construction aggregate/rock material to be used within the site for construction (e.g. breakwater, harbor boundary) to be stockpiled within the PFHDP site. Silt/sediment traps to be used at all times.

- All excavated material not being used at the site (breakwater or backfill) to be collected and removed from the marine environment and stored or disposed of in a terrestrial approval location/s. The

159








disposal site must be at a minimum 100 meters from the foreshore.

- Approval should be obtained to construct buildings in 80m set back area

Impacts on terrestrial habitats and flora and fauna resources during construction activities.

Impacts on flora and fauna (terrestrial, beach habitats); Fragmentation of terrestrial habitats; Endemic or Conservation status species affected; Workers impacting flora and fauna; Terrestrial protected areas or species

- Contractor responsible for educating workers, imposing sanctions regarding harm to wildlife and/or use or felling of vegetation (except trees required by the project).

- Reduce the number of trees required to be removed for project and incorporated where possible, existing flora into design landscaping.

- Contractor responsible for educating workers, imposing sanctions regarding harm to wildlife and/or use or felling of vegetation (except trees required by the project).

- Reduce the number of trees required to be removed for project and incorporated where possible, existing flora into design landscaping.

- Tree planting and site re-

Contractor

Construction Costs

MSMP measures implemented by contractor. Care exercised to limit impacts to areas outside of project area. Ensure machinery well maintained to reduce petrochemical spillage. Ensure use of sediment controlling equipment in use at all times. Review compliance record.

Monthly or after event or as required. Review machinery is well maintained and sedimentation management system used and working. Number of trees removed and Review complaints record.

Contractor PMU/PIU

160








affected. vegetation to be undertaken following completion of construction activities, if required.

- Under no circumstances is the contractor permitted to fell trees or remove shrubs not required (specified) to be removed;

- Inclusion of trees and other vegetation into the projects landscaping and “green belt” areas where possible.

- Transfer (replant) of Salvadora persica to adjacent government land and replant 1;3 for each trees cut.

- IMPACTS RELATED TO NOISE, VIBRATION AND AIR POLLUTANT GENERATION

Impacts Related to Noise, Vibration and Air Pollutant Generation

Noise

- Equipment should use with adequately sized exhaust silencers and use silenced equipment wherever possible.

- Where applicable, low noise type equipment should be used such as hydraulic jacking type vibration pile and based pile system etc. and provide engines enclosures for high noisy

Contractor

Contractor cost and included in the monito

Noise levels as per the National Environmental Act

As indicted in the Environmental Monitoring Plan.

PIU/PMU

161








equipment. - Keeping equipment in good working

order and maintenance and operation of equipment according to manufacturers instructions.

- Use noisy equipment such as piling equipment‟s, drillers, and compressors etc. for very short periods of time if necessary.

- Noise levels at the boundaries of the proposed project area should be maintained below 75 dB(A) during day time and 50 dB(A) at the night time in accordance with the National Environmental Noise Control Regulations 1990.

ring plan

Vibration

- The Interim Standard on Vibration Pollution Control for Sri Lanka provides guidelines for operation of machinery, construction activities, vehicular movements, acceptable human exposure to vibrations depending on the length of the vibration period (continuous, intermittent, and impulsive). The contractor should follow the guidelines during the construction period

- Use low vibratory equipment such as hydraulic jacking type vibration piles and based pile systems etc.

162








- where possible, keep equipment in good working order by scheduling a planned maintenance program using manufacturers operation manual. Use vibratory equipment during daytime with minimum operational time. Positioning of equipment as far as practical from vibration sensitive receivers and provide workers safety equipment.

- A pre-crack survey with photographic evidence should be conducted prior to the commencement of the construction activities to ensure that no property damages occurred due to the construction period.

- Observations of the RDA should be obtained to ensure the transport routes are capable of transporting rocks without excess vibration which causes damages to the property located either sides of the roads along the transport routes.

- Approval of relevant local authorities are obtained to use the internal roads.

Air emission

Frequent wetting or water spraying on open areas, stockpiles and deliveries of soil and similar materials. In this regard, it is recommended to use sprinklers, tankers or water bowsers

163








but avoiding the usage of wastewater for this purpose.

Covering the working area with suitable materials such as polyene, tarpaulin or jute materials

Screening of exposed areas with suitable material, compacting loosened soil and regular manual cleaning of the construction site etc.

Ensuring that all vehicles transporting potentially dust producing material are not overloaded, are provided with adequate tail -boards and side-boards, and are adequately covered with a tarpaulin (covering the entire load and secured at the sides and tail of the vehicle) during transportation.

Carefully managing the drop heights of material transfer activities such as unloading of soil, metal, rubbles etc.

All construction material such as cement, sand brought to the site needs to be stockpiled carefully to avoid unnecessary dust emissions. Hence such material needs to be adequately covered and stored in temporary sheds that are well protected against rain and wind or stockpiled in locations not subject to floods, heavy rains and winds. Sheeting of vehicles during

164








transportation of construction materials to the site and enforcement of speed limitations to vehicles are also recommended to minimize dust emissions.

It is recommended to use machineries that have low dust and gaseous pollutant creation where possible to minimize gaseous pollutant for site clearing and land preparation activities and they should be serviced and maintained well. All vehicles and machineries shall be fitted in full compliance with the national and local regulations (National Environmental Air Emissions, Fuel and Vehicle Importation Standards, Extraordinary Gazette No.1295/11, 01 June 2003).

Vehicle should be regularly checked for exhaust emission and obtained emission test certificate.

Provision of PPE equipment to workers when required.

SOCIO-ECONOMICAL IMPACTS

Impacts on Fisheries activities and Beach uses

- Access to all terrestrial and marine/coastal sites, within the PFHDP site and within the greater area of influence to be restricted to only authorized personal (construction staff and associated project staff) for the

165








duration of the project. - Exclusion areas need to be developed

and fully understood by all fishers and general community prohibiting access within the project‟s terrestrial and shallow water intertidal areas during construction period.

- Alternative boat landing exit and entry points and anchorage are provided to the west of the PFHDP site.

- Physical barriers, information signage and public awareness and information exchange is required on all land boundaries of the project to inform the public of restricted access areas. Exclusion areas for foreshore and marine areas will require mobile signage and safety personal to ensure compliance to restricted areas.

- Offshore fishing directly opposite the project‟s area of influence should be prohibited during the construction phase, an exclusion fishing zone of 100 m could be enacted.

- Community and public awareness (community workshops, leaflets etc.) is required to ensure understanding of the project and compliance.

- On completion of works, all temporary obstructions to

166








access to be cleared away and final

Impacts on relocation and loss of livelihood

- Recommendations in the Resettlement Plan be strictly followed by the contractor

Occupational(workers) Health and safety (OH&S) Risks

- The contractor will prepare HSP as part of the CEMP. The HSP will establish: (i) activity/job safety procedures and protocols; (ii) plan for HSP training and “toolbox” sessions for workers; (iii) first aid facilities (in works area and in vehicles), PPE, and medical evacuations; (iv) routine safety and accident prevention measures; (v) emergency response and preparedness; (vi) accidental environmental instance (e.g. spill) procedures highlighting the sizes and types of impacts that may occur, and the resources (onsite and/or offsite) that will be required to handle and treat the spill; and (vii) accident, near-miss and emergency registry, monitoring and reporting.

- The HSP will cover both workers OH&S and community health and safety. The HSP will be appropriate to the nature and scope of activities and meet the requirements of good

Contractor

Construction Costs

Provision of PPE to all workers, Training awareness provided on OH &S protocols and compliance enforced, Exclusion Barriers erected around work site, Portable water, first aid and sanitation facilities supplied at job site, and GRM process understood and

During all project activities – visual inspections (daily) and spot checks, record books and complaints. Job site inspection for compliance of OH&S required throughout project duration.

Contractor PMU/PIU

167








engineering practice, national laws, regulations and the EHSG.

- Before construction commences the contractor/s will conduct training for all workers on environmental safety and environmental hygiene. The contractor will instruct workers in health and safety matters as required by the HSP,

- The contractor will designate one full-time staff as HSO to implement the HSP and to work closely with the EMO.

- All workers shall be provided with appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) such as safety shoes, hard hats, safety glasses, earplugs, gloves, etc. including use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).

- Install channeling devices (e.g., traffic cones and barrels) and/or fence to delineate the work zone, an exclusion (physical and visual) boundary fence (including visual material is to be installed within the project area).

- Workers shall be provided with potable water supply and portable toilet facilities, were relevant.

- Provision of distinguishing clothing or reflective devices or otherwise conspicuously visible material to workers on site that are to be worn at

obligations with communities implemented when required.

168








all times. - Monitoring and control of the working

environment and planning of safety and health precautions should be performed as prescribed by national laws and regulations. This includes;

- Workers who have received appropriate training in accordance with national laws and regulations shall operate construction equipment.

- The drivers and operators of vehicles and materials handling equipment shall be medically fit, trained and tested and of a prescribed minimum age as required by the government rules and regulation.

- Safety provisions shall be brought to the notice of all concerned by displaying or notice board at a prominent place at the work locations.

The contractor shall be responsible for observance, by his sub-contractors, of all health and safety provisions.

The contractor should take adequate measures for the control of dengue fever and other mosquito vector diseases.

All vehicles used in the construction yard should have reverse horns.

There should be proper demarcation of

169








work areas with signage boards showing the work areas. The signboards should be in Tamil, Sinhala and English.

Suitable warning should be displayed at all places where contact with or proximity to electrical equipment can cause danger.

Persons having to operate electrical equipment should be fully instructed as to any possible danger of the equipment concerned. All the electrical equipment should be inspected before it is taken into use to ensure that it is suitable for its purpose.

Water transport tanks, storage tanks and dispensing container should be designed, used, cleaned and disinfected at suitable intervals in a manner approved by the competent authority.

Water that is unfit to drink should be conspicuously indicated by notices prohibiting workers from drinking it.

Secure storage areas should be provided for flammable liquids, solids and gases such as liquefied petroleum gas cylinder, paints and other such materials in order to deter trespassers.

Smoking should be strictly prohibited

170








and no smoking notices be predominantly displayed in all places containing readily combustible or flammable materials.

Only suitably protected electrical installations and equipment, including portable lamps, should be used.

Oil rags, waste and clothes or other substances liable to spontaneous ignition should be removed without delay to a safe place.

Fire-extinguishing equipment should be provided at construction camps, storage areas for combustible materials and other areas where fire hazards are found. Such equipment shall be properly maintained and inspected at suitable intervals.

Impacts on movement of Project Vehicle and Traffic mangement

- Traffic management plan to be prepared by Contractor, predominately used for vehicles transporting material in and out of site associated with the neighboring communities and material sourcing;

- Inform nearby community about the duration of the traffic disruptions, describe operations and how it will be managed;

- Consultation required with community to minimise disruption to access and

171








install temporary access to affected properties where required;

- Vehicle haulage routes and timing identified through consultation;

- Signage used in vicinity of works for direction of traffic associated with the project.

- Ensure public safety is enacted and public not allowed to enter the PFHDP areas.

- Roads to be kept free of material and rubbish at all times.

Impacts on Presence of Construction workers

- The contractor‟s HSP will address community impacts and management measures in addition to worker health and safety.

- The HSP will include agreement on consultation requirements, establishment and monitoring of acceptable practices to protect community safety, links to the complaints management system for duration of the works (in accordance to the grievance redress mechanism – GRM) and system for reporting of accidents and incidents. The PMU/PIU and SC to ensure these actions are enforced.

- Before construction commences the contractor/s will conduct training for all

172








workers on their requirements to engage the local community and ensure national laws are respected, special consideration and respect for women, elderly and children are to be strictly followed.

- Community protocols discussed and worker awareness as part of mobilization process;

- Contractor to ensure workers‟ actions and work site/camp are controlled and community rules and code of conduct is observed;

- Signage and security i.e. prohibition on unauthorized people (especially children) entering site office, construction areas, works yard and camp all in Tamil, Sinhala and English;

- Workers to respect landowner (business/resident) boundaries;

- STIs and HIV/AIDS awareness program through approved service provider for workers and communities (refer projects social safeguard documents);

- A communications and complaints plan will be used for liaison and correction among stakeholders;

- Contractor to appoint ESO; - No damage to property and resources;

173








- Sri Lankan minimum wage requirements to be observed.

- Child and/or trafficked labor will be strictly prohibited for any activities associated with the project.

- Children will be prohibited from entering the worker‟s camps, accommodation, works area/construction zone and prohibited from playing on any equipment or machinery associated with the project

- The contractor will implement the traffic management plan, which will include traffic control and pedestrian safety measures.

- Protection for the public in vicinity of work sites and safe access across work sites provided for the public;

- In consultation with PMU/PIU, the contractor will clearly fence off „no go areas‟ within the construction zone and erect boundary fences to prevent the public from entering and visually seeing the construction during the construction period (or specific construction activities).

- Electronic security and additional lighting is to be included along the sites landside outer perimeter.

174








Impacts on Archaeological Cultural Resources

-

OPERATIONAL PHASE

Impacts of Sewage Dispoal

The auction hall, sales center and the processing center should be regularly washed and kept clean to avoid the accumulation and stagnation of wastewater which could emit bad odor.

All wastewater generated from the operation of the fishery harbor will be treated by onside treatment facilities upto the CEA accepted national discharge standards prior to discharge.

Proper function of the treatment plant should be ensured.

Quality of sea water should be checked regularly at least once in three months to ensure, there is no pollution due to the discharge

Regular sediment analysis should be conducted at least once in a year to ensure that there is no contamination in the sediment due to waste water discharge.

Impacts on waste oil Spills

Prepare contingency plan for oil leaks, including responsible persons, mitigation to be taken during the spills or leakages, collection mechanism, storage and disposal arrangement.

Educate all relevant staff on oil handling

175








and management procedures and provide appropriate supervision

Take precaution to avoid spillage or leakage of diesel, oils and lubes from construction vehicles by ensuring the lids of the fuel tanks are properly closed, the fuel tanks are properly fixed, no leakages in the tanks and no excess lubricants are used.

Conduct maintenance of these vehicles only at designated areas and surfaces in the construction yard and not inside the water. The maintenance area should be concreted with necessary oil traps to collect and spillages. Any spillages on the maintenance floor should be cleaned immediately by using proper absorbents such as sow dust, cotton waste etc,. The used absorbents are defined as schedule waste under the National Environmental Act, and such waste should be properly stored in steel or plastic barrels and disposed through the licensed hazardous waste disposal facilities like Insee Cement, Puttalam.

No vehicle serving is allowed within the project area. All vehicle should be serviced at licensed (provided with Environmental protection License (EPL)

176








service stations

Impacts on solid waste disposal

Development of an operations phase HSMP based on the construction HSMP to ensure protocols are in place to manage fishing vessel, port infrastructure and hazardous wastes and substances and address spills (e.g. petrol spillage from refueling activities, fish waste, sewage from boats and or land) and staff are suitable trained with correct equipment.

A harbor development waste management strategy and/or plan should be considered as part of the ports operations manual.

Implementation of best practice for waste minimization promoting the 3 R‟s – reduction, reuse and recycling of wastes.

Provisions for waste reception (bins) for different waste products.

No dumping of harbor waste into harbor basin or neighboring marine and coastal environment.

All harbor-site drainage systems inspected, cleared of any debris and cleaned.

All facilities associated with the harbor (terrestrial and shallow water marine) to be regularly inspected cleared,

177








cleaned and maintained. Siltation, pollution and oil traps

regularly inspected and cleaned, with all waste material removed, separated and deposited at a certified waste reception location.

All wastes to be stored and removed from the harbor periodically to designated waste reception areas or approved disposal sites, awareness of all users is required to attain compliance;

All maintenance material stored in a secured regulated area with covering to prevent sediment discharge during period of rainfall and dust during windy conditions.

.All solid waste should be collected in containers with proper lid to avoid spreading by the scavenges.

Regular disposal of solid waste should be ensured with Point Pedro Urban council.

Fish waste should be properly collected and removed on daily basis to avoid the emission of bad odor.

The harbor management should ensure no waste are disposed in the sea or coastal area

Impacts on Air emission Solid waste Management should be

178








done according to the mitigation measures recommended in the Section “ Impacts on Solid waste disposal”

Internal Vehicle should be regularly maintain and emission certificate should be obtained.

Maintain geen area as much possible with in the harbor premises.

Solid waste Management should be done according to the mitigation measures recommended in the Section “ Impacts on Solid waste disposal”

Internal Vehicle should be regularly maintain and emission certificate should be obtained.

Maintain green area as much possible with in the harbor premises.

Impacts due to excessive noise

The noise level at the boundary of the premises should maintained below 50dB(A) and 45 d(B) during night time.

Standby generator should be instated well away from the residential area. Continuous maintenance is require to reduce the excessive noise generation.

Maintaining of sea

Degradation of environment, resulting in reduction in

Undertake periodic in water inspections of the harbor facilities for invasive and alien species and instigate a proactive management and eradication program, if located.

Harbor operator, fishers and/or maintena

Internal harbor operational

Harbors operations manual; Invasive and alien species

Annual investigation

CFHC/harbor operator

179








natural recruitment of sessile flora and fauna on new harbor structures leading to reduced biodiversity. Impacts on fishers productive and livelihoods.

Implement the harbor operations waste management plan to reduce pollution entering the marine environment. Implement safety protocols to avoid or minimize risk of vessels grounding or colliding and subsequent petrochemical spills within the port. Continue harbor users (fishers) awareness and education to improve environmental conditions of the port above and below water.

nce contractor.

and maintenance costs.

identified and eradicated if required. Catch and income data reviewed.

Biological terrestrial resource impacts associated with the harbor operations.

Degradation of environment and loss of natural biodiversity.

The restoration and replanting of native trees and other vegetation where appropriate to increase foreshore natural beach soil protection and the aesthetic of the harbor facility providing habitat shelter for terrestrial fauna, potentially roosting sites for sea and shore birds.

Harbor operator, fishers and/or maintenance contractor.

Internal harbor operational and maintenance costs

Trees and vegetation replanted where required.

When required CCCRMD

Management of harbors operational dust and noise.

Impact on air quality. Emissions of exhaust from boats,

Implement good house-keeping measures as part of harbor operational management plan, including provision of: Awareness to all users on noise and dust management and prevention; PPE supplied to all staff, especially noise

Harbor operator, and fishers

Internal harbor operational and

Harbor operations manual; Levels of dust throughout site and noise

When required – compliance should reduce potential issues.

CFHC

180








vehicles and machinery detrimental effects to the harbors environment.

reducing equipment; Consideration of wetting of roads and port surfaces during period of high dust production to reduce suspension; Ensure maintenance programs for all harbor vehicles and machinery are undertaken ensure noise reducing requirements are regular maintained; and Encourage through awareness and support fishers to improve their environmental footprint in terms of waste production and its sustainable management.

maintenance costs.

levels – self compliance of harbor users to noise requirements.

Community perception.

Support and compliance of all users of the harbor and surround community.

Provide continued awareness and information exchange with the public on all aspects of the harbor and ensure all management activities undertaken to preserve and enhance the marine and terrestrial environment and resources are fully disclosed and acknowledge by the community.

Harbor Operators and fishers. ADB (post evaluation period).

Construction costs.

Compliance register

Post Construction completion report.

PMU/PIU ADB

Harbor OH&S.

Safety at work for all workers and associated contractors.

Inclusion of OH&S requirements in harbor operations manual including: Allocation of responsibility for safety inspections to staff and awareness to fishers; Training staff on safety precautions and for implementing emergency procedures;

Harbor Operators, fishers compliance ADB

Construction cost.

Harbor operation manual including OH&S. PPE provided and used by

Post Construction Completion report - once only.

PMU/PIU ADB

181








Provision of PPE clothing and equipment to workers as appropriate; Ensuring that vehicle and equipment operators are properly licensed and trained; Arranging for provision of first aid facilities; Emergency response and evacuation procedures for man made and natural disasters (e.g. Oil spill, cyclones, tsunamis); Provision for regular safety checks of vehicles and material; Provision of hazard warning signs at the all construction sites. Recommendation for the Harbor administration to maintain a register of accidents detailing date, circumstances, severity, action taken and outcomes. Ensure correct OH&S procedures developed and implemented during the operational phase, specifically including the maintenance and future repair activities of the ports equipment and infrastructures. Maintenance schedule is defined and costed to adequately cover the cost of maintenance is secured prior to the operation phase. Maintenance schedule should at least cover the operation life of the equipment.

(post evaluation period).

staff. Training sessions documented.

Climate change Considerations

Emissions from fishing vessels,

Increase fuel efficiency of the fishing fleet by adopting modifications to the engines and machinery as applicable including

Harbor Operators, fishers

Construction cost.

Harbor operators Greenhouse

Post Construction Completion-

PMU/PIU ADB

182








. machinery within the harbor and vehicles will increase greenhouse gasses that contribute to global warming.

proper maintenance, Inclusion of increasing alternative energy as a replacement for fossil fuel reliance (e.g. solar and wind). Establish the carbon footprint of the harbor in terms of CO2 emissions per ton of fish or per ton of fuel used annually.

compliance ADB (post evaluation period).

emissions reports and baselines.

once only.

Note: CEA – Central Environmental Authority, CEMP- Construction Environmental Management Plan,EMP- Environmental Management Plan, EMO- Environmental Monitoring officer, HSMP- Health and Safety management Plan, HSO- Health and Safety officer, OH&S – Occupational Hygiene and Safety, IEE – Initial Environmental Examination Report, MEPA- Marine Environmental Pollution Prevention Authority, MFARDREA – Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources and Rural Economic Affaires, MSDW- NWS&DB – National water Supply and Drainage Board, PMU – Project Management Unit, PIU- Project Implementation Unit, HSP – Health and Safety Plan, GRM – Grievances Redress Mechanism, BOQ- Bill of Quantity, PFHDP- Pesalai Fisheries Harbor Development

183

Environmental Monitoring Plan

Table 6.8: Pre-construction & Construction Stage -: Pesalai Fishery Harbor Development Project

Environmental Aspect

Monitoring Parameter

Applicable Standard

Monitoring Method

Monitoring Locations

Monitoring Frequency


Cost (Rs)

Marine Water quality

All parameter as in the Table 6.10

Proposed ambient water quality (Marine waters)

Sample collected and analyzed by approved laboratory

5 Sampling locations. WS1 and WS2 could be considered as one –Figure 6.2

Once before the commencement of construction

CC

30,000 x 5 =150,000

Basic Parameters

pH, Turbidity, DO, salinity, TDS, TSS,


Sample collected and analyzed by approved laboratory or trained Environmental officer

5 Sampling locations as indicated in Figure 6.2

Once in two weeks. Using portable water quality testing meter

CC

250,000

15,

All parameters as in the Table 6.10



5 sampling l locations as in Figure 6.2

Once in six months

CC

30,000X6X5=900,000

15

Cost of portable meter

184



Applicable Standard

Monitoring Method




Cost (Rs)

Quality of harbor basin sediments

Particle size, pH, color, smell, oil and grease, organic materials, organic Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Sulphide, heavy metals, pesticides and toxic components etc.

-


3 sampling locations at the harbor basin

Once before construction

CC

50,000X3= 150,000

Inland surface and groundwater quality

pH, Temp, Conductivity, DO, BOD, Ammonia, Nitrates, Iron, PO4, TSS, Fecal Coliform, Total Coliform;

Drinking water quality


3 locations (wells) as given in the Figure 6.3

Quarterly to cover dry and wet seasons

CC

30,000X3 X12=1,080,000

Air quality (Dust)

Fugitive dust Fugitive Dust Emission standards

Gravimetric Method

5 locations as in the Figure 6.4

Once in three months

CC

20,000 x 5 x 12 =1,200,000

Ambient Air quality

PM10, PM2.5, NO2, SO2, O3 and CO

The National Environmental (Ambient Air Quality) Regulations

Sampled and analyzed by approved laboratory

5 Locations as in the Figure 6.4

Once in six months

CC

25,000 x5 x 6 =750,000

Noise Day and night time ambient noise dB(A) LAeq

The National Environmental (Noise Control) Regulations No.1 1996

Portable noise meter (range 0-120 dB(A))

4 locations as in the Figure 6.4

Quarterly CC

25,000 x 4x 16 = 1,600,000

185



Applicable Standard

Monitoring Method




Cost (Rs)

Vibration Vibration levels- Ground vibration

Proposed Air-Blast Over Pressure and Ground Vibration Standards for Sri Lanka published by CEA

Portable vibration meter. 4 hour recording period at each site

Locations base on the complaints

When complaints received

CC

25,000x4 x 2 = 200,000

Crack survey Cracks and other structural weakness of at risk buildings

Any changes causing structural weakness or risk since baseline pre-construction records

Take measurements and photographic records. Number all defects

At-risk buildingsand structures asidentified fromfield observations;and any locationsfrom which thereare complaints;

Baseline survey pre-construction

CC 200,000

During / after construction on complaints

CC

CC = Construction Contractor. Source: PPTA Consultants

Contd.

EMP: Operation Stage -Pesalai Fisheries Harbor Development


Monitoring Parameter Applicable Standard

Monitoring Method




Cost (Rs.)

Marine Water quality

pH, Turbidity, DO, salinity, TDS, TSS, oil & grease, Total Organic Carbon, `nutrients, heavy metals, pesticides, coliform etc



08 at harbor basin (04 at site; 02 at 25 m from site; 02 at 100 m from site)

Twice; During maintenance dredging

CFHC

30,000 x 4 x8=

240,000

Quality of harbor Particle size, pH, color, - Sample 4 locations Before CFHC 50,000

186


Monitoring Parameter Applicable Standard

Monitoring Method




Cost (Rs.)

basin sediments

smell, oil and grease, organic materials, organic Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Sulphide, heavy metals, pesticides and toxic components etc.

collected and analyzed by approved laboratory

At the harbor basin

maintenance dredging

x4= 200,000

Air quality NO2, SO2, O3 and CO;

Natural baseline levels recorded before construction begins and The National Environmental (Ambient Air Quality) Regulations

Sampled and analyzed by approved laboratory

4 Locations as in annex.

Once a year CFHC

4 x 25,000 =100,000

Noise Day and night time ambient noise dB(A) LAeq

The National Environmental (Noise Control) Regulations No.1 1996

Portable noise meter (range 0-120 dB(A))

5 locations - 02 access road, 03 nearby residencies

Once a year CFHC

25,000x 5 =125,000

187

Table 6.9: Cost the Environmental Monitoring

Pre-construction and Construction Stage

S.No Test No of tests

Total No. of

tests

Rate Total

1 Sea water Analysis all parameters 5 5 30,000 150,000

2 Sea water Analysis Basic parameters 1 1 250,000 250,000

3 Sea water Analysis all parameters 6X5 30 30,000 900,000

4 Quality of harbor basin sediments 3 3 50,000 150,000

5 Inland surface and groundwater quality 3X12 36 30,000 1,080,000

6 Air quality (Dust) 5X12 60 20,000 1,200,000

7 Ambient Air quality 5X6 30 25,000 750,000

8 Noise 4X16 64 25,000 1,600,000

9 Vibration (baseline survey pre construction) 4X2 8 25,000 200,000

10 Crack Survey 1 1 200,000 200,000

Total 6,480,000

Operation Stage

1 Marine Water quality 4X2 8 30,000 240,000

2 Quality of harbor basin sediments 4 4 50,000 200,000

3 Air quality 4 4 25,000 100,000

4 Noise 5 5 25,000 125,000

Total 665,000 Total cost for Construction and operation stage 7,145,000

188

Table 6.10 Parameters to be tested for sea water

No. Parameters Unit 1 Color (Spectral

Absorption coefficient)

Yellow ($36 nm) m-1

Red (525 nm) m-1

Blue (620 nm) m-1

2 pH Value at 300C -

3 Temperature 0C

4 Total Kjedhal Nitrogen (as N) mg/1

5 Ammonical Nitrogen (as N) mg/1

6 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) mg/1

7 Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) @ 200C mg/1

8 Total Suspended solids (TSS) mg/1

9 Sulphide (as S) mg/1

10 Fluoride (as F) mg/1

11 Total residual Chlorine mg/1

12 Oil and Grease mg/1

13 Dissolved Phosphate (as P) mg/1

14 Arsenic (as A) mg/1

15 Copper (as Cu) mg/1

16 Iron (as Fe) mg/1

17 Nickel (as Ni) mg/1

18 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/1

19 Total Chromium (as Cr) mg/1

20 Lead (as Pb) mg/1

21 Mercury (as Hg) mg/1

22 Zinc (as Zn) mg/1

23 Selenium (as Se) mg/1

24 Cyanide (as CN) mg/1

25 Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr6+

) mg/1

189

Figure 6.2: Sampling Locations for Sea water analysis

Figure 6.3: Well water sampling Locations

190

Figure 6.4: Sampling Locations for ambient air quality

Figure 6.5: Sampling Location for Noise Measurements

L5

191

7. Conclusions

533. Project benefits. The proposed development of the PFHDP through the scope of works will result in the construction of a safe and fully functioning marine fisheries boat harbor for the inshore and offshore fishers utilizing the waters in the north of Sri Lanka. This development will substantially increase the safety, efficiency and economic productive of these fishers by providing a safe and fully functional harbor that includes needed fishery land-based infrastructure amenities. It demonstrates suitable and appropriate infrastructure directly to the fishers, communities and business operators whilst ensuring the regions infrastructure is enhanced. The new infrastructure will be designed to be climate resilient and includes climate change adaptation features that contribute to the sustainability of the project. The adaptation measures will also be climate proofed by increasing the design heights of the breakwaters and foreshore buildings to accommodate the projected rise in sea levels and increasing severity and frequency of waves. 534. Findings. In summary, the IEE concludes that there are no identifiable significant environmental impacts, no critically sensitive marine or terrestrial environmental habitats or species nor is the project deemed environmentally sensitive. The works will have a limited and distinct footprint with an adjoining area that has been used for many years for fishing activities. When completed the project will result in an improved environment associated with the harbor (significant improvements to the current traditional land-based fisheries operations), significantly improve safety and boat operational requirements and a marked improvement in the efficiencies of the local and national fishers working in the northern waters of the nation. The key findings include:

The project is located in an area that has supported a local domestic shore based traditional fisheries and acted as a boat landing/repair site for many years. As such the terrestrial and shallow marine areas have been modified (cleared, filled, built on) and do not support any marine or terrestrial ecological or biological (flora or fauna), endemic or significant biodiversity.

The Project Area and neigbouring sites do not have any freshwater (rivers, streams), forests or significant agriculture.

The project includes the coastal foreshore, sand dunes and shallow water coastal waters. These areas have been modified resulting in the degradation and alteration of the original natural ecosystem.

The marine ecosystem associated with the project does not support any marine shallow water ecological or biological (flora or fauna) endemic, endangered or significant biodiversity and as such the projects proposed development activities (e.g. breakwater, harbor basin and land based infrastructure) will have a very low almost negligible impact on marine benthic resources within the PA and neighboring environments and resources.

The terrestrial ecosystem associated with the project do not support any ecological or biological (flora or fauna) endemic and/or endangered significant biodiversity and as such the projects proposed development activities (e.g. breakwater, harbor basin and land based infrastructure) will have a low level of impact on terrestrial resources within the PA and neighboring environments and resources.

192

The proposed terrestrial PA that includes the foreshore beaches and sand dunes support a low terrestrial floral footprint.

Over 95% of the floral species located within the Project Area were native species and over 300 individual trees and shrubs were recorded. All of which may need to be removed for the projects land-based infrastructure development. A possible reduction in the number of trees to be removed is expected during the construction phase of the project when the project landscaping designs are finalized.

One nationally near threatened plant species (Salvadora persica - Maliththan) and one endemic plant species (Cassine glauca – Neralu) were located within the Project Area and the PIA in a number of locations. These species are reported to be widely found throughout the Mannar region and the Northern Province in similar environmental habitats, however they are restricted to this region of Sir Lanka. If these plants are required to be removed for the PFHDP development requirements there removal alive (with care) and replanted in a similar neighboring habitat that will ensure their survival should be considered.

Terrestrial fauna recorded within the Project Area was low and as such there were no endemic, endangered or significant fauna biodiversity recorded.

The shallow water marine environment associated with the project does not support any marine shallow water ecological or biological (flora or fauna) endemic, endangered or significant biodiversity. There are no coral reefs, sea grass bed or mangroves close to the PFHDP site.

Therefore, impacts on the terrestrial and shallow water marine ecosystems and their environments resulting from the projects construction activities are expected to be minor and manageable.

Impacts on the marine environment associated with the construction of the projects two breakwaters and subtidal sand dredging to deepen the fish harbor basin and reclamation the foreshore area will be relatively short lived. Sedimentation resulting from these activities will have a low impact on the marine fauna and flora due to the scarcity of resources located within and adjacent to the projects area of influence, the inclusion of sedimentation mitigation measures and the constant movement of sea water throughout the area (tidal currents and oceanic waves).

The project site does not impact any terrestrial or marine conservation and/or protected area/s, sites of cultural, customary or heritage significance nor any national or international endangered or protected species.

Due diligence and proactive management of all pre-construction, construction and operational activities will ensure limited disturbance to the daily business activities undertaken within the harbor and surrounding business and community activities.

Sri Lankan laws and regulations associated with labor, employment, OH&S will be complied with throughout pre-construction and construction and monitored by the PMU/PIU.

535. Conclusions. The IEE concludes that there were no identifiable significant environmental impacts, no critical important terrestrial or marine habitat impacts, all impacts are site specific, irreversible and can be minimized through appropriate mitigation measures. Impacts arising from the projects construction phase including;

193

i) the two breakwaters, ii) reclamation of the foreshore coastal area and subsequent adjacent substrate dredging program (deepens the harbor and uses the material for project fill), and iii) associated machinery and operational phases of the project are minor, localized, and acceptable, provided the mitigations measures set out in the outline EMP are further elaborated by the contractor and implemented, and monitored properly. 536. The pre-construction, construction and operational EMP identifies potential environmental impacts arising from the project along with a corresponding schedule and monitoring of mitigation measures to ensure potential impacts are maintained at insignificant levels. It also includes the institutional arrangements for implementing and monitoring the EMP to ensure its effectiveness.

194

BIBLIOGRAPHY Asela, M. D. C., Peiris, T. N., Kasige, A., & Weerakoon, D. K. (2014). Butterfly Diversity in the Jaffna Peninsula and the Surrounding Islets, Journal of the

Department of Wildlife Conservation, 2014-2: 65–76. (http://journals.dwc.gov.lk/index.php/wildlanka/article/view/27/14)

ADB (2009). Safeguards Policy Statement. June 2009. ADB. http://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/institutional-document/32056/safeguard-policy-statement- june2009.pdf

ADB (2016). Delft 3D model based alongshore sediment transport rates at Pesalai, Gurunagar, Point Pedro and Mullaitivu, Sri Lanka (Phase 2 Final Report). 68pp.

ADB (2017). Initial Environmental Examination – Final. Sir Lanka: Northern Provincial Sustainable Fisheries Development Project – PPTA. 304pp.

Balendran V S, Sirimanne C H I and Arumugam S (1968): Groundwater resources of Jaffna Peninsula. Water Resources Board, Colombo.

CCS (2010) National Climate Change Adaptation Strategy for Sri Lanka 2011 to 2016. Final draft November 16th 2010. Climate Change Secretariat. Ministry of Environment Sri Lanka. ADB TA 7326 TRI

http://www.climatechange.lk/adaptation/Files/Strategy_Booklet_Final_for_Print_Low_res(1).pdf

CCS (2012). National Climate Change Policy for Sri Lanka. Climate Change Secretariat. Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment. http://www.climatechange.lk/CCS%20Policy/Climate_Change_Policy_English.pdf

CCS (2016a). National Adaptation Plan for Climate Change Impacts in Sri Lanka 2016-2025. Climate Change Secretariat. Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment. http://www.climatechange.lk/NAP/NAP%20For%20Sri%20Lanka_2016-2025.pdf

CCS (2016b). Readiness Plan for Implementation of Intended Nationally Determined Contributions (INDCs) 2017-2019. August 2016. Climate Change Secretariat (CCS). Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment (MMDE). Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka.

CEA/DMC (2014). Integrated Strategic Environmental Assessment of the Northern Province of Sri Lanka and Map Atlas. Last Edition. October 2014. Central Environmental Authority & Disaster Management Centre of Sri Lanka. http://203.115.26.10/ISEA_North_final.pdf

de Vos A, Pattiaratchi C B and Wijeratne E M S (2014): Surface circulation and upwelling patterns around Sri Lanka. Biogeosciences 11, 5909 - 5930 (https://www.cbd.int/doc/meetings/mar/ebsaws-2015-01/other/ebsaws-2015-01- gobi-submission10-en.pdf).

Department of Census and Statistics (2016.), Poverty Indicators, Household Income and Expenditure Survey-2016, Ministry of National Policies and Economic Affairs Sri Lanka, 2016.

Department of Wildlife Conservation, (2017). Wilpattu Protected Area Complex, Strategic Management Framework 2017-2021 (https://info.undp.org/docs/pdc/Documents/LKA/Wilpattu%20Stragegic%20Management%20Framework%2018%2001%202017.pdf

EML, 2018a. Freshwater water quality well testing data for the four well sampling

http://journals.dwc.gov.lk/index.php/wildlanka/article/view/27/14

http://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/institutional-document/32056/safeguard-policy-statement-%20june2009.pdf

http://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/institutional-document/32056/safeguard-policy-statement-%20june2009.pdf

https://info.undp.org/docs/pdc/Documents/LKA/Wilpattu%20Stragegic%20Management%20Framework%2018%2001%202017.pdf

https://info.undp.org/docs/pdc/Documents/LKA/Wilpattu%20Stragegic%20Management%20Framework%2018%2001%202017.pdf

195

sites.

EML, 2018b. Saltwater water quality testing data for the 3 sampling sites .

EML, 2018c. Ambient air quality test results for the 4 sampling sites.

EML, 2018d. Ambient noise quality test results for the 4 sampling sites.

Government of Sri Lanka (1987): The Constitution of the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka (Revised Edition 2015), 221 pp. (http://www.parliament.lk/files/pdf/constitution.pdf)

Government of Sri Lanka, (2000). National Environmental (Amendment) Act, No. 53 of 2000[Certified on 18th August, 2000]. Pp. 2. Government of Sri Lanka. http://www.cea.lk/pdf/act53-2000.pdf

Government of Sri Lanka (2005). Disaster Management Act, No. 13 of 2005. Parliament of the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka.http://www.dmc.gov.lk/attchments/DM%20Act%20English.pdf

Government of Sri Lanka, (2007). Ten-year development policy framework of the fisheries and aquatic resources sector 2007-2016. March 2007. Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development. Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka.

Government of Sri Lanka (2008). Marine Pollution Prevention Act, No. 35 of 2008. 23rd October 2008. Government of Socialist Democratic Republic of Sri Lanka. http://www.mepa.gov.lk/web/images/pdf/acts/Act-MEPA.pdf

Government of Sri Lanka (2009). Fauna and Flora Protection (Amendment) Act, No. 22 OF 2009. Parliament of the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka. http://www.dwc.gov.lk/documents/ordinanceeng.pdf

Government of Sri Lanka (2011). Coast Conservation (Amendment) Act, No. 49 of 2011. Certified on 30th November 2011. Pp. 35. Government of Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka. http://citizenslanka.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Coast-Conservation-Act-No-49-of-2011-E.pdf (Note: there is also soft copy of consolidated Act to 2011 available).

DMC (2012a). Hazard Profiles of Sri Lanka. December 2012. Disaster Management Centre. Ministry of Disaster Management. Democratic Republic of Sri Lanka. http://www.dmc.gov.lk/hazard/hazard/Report.html

Government of Sri Lanka (2012b). Midterm policy framework 2013-2016 for Fisheries Sector Development. Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development (MFARDREA). Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka. www.fisheries.gov.lk/doc_files/130510003839.docx

Government of Sri Lanka (2013). Sri Lanka National Plan of Action for the Conservation and Management of Sharks (SL- NPOA-Sharks). Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development (MFARDREA).

Government of Sri Lanka (2013b). Sri Lanka National Plan of Action to prevent, deter and eliminate illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing. Department of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources (DFAR). Sri Lanka. http://www.fao.org/3/a-bl359e.pdf

Government of Sri Lanka (2015). Climate Risk and Vulnerability Assessment. Mahaweli Water Security Investment Program (RRP SRI 47381). Asian Development Bank. Government of Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka.

http://www.fisheries.gov.lk/doc_files/130510003839.docx

196

Government of Sri Lanka (2015b). Performance Report 2015. Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development (MFARDREA). Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka. http://www.fisheries.gov.lk/doc_files/2015%20Fisheries%20Performance%20English.pdf

GOSL. (2017). Sri Lanka: Jaffna And Kilinochchi Water Supply Project, Additional Financing - Seawater Desalination Plant and Potable Water Conveyance System, (July). (https://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/project-documents/37378/37378-014-eia-en.pdf)

Government of Sri Lanka (2016). Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act (Amendments to March 2016). Parliament of the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka. http://fisheriesdept.gov.lk/v3/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/compendium-of-Fisheries-act-2016.pdf

Government of Sri Lanka (2016b). The Coastal Zone and Coastal Resource Management Plan - 2016. Coastal Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Department (CCCRMD). Ministry of Mahaweli Development & Environment. http://www.coastal.gov.lk/images/stories/pdf_upload/public_notice/crczmp_2016_en.pdf

Government of Sri Lanka (2016c). Intended Nationally Determined Contributions. April 2016. Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment. Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka. http://www4.unfccc.int/Submissions/INDC/Published%20Documents/Sri%20Lanka/1/Resubmission%20of %20INDCs%20for%20Sri%20Lanka.xps

Government of Sri Lanka (2016d). Fisheries Statistics 2016. Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development (MFARDREA). Socialist Democratic Republic of Sri Lanka.http://www.fisheries.gov.lk/elfinder-2.0- rc1/files/stat/Fisheries%20Statistices/Web%20pdf%20Document.pdf

Government of Sri Lanka (2016e). National Biodiversity Strategic Action Plan 2016-2022. Colombo, Sri Lanka: Biodiversity Secretariat, Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment. xxi + 284 pp. https://www.cbd.int/doc/world/lk/lk-nbsap-v2-en.pdf

Government of Sri Lanka 2018. Report on Geotechnical investigations for shore infrastructure of Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project Package 03 – Point Pedro, p 37.

IPCC, 2014: Climate Change 2014: Synthesis Report. Contribution of Working Groups I, II and III to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [Core Writing Team, R.K. Pachauri and L.A. Meyer (eds.)]. IPCC, Geneva, Switzerland, 151 pp. https://www.ipcc.ch/pdf/assessment-report/ar5/syr/SYR_AR5_FINAL_full_wcover.pdf.

IUCN, 2006. The Fauna of Sri Lanka – Taxonomy and Current Status of Marine Mammals in Sri Lanka. 302-308.

IUCN, 2007. The 2007 Red list of Threatened Fauna and Flora of Sri Lanka. pp 166.

IUCN (2012). An Environmental and Fisheries Profile of the Puttalam Lagoon System. Regional Fisheries Livelihoods Programme for South and Southeast Asia (GCP/RAS/237/SPA) Field Project Document 2011/LKA/CM/06. xvii+237 pp (http://www.fao.org/3/a-ar443e.pdf).

IUCN (2011). An Appraisal of Mangrove Management in Micro-tidal Estuaries and

https://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/project-documents/37378/37378-014-eia-en.pdf

https://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/project-documents/37378/37378-014-eia-en.pdf

http://www.fao.org/3/a-ar443e.pdf

197

Lagoons in Sri Lanka. IUCN Sri Lanka Country Office, Colombo. viii + 116pp (https://portals.iucn.org/library/sites/library/files/documents/2011-112.pdf).

MOE, 2012. The National Red List 2012 of Sir Lanka Conservation Status of the Fauna and Flora. Ministry of Environment, Sri Lanka , 476pp.

Ceylon Electricity Board, (2016). Initial Environmental Examination report on Proposed 220kV Transmission Line Project from Nadukuda to Mannar (http://www.ceb.lk/index.php?aam_media=10220).

Panabokke C R and Perera A P G R L (2005): Groundwater resources of Sri Lanka. Water Resources Board, Colombo (http://obeysekera.net/tsunami/documents/Panabokke_Perera_2005_Sri_Lanka.pdf)

PPTA (2017a) Fisheries Sector Assessment. Final. February 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

PPTA (2017). Initial Environmental Examination. Draft. 05th March 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

PPTA (2017). Initial Environmental Examination. Final. October 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

PPTA (2017). Environmental Assessment and Review Framework. Draft. 5 March 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

Schott F A and McCreary Jr J P (2001): The monsoon circulation of the Indian Ocean. Progress in Oceanography, 51, 1-123.

UoM (2016a). Feasibility Study on the Development of a Fishery Harbor in Point Pedro in Jaffna District. Final Report. November 2016. Department of Civil Engineering University of Moratuwa.

UN (1992) Convention on Biological Diversity with Annexes. Concluded at Rio de Janeiro on 5th June 1992 http://www.cbd.int/doc/legal/cbd-un-en.pdf

https://portals.iucn.org/library/sites/library/files/documents/2011-112.pdf

http://www.ceb.lk/index.php?aam_media=10220

http://www.cbd.int/doc/legal/cbd-un-en.pdf

Annex 1: Terms of Reference (TOR)

1

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) for the Proposed Construction of

Fishery Harbour at Pesalai in Mannar

Project Title Construction of Fishery Harbour

Project Proponent General Manager ,

Ceylon Fishery

Harbour

Corporation Rock House Lane

, Colombo 15.

Project Location Pesalai, Mannar

Project Approving Agency Coast Conservation &

Coastal Resource Management

Department

Validity

This Terms of Reference is valid only for one and half year period from the date

of issues. The Initial Environmental Examination report should be submitted

within the validity period.

Part A Introduction and General Information

Name of the project

A.2 Name of the Developer Company / Firm, Postal Address, Phone / Fax no.

A.3 Nature of the Project

Aim and scope of the report, objective and Justification

It should be noted that the study area proposed for the IEE study

should cover the project site and 02 k.m on either sides on coastal belt

and toward sea from the boundary of the project site.

A.4 Investment and funding sources

A.5 Location of the project GN Division

Pradeshiya

Saba

Divisional Secretariat

District Secretariat

A.6 Designs of the project site with extent of the project area

2

Location map indicating the project site, access to the site, distance to declared

areas, Religious places, minor rock out crops at the coastal edge,

surrounding developments and infrastructure (Scale 1.10,000)

A.8 Present ownership of the project site (state / private / other specify) if state

owned letter of consent of the release of the land from the relevant state

agency)

A.9 Description of the applicable laws, regulations, standards and

requirement covering proposed project

A.IO Clearances/permits obtained or should be obtained from relevant state agencies

or local authorities (Attach required copies)

A ll Conformity to Coastal Resources Management Plan

A 12 Contingency plan of Marine Environmental Protection Authority and any

other conservation/development plans

Part B - Description of the Project

This Section should describe details of the proposed project under

following section.

Brief description of the project including major components, size and magnitude

of each component with permanent and temporary structures including

Details of breakwaters, quay wall, jetties, harbour basin, entrance canal

with justification of geometric features (levels, beam widen etc.). Summary

of designed features

Details of shoreline facilities such as loading and unloading areas, Storage,

refueling details of other infrastructure facilities

B.2 Project lay out plan (drawings to be provided) indicating all project

components, access roads to the site, reservation etc. in order to get a clear

picture of the project (Sale 1:1000)

B.3 Time period for the development and construction

B.4 Financial allocation and investments

B.5 Water and disposal of waste

Water requirement for development activities

Extraction on water, solid waste disposal, sewage disposal, other discharge

waste water, treatment plant facilities etc. B.6 Electricity requirements

All other natural resources consumption

B.8 Requirement of labour during construction and operation period.

B.9 Details of the methodologies to be adopted during the

construction. B.IO Sources of construction materials and transportation

Details of sources of construction materials such as boulders and

transportation system location of stock pilling.

B.l l Infrastructure facilities required / provided

3

(i) Details of any access roads to be built or anticipated improvement

of Existing Access Roads

(ii) Communication

(iii) Infrastructure facilities provided by the project to the community

and other benefits to the local community

B.12 Aesthetic and visual environmental

(i) Whether the view in the immediate vicinity would be altered, improved

or obstructed as a result of the proposed structure

2

B 13 Financial Commitments

Financial commitments to proposed project should be mentioned and

fund availability for mitigatory measures and

compensation should be stated.

Improvements to the social infrastructure in the vicinity if proposed their financial

commitments too are expected to be indicated in this section.

B.14 Future Expansion

Any future additions, expansion envisaged, if so give details.

Part C- Description of the existing environment of the study

area

This chapter should provide information on physical features, ecological

resources, socio

— economic conditions, archaeological and cultural considerations likely to

be affected by any aspect of the proposal during the construction or

operational phases.

Physical Features

C.1.1 Topography and Drainage/Geology/Soil

The recent topographical data such as detailed topographical

map climatic conditions within 10 year data on rainfall, wind

direction.

General geology and bathymetry of the area and unique geological

features of the area.

4

Soil types/soil profile and distribution

C.1.2. Hydrology

Surface and ground water availability, water quality and

quantity Surface drainage pattern ofthe area

C. 1. 3. Coastal Features (Environment)

Coastal bathymetry and sediment

transportation Coastal features including

beach profile

Beach and nearshore sea bed characteristics

Relevant oceanographic information including near shore wave

height and direction, near shore current velocity, tidal and

current characteristics

Coastal erosion possibilities and coastal erosion records

of last ten

years

Prior action which is taken to cope with any severe

erosion Coastal structures, coastal protection system

Coastal water quality

Details of coastal hazard events in the past — Tsunamis,

cyclones, storm surges etc. in the region

C 2 Ecological Environment i Land based

Ecological Environment

Details of existing natural habitats/ecosystems/ coastal vegetation

List of rare, threatened, endemic flora and fauna within the project site

and surrounding area

Classification and mapping of all habitats

A report on their ecological statues within the area

Distribution pattern of vegetation along the coastal area ii

Aquatic Ecological Environment

Details of the coastal environment including coastal and marine habitats, such

as coral reefs , sea grass beds, fishing grounds, breeding grounds, fishing

activities and interactions with coastal protection structures.

Affected fishing grounds due to propose project should be addressed

C.3 Historical and Archeological significant sites

Describe any land marks or evidence of historic, religious,

archeological, scientific or cultural importance known to be within

the project area and the study site.

5

C.4 Present land use of the area

c.5 Social and Economic Aspects

The section will cover all the areas that may have impacts by the projects and it

is activities.

Brief socio-economic profile of the area

Nature of households and principle economic activities

Existing infrastructure facilities

Description of existing fishing activities in the area including type

of fishing activities, no of fishermen , number of fishing crafts

etc.

Transportation , communication, power

Housing /sanitation, water supply, agriculture Other main

economic activities

Existing beach access

C6 Existing Environmental Issues and Social Conflicts

Part D Description of Anticipated Environmental Impacts

This Section should address all impacts arising from the project activities

including the following concerns.

DI Physical Resources

Impacts to the beach and shoreline o Erosion of adjacent

beaches lands due to change of current wave height

regimes attributed to the habour structures, o Erosion

effects in either sides of the coastal stretch during

construction period as well as in long term.

o Coastal erosion / accretion and bathymetric changes (on either

sides of the port breakwaters) in the area o Changes in

drainage patterns, o Changes in hydrological pattern such as

currents and wave patterns, wave height and direction, near

shore current velocity, direction and tides, o Changes

Sediment transport patterns on both periods(short term and

long term) o Impacts on sewage or waste water, solid disposal,

waste oil spills, surface runoff on coastal environmental and

coastal waters, o impacts on water quality o Impacts due to

coastal hazard events- tsunami, cyclones, storm surges etc. in

the area and sea level rise.

D2 Transportation of materials- Impacts on buildings, roads and other

properties during transportation of material from the source location to the

construction site.

6

D3 Handling and stock piling of materials- Impacts of material handling stock

piling at the site or in the vicinity.

D4 Impact of sewage , waste oil spills, surface runoff , waste water

disposal on the environment

D5 Anticipated problems related to solid

waste disposal D6 Ecological Resources

(Land based and Marine)

Impacts on fauna and flora and their distribution

o impacts on vegetation in the coastal belt and special habitats /

ecosystems including coral reefs, sea grass beds, mangroves in

the study area

o impacts to any rare, threatened, endemic flora and fauna in the

study area

D7 Impacts related to noise, vibration, dust, and air quality

generation. D8 Impacts due to changes of land use

D9 Socio-Economic Aspects

o An assessment of direct and indirect impacts of the project on

other development project within the area

o Impact on fishing industry including beach scene fishery related

activities. and fishing community (during construction and

operation ) Impacts to present beach users in the area

Impacts in relocation and loss of livelihood

Impacts on existing fishery activities during the construction stage

of the proposed project and the methodologies of operating of

fisheries activities in alternative places.

o Details on generate more employment to the local community

in the vicinity

DIO Impacts on Archeological Cultural Resources

Potential impacts which may effect to the qualities and value of any

archaeological cultural resources should be discussed.

Dll Any other impacts not listed here but may be significant.

Part E - Proposed Mitigatory Measures

This chapter should set out the proposed measures to minimize the impacts identified

7

in Part D to acceptable levels (in that order of priority) including conformity to any

regulations ,gazetted/acceptable standards and other statutory requirements . In Chapter

E mitigation measures should be given in the same order the impacts appeared

in the Chapter D. Alternative methods of mitigation should be discussed and the

effectiveness of the proposed measures that are to be provided should be stated.

Mitigation methods should be defined in specific practical terms. A rationale should

also be presented for selection of chosen mitigation measures.

Part F - Monitoring Programme

A suitable monitoring programme should be suggested in this chapter to monitor

the changes and implementation of mitigatory measures .State the availability of

funds, expertise and the facilities available or provided.

This program should include the following

Parameters to be monitored

Equipment to be used

Frequency of monitoring Responsible agencies.

Reporting system to the agency

Part G - Conclusion and Recommendations

Annex 2: International and Regional Agreements (Ratification of

agreements)

Annex 2: Project relevant International and Regional Agreements to which Sri Lanka has acceded to or ratified.

Montreal Protocol on Substances That Deplete the Ozone Layer (1987).

12 Dec 1989 Reduction and the eventual elimination of the consumption and production of Un-anthropogenic Ozone Depleting Substances.

Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer (1985).

15 Dec 1989 Protection of the Ozone Layer through international cooperation in the areas of scientific research, monitoring and information exchange.

United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC-1992).

23 Nov 1993 Stabilization of greenhouse gas (GHG) concentrations in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climatic systems.

Kyoto Protocol (1997). 3 Oct 2002 The Annex 1 parties (Developed Countries) to reduce their collective emissions of greenhouse gases by at least 5% of the 1990 level by the period 2008 –2012.

International Plant Protection Convention (1951).

12 Feb 1952 To maintain and increase international cooperation in controlling pests and diseases of plants and plant products, and in preventing their introduction and spread across national boundaries.

Plant Protection Agreement for Asia and Pacific Region (1956).

27 Feb 1956 To prevent the introduction into and spread within the region of destructive plants.

Convention on Fishing and Conservation of the living resources of the high seas (1958).

30 Oct 1958 To solve the problems involved in the conservation of the living resources of the high seas through international co-operation considering that through the development of modern techniques some of these resources are in danger of being over-exploited.

Convention concerning the protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage (1972).

6 Jun 1980 To establish an effective system of collective protection of the cultural and natural heritage of outstanding universal value organized on a permanent basis and in accordance with modern scientific methods.

CITES - Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna & Flora (1973).

4 May 1979 To protect certain endangered species from being over-exploited by adopting a system of import/export permits, for regarding the procedure.

Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species (1979).

6 Jun 1990 To protect those species of wild animals which migrate across or outside national boundaries. This includes a number of bird species, marine (e.g. whales, sharks) and terrestrial mammals, marine turtles and bats.

Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD-1992).

23 Mar 1994 Conservation of biological diversity, the sustainable use of its components and the fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising out of the utilization of genetic resources, including appropriate access to genetic resources and by appropriate transfer of relevant technologies and

appropriate funding. Agreement to implement the provisions of the United Nations Convention on Law of the Seas relating to the conservation and management of straddling and migratory fish stocks (1995).

24 Oct 1996 To ensure long-term conservation and sustainable use of straddling fish stocks and highly migratory fish stocks through effective implementation of the relevant provisions of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea.

Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat (RAMSAR)

15 Oct 1990 To ensure long-term conservation and sustainable use of wetlands and the flora and fauna that live and utilize these systems. Sri Lanka has six designated RAMSAR sites, one of which is the Vankalai Sanctuary, which is located with the NPSFDP (Manner district). No project investment is located within or in close proximity to this site.

Convention on the Continental Shelf (1958).

30 Oct 1958 To define and delimit the rights of States to explore and exploit the natural resources of the continental shelf

Convention on the High Seas (1958).

30 Oct 1958 To codify the rules of international law relating to the high seas

United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (1982).

19 Jul 1994 To protect the economic, environmental, and national security concerns of coastal states and strengthen state sovereignty over enforcement of environmental regulations up to 200 miles offshore ( the Exclusive Economic Zone, EEZ). To protect the marine environment, promote the maintenance of international peace and security, protect the freedom of navigation on the high seas as well as the right of innocent passage, including non-wartime activities of military ships.

Agreement relating to implementation of part XI of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (1994).

28 Jul 1995 To provide for revised modalities for the implementation of Part XI of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea of 10 December 1982, in particular the International Seabed Authority.

The international convention and protocols for the Prevention of Pollution from ships (MARPOL), (1973) .

Still ratifying different articles.

It was developed by the International Maritime Organization in an effort to minimize pollution of the oceans and seas, including dumping, oil and air pollution. The objective of this convention is to preserve the marine environment in an attempt to completely eliminate pollution by oil and other harmful substances and to minimize accidental spillage of such substances

Convention on the Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping of Wastes and Other Matter at sea (London Convention and Protocol) (1974)

1996 Its objective is to promote the effective control of all sources of marine pollution and to take all practicable steps to prevent pollution of the sea by dumping of wastes and other matter.

The International convention for safety of life at sea – SOLAS (1974).

In effect since 1974.

Sets minimum safety standards in the construction, equipment and operation of merchant ships. The convention requires signatory flag states to ensure that ships flagged

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Maritime_Organization

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Maritime_Organization

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Marine_debris

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Merchant_ships

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flag_state

by them comply with at least these standards. FAO Code of Conduct for Responsible Fisheries (CCRF)

Since 1998 The code is voluntary though it may contain legally binding provisions. The code includes a range of guidelines for fishing activities and for aquaculture. The FAO also acts as secretariat for a number of species International Plan of Action (e.g. Sea birds, Sharks, sea turtles and Illegal, Unreported and Unregulated (IUU) fishing).

United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD- 1994).

9 Dec 1998 To combat desertification and to mitigate the effects of drought in countries experiencing serious droughts and/ or desertification with the final aim being to prevent land degradation in the hyper arid, arid, and semi-arid, dry sub humid areas in the countries that are parties of the Convention.

International Convention for the Prevention on Pollution from Ships (MARPOL 1973).

24 Jun 1998 To preserve the marine environment by achieving complete elimination of international pollution by oil and other harmful substances and the minimization of accidental discharge of such substances.

Basel Convention on the Control of Trans-boundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes and Their Disposal (1989).

28 Aug 1992 To reduce trans boundary movements of hazardous waste; to dispose of hazardous and other waste as close as possible to the source; to minimize the generation of hazardous waste; to prohibit shipments of hazardous waste to countries lacking the legal, administrative and technical capacity to manage & dispose of them in an environmentally sound manner; to assist developing countries in environmentally sound management of the hazardous waste they generate.

Rotterdam Convention (1998)

19 Jan 2006 To promote shared responsibility and cooperative efforts in the international trade of certain hazardous chemicals, to protect human health and the environment; to contribute to the environmentally sound use of those hazardous chemicals by facilitating information exchange, providing for a national decision- making process on their import/export.

Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs) (2001).

22 Dec 2005 To protect human health and the environment from persistent organic pollutants (POPs).

Annex 3: Concept Master Plan

LEGEND:

HWL

CH

FM

ST

RA

RF

BATHYMETRYREDUCEDTOMSL

SPOTHEIGHTSINMSL

MAJORISOBATH

MINORISOBATH

HIGHWATERLINE

COMMUNITYHALL

FISHMARKET

STEPS

ROCYAREA

REEFAREA

P PERMANEETBUILDING

SURVEYCONTRLPOINT

RW RETAININGWALL

NOTES:

1)BathymetryreducedtoMEANSEALEVEL(MSL)usingobservedtide

2)Bathymetricdatadisplaysas,andTopographicheightsdisplaysas

GEODETICPARAMETERS:

GEODETICDATUM

SPHEROID

Semimajoraxis

Flattening

PROJECTION

Latitudeorigin

Longitudeorigin

FalseEasting

FalseNorthing

Scalefactoratorigin

DATUMTRANSFORMATION

: SLD95

: EVEREST1830

: 6377276.34518m

: 0.003324449015923

: TransverseMercator

: 07° 00' 01.7290" N

: 80° 46' 18.1600" E

: 200,000m

: 200,000m

: 0.99992384

: WGS84toSLD95Datum

: X:97.00mY:-787.00mZ:-86.00m

: Scalefactoratorigin0.99992384

VERTICALDATUM

MEANSEALEVEL(MSL)

Client:

Engineer:

EMLCONSULTANTSPVT.LTDin AssociatationwithSWA&SEC

No.610,RajaMahaViharaLane,

RajaMahaViharaMawatha,

PitaKotte,Kotte,SriLanka

Project&Drawingtitle:

DEVELOPMENTOFTHEFISHERIES

HARBORATPESALAI

MASTERPLAN

ROADTOBEWIDENMINIMUMUPTO6MROADWIDTH

ScaleAtA3:

1:2500

IssueNo:

0

Date:

08102017

Description:

Preliminaryissue

Drawn: Chkd: Appr:

DrawingNo:

PETO-HS001

Revision:

0

Annex 4: Marine Ecology Report

Contents

List of tables

List of figures

Executive summery

Clibanarius longitarsus Diognes avarus

Terapon puta

Iri-bataya

Theppam

1 Introduction

Error! Reference source not found.

Figure 2-6: Multi-parameter reader (YSI Pro Plus) used to

measure Physico-chemical parameters

Figure 2-7: HawkEye® H22FX - Handheld Depth Sonar

The study area and sampling design

‖ M‖) D‖

3 General description to the project site and area of influence

General area usage

Figure 3-1 Pesalai is largely used by multiday boat operators for anchorage without any infra-

structure.

Figure 3-3: The sandy beach along the project site

Figure 3-2: Small crafts dragging to the shore for landing in Pesalai


Terapon puta

Table 4-1: Summery of the descriptions of the Pesalai study sites

‖ M‖ r D‖

Parameter PS1S PS2S PS3S PS4S PS5S PS1M PS2M PS3M PS4M PS5M PS1D PS2D PS3D PS4D PS5D

Depth (m) <1.5 <1.5 <1.5 <1.5 <1.5 2.4 2.2 2.3 1.9 2.1 3.5 3.2 3.0 3.2 2.9

Substrate

Sand Sand Sand Sand Sand sand

and

mud

sand

and

mud

sand

and

mud

sand

and

mud

sand

and

mud

Sand

and

mud

Sand

and

mud

Sand

and

mud

Sand

and

mud

Sand

and

mud

Visibility Good Moder

ate

Moder

ate

Moder

ate

Moder

ate

Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor Very

poor

Very

poor

Very

poor

Very

poor

Moder

ate

Temp C0

- - - - - - - - - - 31.3 31.3 31.1 30.1 30.1

DO mg/l - - - - - - - - - -

5.91 5.74 5.58 5.52 5.88

PH

- - - - - - - - - - 8.65 8.65 8.63 8.60 8.56

TDS g l-1

(x103)

- - - - - - - - - - 36.4 36.4 36.4 36.4 36.5

Salinity ppt 37.0 36.9 36.9 36.8 36.9 37.0 37.0 39.8 39.6 39.7 36.95 36.98 37.00 36.99 37.09

Figure 4-4: Nature of the site PS1-S along the transect.

4.1.2 PS2-S

Figure 4-5: Seaward view of the site PS2-S from the shore

Figure 4-6: Nature of the benthic substrate in the site

In Terapon puta

4.1.3

4.1.4

Teraponputa.

4.1.5

4-14:

Teraponp uta.

22

Terapon puta

to

Teraponputa,

Teraponputa

Figure 4-31: Underwater photographs of the site to show the substrate and any life form

Theppam,

Table 4-4: The most common commercial fish and shell fishes caught by the fishers around the

project site

Family Species Local name Common

name

IUCN

status

NCS

Amblygaster sirm NE NE

Sardinella gibbosa NE NE

Sardinella albella NE NE

Caranx ignobilis NE NE

Selar crumenophthalmus NE NE

Hemiramphus NE NE

Lethrinus nebulosus NE NE

Katsuwonus pelamis NE NE

Scomberomorus

commerson

NE NE

Rastrelliger kanagurta NE NE

Euthynnus affinis NE NE

Sillago sihama NE

Sphyraena sp. NE NE

Loligo NE NE

Lepturacanthus savala NE NE

Penaeus indicus NE NE

Penaeus monodon NE NE

Penaeus semisulcatus NE NE

Portunus pelagicus NE NE

Charybdis sp NE NE

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clupeidae

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sardinella_gibbosa

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sardinella_gibbosa

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sardinella_albella



https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carangidae

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Giant_trevally

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hemiramphidae

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scombridae

http://www.fishbase.se/summary/FamilySummary.php?ID=307

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sphyraenidae

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trichiuridae

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Penaeidae

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Penaeus_monodon

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Penaeus_semisulcatus



https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portunidae

The fisheries governance

Fisher view on the proposed project

Conservation status of the marine faun a and flora recorded

Table 4-5: Conservation status of the marine faun a and flora recorded

Table 4-6: Details of the marine species recorded by site with their national conservation status

Fish

Terapon

puta

Iri

bataya

Mollusca - Hermit crabs

Clibanarius

longitarsus

Diognes

avarus

http://www.fishbase.org/summary/FamilySummary.php?ID=299

http://www.fishbase.org/ComNames/CommonNameSummary.php?autoctr=313197

http://www.fishbase.org/ComNames/CommonNameSummary.php?autoctr=313197

Plankton species recorded in the study area

Table 4-7: The most common Zooplanktons recorded

Group Family Species

Acartia sp

Euterpina sp

Pleuromamma sp

Oithona sp

Centropages sp

Cosmocalanus sp

Nauplii stages

Globigerina sp

Oikopleura sp

Table 4-8: The most common Phytoplankton recorded

Group Family Species

Nitzschia sp

Peridinium

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bacillariaceae

Nearby marine protected areas (MPAs)

Figure 4-34: Map of the Mannar Island showing marine protected areas (yellow circles) around

Pesalai.

5 Summary of the key findings


Terapon puta

Iri-bataya

Theppam

List of contributors

Team Leader

References

http://www.fishbase.org/

http://www.fishbase.org/

http://www.itis.gov/

http://www.bagniliggia.it/WMSD/WMSDhome.htm

http://ranong.myspecies.info/

http://ranong.myspecies.info/

http://decapoda.nhm.org/pdfs/31753/31753.pdf

http://www.marinespecies.org/polychaeta

http://www.sealifebase.org/

Proceedings of the 15th International Forestry and

Environment Symposium.

http://www.idscaro.net/sci/01_coll/

ftp://ftp.fao.org/docrep/fao/009/y4160e/

http://www.marinespecies.org/porifera

http://www.marinespecies.org/

Annex 5: Water Quality Report (Ground Water)

5

No.

Parameters

(Deep well)

15

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

2

6.5 to 8.5

.2

100

250

10

1.0

1.0

0.3

0.1

50

3

0.2

250

200

250

2.0

3.0

-

0.01

0.003

0.05

0.01

0.01

Escherichia coli Not detected

Shall not

exceed 10

Annex 6: Water Quality Report (Sea Water)

Color (Spectral Absorption coefficient)

Yellow ($36 nm) m-1 ND ND ND ND

Red (525 nm) m-1 ND ND ND ND

Blue (620 nm) m-1 ND ND ND ND

pH Value at 300C - 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.6

Temperature 0C

31.2 30.8 31.1 30.9

Total Kjedhal Nitrogen (as N) mg/1 5.5 5.4 5 5.5

Ammonical Nitrogen (as N) mg/1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) mg/1 15 23 26 19

Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) @ 200C mg/1 10 5 5 5

Total Suspended solids (TSS) mg/1 <0.5 1 1 2

Sulphide (as S) mg/1 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5

Fluoride (as F) mg/1 1.4 1.3 1.7 1.5

Total residual Chlorine mg/1 <.02 <.02 <0.02 <0.02

Oil and Grease mg/1 ND ND ND ND

Dissolved Phosphate (as P) mg/1 ND ND ND 0.05

Arsenic (as A) mg/1 ND ND ND ND

Copper (as Cu) mg/1 200 ND ND ND

Iron (as Fe) mg/1 0.04 ND ND 0.4

Nickel (as Ni) mg/1 ND ND ND ND

Cadmium (as Cd) mg/1 ND ND ND ND

Total Chromium (as Cr) mg/1 0.01 ND ND 0.05

Lead (as Pb) mg/1 ND ND ND ND

Mercury (as Hg) mg/1 ND ND ND ND

Zinc (as Zn) mg/1 0.01 0.01 0.04 0.02

Selenium (as Se) mg/1 ND ND ND ND

Cyanide (as CN) mg/1 ND ND ND ND

Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr6+) mg/1 ND ND ND ND

Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/1 ND ND ND ND

Fecal Coliform MPN/100ml 1.7X102 2.4x102

<1.5 11x102

Annex 7: Terrestrial Report

Annex 7

TERRESTRIAL, ECOLOGICAL AND BIOLOGICAL

ASSESSMENT OF THE PESALAI FISHERY HARBOR

DEVELOPMENT SITE, NORTHERN PROVINCE

April 2018

Acronyms

ADB – Asian Development Bank

IUCN - International Union for Conservation of Nature

NPSFDP - Northern Provincial Sustainable Fisheries Development Project

NBSAP- National Biodiversity Strategic Action Plan

i | P a g e

List of Tables

Table 1. Summary of the Floral Species Recorded during the Study 18

Table 2. Details of Floral Species Recorded in the Proposed Project Area 22

Table 3. Number of notable trees which should be removed, and their average

girth size recorded in the Proposed Project Area

24

Table 4. Summary of the Faunal Species Recorded During the Study 25

Table 5. Details of Faunal Species Recorded in the Proposed Project Area 28

ii | P a g e

List of Figures

Fig. 1. Major Terrestrial, Coastal and Marine ecosystems of the Northern

Province

4

Fig. 2. Major terrestrial habitats identified in the Pesalai project area and project

area of influence

5

Fig. 3. Google map indicating the proposed site for the fishery harbor and area of

influence

9

Fig. 4. Land use pattern including main important developments in the project

area and project area of influence

10

Fig. 5. Gently sloping beach with creeping sandy beach vegetation 13

Fig. 6. Herbaceous erect shrubs 14

Fig. 7. Palmyra woodlands with other mixed vegetation 14

Fig. 8. Sand dunes habitat with vegetation 15

Fig. 9. A piggery with emerging vegetation within the project site 16

Fig. 10. An abandoned slaughter house with establishing vegetation, within the

project site

16

Fig. 11. An invasive species; Opuntia sp. recorded within the project site 17

Fig. 12. Palmyra trees with very dense under growth of small growing young

Palmyra trees

17

Fig. 13. The Salvadora persica (Maliththan) tree (nearly threaten species) in the

project area

20

Fig. 14. The Cassine glauca (Neralu) tree (endemic species) in the project area 21

Fig. 15. The detail map of the existing vegetation within the project area expected

to be affected due to harbor construction.

24

Fig. 16. Feral dogs (Canis familiaris) recorded in project site as well as in project

area of influence

27

Fig. 17. Birding locations in Mannar 27

iii | P a g e

Table of Contents

1.0 Executive Summary ................................................................................................................... 1

2. 0. Introduction............................................................................................................................. 3

2.1. Methodology ........................................................................................................................ 6

3.1. Site description......................................................................................................................... 7

3.2. General Project area ............................................................................................................. 7

3.4. Project area of influence ...................................................................................................... 7

3.2. Project area .......................................................................................................................... 8

4.1. Detailed findings for project area and area of Influence ....................................................... 11

4.2. Major habitats types observed in project area .................................................................. 11

4.3. Major habitats types observed in project area of influence .............................................. 12

4.4. Vegetation .......................................................................................................................... 18

4.5. Fauna .................................................................................................................................. 26

5.1. Impacts due to project activities during construction and operational stage........................ 32

5.2. Construction period ............................................................................................................ 32

5.3. Operational period ............................................................................................................. 33

6.0. Mitigation measures .............................................................................................................. 34

7.0. Summary ................................................................................................................................ 36

8.0. Bibliography ........................................................................................................................... 38

9.0. Appendices ............................................................................................................................. 40

Annex 1. The list of government officers and personnel were interviewed during the study. 40

Annex 2. Typical potential waste streams identified in fishery harbors that can affect the

terrestrial habitat and biodiversity in surrounding areas .......................................................... 41

Annex 3. Main structures and the adjoining area where community is occupying at present 43

iv | P a g e

1.0 Executive Summary

Development of a fishery harbor at Pesalai is one of the activities identified by the Northern

Provincial Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP) to revive the fisheries sector.

The harbor is to be located in a sandy beach with a vegetation grading from a very short-

statured creeping form near the seafront, through herbaceous erect shrubs, to littoral Palmyra

dominated woodlands.

Although the Project area has been subjected to influence of the fishing community, the project

area of influence is less disturbed. Beach and beach vegetation consisting of very short-statured

creeping vegetation, herbaceous erect shrubs, Palmyra woodlands mixed with other

vegetation, sand dunes and home gardens are the main existing terrestrial habitat types

observed in the project area of influence.

Floristic diversity of the proposed project area is very low. Total numbers of 36 plant species

including one endemic, one nationally near threatened (NT) plant species and one invasive

species were recorded during the field ecological survey within the study area. Majority of the

plant species recorded are trees (14) followed by herbaceous species (10), shrubs (9) and

climbers or creepers (3). Further, about 69% of the recorded flora species are natives and about

28% of the recoded flora species are exotic to the country. An endemic plant species, Cassine

glauca (Neralu) and Salvadora persica (Maliththan) which is a nationally near threatened

species (NT) in conservation status were also recorded within the proposed project site. Species

of notable trees which should be removed are Borassus flabellifer (223 trees with average girth

size of 115-150cm), Azadirachta indica (71 trees with average girth size of 35-60cm), and Ficus

benghalensis (8 trees with average girth size of 200-260cm). A total number of 40 faunal

species have been recorded during the present survey within the study area. Feral dogs (Canis

familiaris) listed as potential invasive alien species was recorded in project site as well as in

project area of influence.

Establishment of Green belts and planting of suitable tree species within the project area will

reduce the impacts on terrestrial biodiversity. Cocos nucifera (Coconut), Borassus flabellifer

(Palmyra) and Thespesia populnea (Suriya) are the tree species most acceptable to the

1 | P a g e

community for replanting/green area development. Other species for the green belt can be

selected from native species recorded from project and project area of influence with the

guidance of a specialist in horticulture. Preference should be given to Cassine glauca, an

endemic species and Salvadora pesica which is a nearly threatened species found in the project

and project area of influence in greenbelt and green area development. The project area of

influence has to be strictly conserved, and coastal zone management plan should be prepared

for the Mannar district considering all potential development activities and environmentally

sensitive areas to minimize the adverse impacts on biodiversity.

During the construction and operational phases, disturbances to fishing community and for

their activities should be minimized. In addition, development of strategies to minimize the

impacts on biodiversity, deterioration of air quality and water quality are to be implemented.

Strict conservation of the terrestrial habitats of the project area of influence, adhering to green

building concepts during planning and construction and addressing the pollution issues from

main waste streams that can affect the terrestrial biodiversity during the harbor operation are

recommended. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to minimize and control adverse

impacts, including monitoring of terrestrial biodiversity, together with air quality is

recommended. Those strategies will minimize adverse impacts on terrestrial ecology and

promote sustainable development goals and the targets of the current National Biodiversity

Strategic Action Plan of Sri Lanka.

2 | P a g e

2. 0. Introduction

The Northern Provincial Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP) aims to revive the

fisheries sector in the four coastal districts of Jaffna, Mannar, Mullaitivu, and Killinochchi. The

purpose of the present investigation is to identify environmental safeguard requirements

associated with the fisheries infrastructure development proposed in the Northern Province.

The Northern Province of Sri Lanka where fishery harbors, anchorages and landing sites

identified for the development are associated with several Natural ecosystems, and includes

evergreen forests, Palmyra woodlands, seashore scrubland, sandy seashores, mangroves and

mangrove associates, saltmarshes, tidal flats, sand dunes and other aquatic systems such as

corals, sea grass meadows as indicated in Fig. 1. In addition, there are rocky sea shores with

sand stone reefs in some areas.

The terrestrial habitat types identified in the Pesalai fishery harbor development project area is

short stature creeping sandy beach vegetation, herbaceous erect shrubs and Palmyra

dominated woodlands with other mixed vegetation (Fig.2). In the project area of influence

Short stature creeping beach vegetation, Herbaceous erect shrubs, littoral Palmyra dominated

woodlands and sand dunes are the terrestrial habitat types identified. The harbor is to be

located in the sandy seashore area with a vegetation grading from a very short-statured

creeping form near the seafront, through herbaceous erect shrubs, to littoral Palmyra

dominated woodland.

This report concentrates on the terrestrial environment and associated biodiversity of the

proposed Pesalai project site and in the adjoining project area of influence.

3 | P a g e

Fig. 1. Major Terrestrial, Coastal and Marine ecosystems of the Northern Province (Source: IUCN, 2017)

4 | P a g e

Fig. 2. Major terrestrial habitats identified in the Pesalai project area and project area of influence

A – Creeping sandy beach vegetation B – Herbaceous erect shrubs C – Palmyra woodlands mixed with other vegetation

D – Sand dunes E – Home gardens

5 | P a g e

2.1. Methodology

An investigation was conducted to identify major habitats/vegetation and fauna in and around

the proposed Fishery harbor project area of Pesalai and adjoining 500 m area. A rapid line

transect method was used to assess the existing terrestrial floristic and faunal diversity. The

rapid ecological survey was carried out during the day time to assess the terrestrial

environment, to prepare a species inventory, identify existing environmental problems/issues,

identify possible ecological impacts and propose mitigation measures etc. In addition, indirect

observations of animal signs such as pellets, foot prints, food remains were carried out/ used to

understand the different faunal species in the area. In some cases, reliable evidence from

villages and government officers of Departments of Fisheries, Environment and Wild life,

Coastal conservation and Bird watching groups also have been used to understand the species

occurrence. Available information through previous investigations and published literature was

verified through site visits. Distribution pattern of vegetation along the coastal area; List of

trees with girth size of dominant plant species and the locations of those were marked in a

Google map within the project area. Digital photos were taken for key biological features and a

global positioning system (GPS) coordinates were recorded for important locations.

Respective Assistant Directors of Fisheries for Mannar, Fisheries Officers, and Fisheries

Inspectors responsible were met and interviewed. During the field assessment key officials of

the fisheries Cooperative society of the Pesalai Landing site were met. The list of government

officers and personnel met and interviewed during the study is annexed (Annex 1).

6 | P a g e

3.0. Site description

3.1. General Project area

Pesalai is situated in Mannar District which is located in north-western Sri Lanka. The district

covers 2,002 sq. km, approximately 3% of the total land area of Sri Lanka and has 50% forest

cover. The monthly temperatures range between 26.5°C and 30.0°C with highs normally

recorded between May and August.

The land area is relatively flat and at low elevations. Towards the interior, the terrain is gently

undulating. The primary economic activities in Mannar are crop cultivation (mainly paddy),

fisheries, and animal husbandry. Employment opportunities in the district are highly seasonal.

Biogeographically, the proposed project area lies in the Low Country Dry Zone. Floristically it

lies in the Coastal and Marine Belt Floristic Zone. Mangroves, Salt Marshes, Sand Dunes, rocky

beach vegetation and sandy Beach Vegetation are the typical natural habitats in Coastal and

Marine Belt Floristic Zones.

Pesalai experiences the typical dry zone climate of Sri Lanka and is characterized by a relatively

wet period alternating with a dry period. Wet season covers October to December and is

associated with the northeast monsoon. The minor wet season occurs during April to May due

to the southwest monsoon. The main rainfall season is from October to December. The average

rainfall was around 1000 mm during the last few years.

The rainfall during the North east monsoon is dominated with around 70% of average annual

rainfall. Seasonal rainfall exhibits a definite rhythmic pattern. However, there was a

considerable variation in annual rainfall during recent years.

3.4. Project area of influence

The Pesalai fishery harbor projects area of influence is shown in detail in Fig 3. The projects area

of influence is an area not subjected to human interference and less disturbed due to the

prevailed ethnic disturbances in the area for 30 years. There is recent development of housing

project, but no other major development activity was observed, and houses are under

construction. Due to presence of Sri Lankan Armed forces during the past, project area of

7 | P a g e

influence has been kept undisturbed. The biodiversity is relatively high. Terrestrial habitat types

observed are Short stature creeping sandy beach vegetation (Fig. 5), Herbaceous erect shrubs

(Fig. 6), in the seaward margin and Palmyra dominated woodlands with other mixed vegetation

(Fig. 7) and Sand dunes (Fig. 8) in the rest of the area. These habitats and the species recorded

in each habitat are described in detail in section 4.0. The Navy camp and a recreational area

operated by the Sri Lanka Army are present in the project area of influence (Fig. 4). Those areas

are high security areas and they keep their territories well managed and no harmful activity for

the terrestrial habitats are evident. Part of the present Pesalai fish landing site is located in the

project area of influence (Fig.4). This landing site is managed by Pesalai Fisheries Cooperative

Society for last 35 years.

3.2. Project area

Project area and is clearly shown in Fig.3. However, the proposed project area has been under

the influence of the fishing community and some other parties who wanted to carry out

commercial activities such as establishing piggery and slaughter house after clearing the

vegetation.

In the eastern border of the project area there is a Navy camp and a recreational area operated

by the Sri Lanka Army demarcate the western Boundary of the project site. A road running

through, demarcates the Southern margin of the proposed development site from the highly

diverse project area of influence from the harbor development site. A piggery and an

abandoned slaughter house was found close to the western margin. Those structures are

indicated in a Google map in Fig. 4.

There is a gently sloping beach starting from mean sea water level extending up to around 60

meters from the shore line (Fig. 2). This zone is with less dense vegetation dominated by short

stature creeping sandy beach vegetation leading to a zone dominated by herbaceous erect

shrubs. Palmyra dominated woodlands with other mixed vegetation is the next zone of the

project area. These habitats and the species recorded in each habitat are described in detail in

section 4.0. A narrow road runs in-between the project area and main project area of influence

in the Southern boundary.

8 | P a g e

Fig. 3. Google map indicating the proposed site for the Pesalai fishery harbor and area of influence

9 | P a g e

Project Area

Project Area of Influence

Fig. 4. Land use pattern including main important developments in the project area and project area of influence.

A – Sand dunes with vegetation B – Scrub forest C, D, E & G – Households F – Ongoing construction of a household

H – Navy Camp I – Palmyrah dominated Scrub forest (Blue color polygon) J – Sandy beach vegetation

K – Army Camp and rest house L – Abandoned slaughter house M – Piggery N – Proposed Pesalai harbor

area (black color polygon) O - Part of the Pesalai landing site

10 | P a g e

O

4.0. Detailed findings for project area and area of Influence

4.1. Major habitats types observed in project area

In the project area vegetation is typical of sea-shore vegetation. The vegetation grades from a

very short-statured creeping form near the seafront, through herbaceous erect shrubs, to

littoral woodland. As such, the major terrestrial habitat types observed in the proposed project

area are,

Short stature creeping sandy beach vegetation

Herbaceous erect shrubs

Palmyra dominated woodlands with other mixed vegetation

In addition to the above-mentioned habitats, a piggery (Fig. 9) and an abandoned slaughter

house (Fig. 10) are also found located within the proposed project site.


Generally, this type of vegetation is seen in gently sloping sandy beaches. The dominant species

are Ipomoea pes-caprae (Mudu Bin Thamburu), Cyperus arenarius, Cyperus stoloniferus and

Spinifex littoreus. In addition, an invasive species; Opuntia sp. also recorded within this habitat

(Fig. 11). This habitat was found up to an average distance of about 60m landwards from mean

sea level.


This habitat was found to be dominated by Acacia eburnea. Pergularia daemia (Meda Hangu),

Cynodon dactylon, Tephrosia purpurea (Pila), Boerhavia diffusa (Pita Sudu Pala) and back

thickets dominated by shrubs and trees. Acacia eburnea, Azadirachta indica (Kohomba),

Calotropis gigantea (Wara), Borassus flabellifer (Tal), Flueggea leucopyrus (Heen Katu Pila),

Dodonaea viscosa (Eta Werella), Coccinia grandis, Leucas zeylanica, and Hemidesmus indicus

species were also commonly observed in this particular habitat. An invasive species; Opuntia sp.

also recorded within this habitat. In addition, an endemic plant species, Cassine glauca (Neralu)

and Salvadora persica (Maliththan) which is a nationally near threatened species (NT) in

conservation status were also recorded.

11 | P a g e


In this habitat, Borassus flabellifer (Tal) was the predominantly found species. The girth size of

well grown plants varies between 115 to 150 cm. In most areas, very dense assemblage of

Palmyra trees with very dense under growth of small growing Palmyra trees were observed

(Fig. 12). Azadirachta indica (Kohomba), Ficus benghalensis, Morinda coreia, Calotropis gigantea

(Wara), Acacia eburnean, Acacia planifrons, Tephrosia purpurea (Pila), Dodonaea viscosa (Eta

Werella), Nerium oleander, Stachytarpheta jamaicensis and Leucas zeylanica species were also

commonly observed in this particular habitat. An invasive species; Opuntia sp. also recorded

within this habitat. In addition, an endemic plant species, Cassine glauca (Neralu) and

Salvadora persica (Maliththan) which is a nationally near threatened species (NT) in

conservation status were also recorded.

4.2. Major habitats types observed in project area of influence

Like the project area, the vegetation in the project area of influence is also typical of sea-shore

vegetation. The vegetation grades from a very short-statured creeping form near the seafront,

through herbaceous erect shrubs, to littoral woodland. In addition, vegetation was also

recorded from sand dunes and home gardens. As such, the major terrestrial habitat types

observed in the area of project influence are,




Sand dunes

Home gardens

In addition to the above-mentioned habitats, a naval base and a military camp and rest house

were also found located within the proposed project area of influence.

The vegetation in the short stature creeping sandy beach habitat, herbaceous erect shrubs

habitat and Palmyra dominated woodlands with other mixed vegetation habitat of project area

of influence is very similar to those habitats in the proposed project area, but the flora was

found healthier as this area is located beyond the area of activities of fishing community.

12 | P a g e

Sand dunes

Borassus flabellifer (Tal), Spinifex littoreus, Azadirachta indica (Kohomba), Ficus sp., Salvadora

persica (Maliththan) species were recorded.

Home gardens

The household / home garden vegetation was predominated by economical trees; Cocos

nucifera, Borassus flabellifer, Mangifera indica, Carica papaya, Moringa oleifer, Punica

granatum, Hemidesmus indicus, Ficus benghalensis, Azadirachta indica and Musa x paradisiaca

and ornamental trees; Hibiscus rosa-sinensis and Nerium oleander.

Fig. 5. Gently sloping beach with creeping sandy beach vegetation in the project area

13 | P a g e

Fig. 6. Herbaceous erect shrubs in the project area

Fig. 7. Palmyra woodlands with other mixed vegetation in the project area

14 | P a g e

Fig. 8. Sand dunes habitat with vegetation in project area of influence

15 | P a g e

Fig. 9. A piggery with emerging vegetation within the project site

Fig. 10. An abandoned slaughter house with emerging vegetation within the project site

16 | P a g e

Fig. 11. An invasive species; Opuntia sp. recorded within the project site

Fig. 12. Palmyra trees with very dense under growth of small growing Palmyra trees in the

project area

17 | P a g e

4.3. Vegetation

Floristic diversity of the proposed project area is very low. Total numbers of 36 plant species

including one endemic, one nationally near threatened (NT) plant species and one invasive

species were recorded during the field ecological survey within the study area (Table 1).

However, only thirty plant species have been identified during the feasibility study. Majority of

the plant species recorded are trees (14) followed by herbaceous species (10), shrubs (9) and

climbers or creepers (3) (Table 1). Further, about 69 % of the recorded flora species are natives

and about 28 % of the recoded flora species are exotic to the country. Plant species recorded

during the field study are listed in Table 2 with necessary information.

Table 1: Summary of the Plant Species Recorded During the Study

Plant Type

Total

Species

Threatened and

Near Threatened

Endemic

Native

Exotic

CR EN VU NT

Tree 14 0 0 0 1 1 8 5

Shrub 9 0 0 0 0 0 6 3

Herb 10 0 0 0 0 0 8 2

Epiphyte 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Climbers or Creepers 3 0 0 0 0 0 3 0

Total 36 0 0 0 1 1 25 10

% 69% 28%

CR - Critically Endangered, EN - Endangered, VU - Vulnerable, NT - Near Threatened

The detail map of the existing vegetation within the project area given in the Fig. 13.

18 | P a g e

The major habitat types observed in the proposed project are beach and beach vegetation.

Very short statured creeping plants are found near seafront to about 60 m landward. This leads

to herbaceous erect shrubs/ scrubland. Then the littoral wood lands dominated by Palmyra

plants are found together with several tree species. The total number of notable trees which

should be removed, and their average girth size are given in the Table 3.

An endemic plant species, Cassine glauca (Neralu) and Salvadora persica (Maliththan) which is

a nationally near threatened species (NT) in conservation status (Fig. 13 and Fig. 14) were also

recorded within the proposed project site. During the harbor construction, the main structure

designed are to be located in the entire project area except the area proposed for the

community center close to the northern margin.

The species Cassine glauca (Neralu) has been observed in several locations within the project

area and their GPS locations are given (10 plants at 9o

5’ 20 N 79o

48’ 52 E and 2 plants at 9o

5’ 14 N 79o

48’ 54 E). Since the GPS locations are given, there is a possibility in preserving

these plants in the detailed design of the infrastructure development. This species is also found

in several locations (10 plants at 9o

5’ 24 N 79o


5’ 26 N 79o

48’ 36

E) in the project area of influence. It is also strictly proposed to conserve the project area of

influence. It is also important to note that, this endemic species was commonly found in the

home gardens of Mannar and considered as one of the commonly cultivated plant species in

the Mannar area (ADB, 2011). In addition, several previous studies confirmed the significant

abundance of Cassine glauca (Neralu) in Mannar, Jaffna, Vavuniya, Kilinochhi, Anuradhapura,

Pollonnaruwa, Hambantota and Trincomalee Districts (ADB, 2011; CEB, 2015, 2016 & 2017;

Ekanayake, 2016; BOBLME, 2011; Ministry of Irrigation and Water Resources Management,

2015; Sumithraarachchi, 2008; Wadugodapitiya et al, 2013). Further, this species is one of the

potential candidate to be considered for the green belt establishment.

The Salvadora persica (Maliththan) which has been identified as a nearly threaten species was

observed in several locations both in project area (2 plants at 9o

5’ 25 N 79o

48’ 44 E and 3

plants at 9o

5’ 20 N 79o

49’ 10 E) and as well as in area of project influence (1 plant at 9o

5’

29 N 79o


5’ 28 N 79o

48’ 39 E). An effort should be made to

19 | P a g e

accommodate these plants during the detail design of the infrastructure as the locations are

already known. In addition, significant abundance of nearly threatened species Salvadora

persica (Maliththan) has been recorded in Mannar, Jaffna, Yala National Park, Puttalam and

Trincomalee by several previous studies (ADB, 2011; Ratnayeke & Manen, 2006; Wijesundara,

2012; JICA, 2015; CEB, 2015; Ekanayake, 2016). In addition, it is highly recommended to

consider this species as potential species for proposed green belt establishment. In addition,

an invasive species; Oputnia sp. occupied significant space within the beach and beach

vegetation.

Fig. 13. The Salvadora persica (Maliththan) tree (nearly threaten species) in the project area

20 | P a g e

Fig. 14. The Cassine glauca (Neralu) tree (endemic species) in the project area

21 | P a g e

Table 2. Details of Floral Species Recorded in the Proposed Project Area

Family New Species Local Name HA TS NCS IN OUT

FB BB FB BB HG

Anacardiaceae Mangifera indica Amba T I +

Apocynaceae Calotropis gigantea Wara S N + + + +

Apocynaceae Nerium oleander Kaneru S I +

Apocynaceae Pergularia daemia Meda Hangu C N + +

Arecaceae Borassus flabellifer Tal T I + + +

Arecaceae Cocos nucifera Pol T N +

Caricaceae Carica papaya Gas Labu T I +

Celastraceae Cassine glauca Neralu T E + +

Convolvulaceae Ipomoea pes-caprae Bin Thamburu C N + + + +

Cyperaceae Cyperus arenarius H N + +

Cyperaceae Cyperus stoloniferus H N + +

Fabaceae Acacia eburnea S N + + +

Fabaceae Acacia planifrons T N + +

Fabaceae Tephrosia purpurea Pila H N + + + + +

Malvaceae Hibiscus rosa-sinensis S I +

Meliaceae Azadirachta indica Kohomba T N + + +

Moraceae Ficus benghalensis Maha Nuga T N + + +

Moraceae Ficus sp. T N + + +

22 | P a g e

Family New Species Local Name HA TS NCS IN OUT

FB BB FB BB HG

Moringaceae Moringa oleifer Murunga T I +

Musaceae Musa x paradisiaca Kesel H I +

Nyctaginaceae Boerhavia diffusa Pita Sudu Pala H N + + +

Phyllanthaceae Flueggea leucopyrus Heen Katu Pila S N + +

Poaceae Cynodon dactylon H N + +

Punicaceae Punica granatum Delum T I +

Rhamnaceae Ziziphus mauritiana Dambara T N +

Rubiaceae

Canthium

coromandelicum

Kara

S

N

+

+

Rubiaceae Morinda coreia Ahu T N +

Salvadoraceae Salvadora persica Maliththan T N NT + +

Sapindaceae Dodonaea viscosa Eta Werella S N + +

Verbenaceae

Stachytarpheta

jamaicensis

Balu Nakuta

H

I

+

+

Cucurbitaceae Coccinia grandis Kowakka C N + + +

Lamiaceae Leucas zeylanica Geta Thumba H N + +

Apocynaceae Calotropis gigantea Wara S N + + +

Poaceae Spinifex littoreus Ravans moustache H N + +

Periplocaceae Hemidesmus indicus Iramusu / Nannari H N + + +

Cactaceae Opuntia dillenii Cactus S I + + +

HA – Habitat, T – Tree, S – Shrub, H – Herbaceous, C – Climber or Creeper, TS – Taxonomic Status, N – Native, I – Introduced or Exotic, NCS – National Conservation Status, NT – Near Threatened, IN – In Proposed Project Area, FB – Front Beach BB – Back

Beach, HG – Home Gardens, OUT – Outside Proposed Project Area

23 | P a g e

Table 3. Number of notable trees which should be removed, and their average girth size recorded in the Proposed Project Area

Type of Tree Number Girth Size (cm)

Borassus flabellifer (Tal) 223 115 - 150

Azadirachta indica (Kohomba) 71 35 - 60

Ficus benghalensis (Maha Nuga ) 8 200 – 260

24 | P a g e

Fig. 15. The detailed map of the existing vegetation within the project area, expected to be affected due to harbor construction.

25 | P a g e

4.4. Fauna

A total number of 40 faunal species have been recorded during the present survey within the

study area (Table 4). Feral dogs (Canis familiaris) listed as potential invasive alien species was

recorded in project site as well as in project area of influence. However, only 38 faunal species

were recorded during the feasibility study. Faunal species recorded during the field study are

listed in Table 5.

Table 4: Summary of the Faunal Species Recorded During the Study

Taxonomic

Group

Total

Number

Endemic

Species

Nationally Threatened

/ Near Threatened

Exotic / Feral

Species

CR

EN

VU

NT

Birds 25 0 0 0 0 0 1

Butterflies 9 0 0 0 0 0 0

Dragonflies 3 0 0 0 0 0 0

Mammals 2 0 0 0 0 0 1

Reptiles 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total 38 0 0 0 0 0 2

CR – Critically Endangered, EN – Endangered, VU – Vulnerable, NT – Near Threatened

No migratory bird species were recorded during the field ecological study as roosting, nesting

or passing through. However, the Mannar Island of Sri Lanka is famous for the birds classified

under the Indian Avi-faunal Zone. The shallow mud flats and saline lakes between the mainland

and Mannar attract large numbers of wintering birds. The period from August to April each year

is significant as the bird migratory period in the country. As the proposed project site is highly

urbanized and man modified, the occurrence of migratory birds is rare. This was confirmed by

26 | P a g e

the field interviews with fishermen and fisheries officers. Further, the available literature also

revealed that proposed project site is not a hot spot for bird watching (Fig. 14). The Vanakalai

sanctuary, Vidaththal theevu sanctuary, Mannar town and Thalaimannar pier are the popular

birding locations in Mannar.

No turtles were recorded during the field ecological study and the discussions with local coastal

communities also revealed that turtles are not observed in the area. Sri Lanka’s sandy beach is

a nesting ground for five species of marine turtles which include the Green Turtle, the

Leatherback, the Hawksbill, the Loggerhead and the Olive Ridley. All 5 species have been

recorded to nest along specific areas of Sri Lanka’s coast. Hawksbill (Eretmochelys imbricata)

nesting is sparse and this species is considered uncommon in Sri Lanka. This species is mainly

found around eastern and southern coasts (Dattatri and Samarajeewa,1982; Scott, 1989).

Fishing practices of Sri Lanka threaten E. imbricata populations, and national conservation

status for the species is Endangered and The World Conservation Union classifies the

hawksbill globally as critically endangered. There is no evidence of nesting site in or near the

project area either from literature or from the local community/ researchers. The proposed

project site and its surrounding environment does not provide an appealing environment for

turtles as it is an urbanized and modified habitat.

27 | P a g e

Fig. 16. Feral dogs (Canis familiaris) recorded in project site as well as in project area of

influence

28 | P a g e

Fig. 17. Birding locations in Mananr (Source: Udita Wijesena, URL;

https://udithawijesena.blogspot.com/2013/12/mannar-where-donkey-sleep-standing-

and.html)

29 | P a g e

Table 5. Details of Faunal Species Recorded in the Proposed Project Area

Family Scientific Name English Name Sinhala Name TS NCS

BIRDS

Phasianidae Pavo cristatus Indian peafowl Monara BrR

Accipitridae Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite Bamunu Piyakussa BrR

Accipitridae Milvus migrans Black Kite Bora Parakussa BrR

Apodidae Cypsiurus balasiensis Asian Palm Swift Asiaa Thal-thurithaya BrR

Ardeidae Egretta garzetta Little Egret Punchi Anu-koka BrR

Ardeidae Mesophoyx intermedia Intermediate Egret Sudu Madi-koka BrR

Columbidae Columba livia Feral Pigeon Podu Paraviya Feral

Columbidae Streptopelia chinensis Spotted Dove Alu Kobeiyya BrR

Coraciidae Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller Dumbonna BrR

Corvidae Corvus splendens House Crow Kolamba Kaputa BrR

Cuculidae Centropus sinensis Greater Coucal Ati-kukula BrR

Cuculidae Eudynamys scolopacea Asian Koel Kowula BrR

Dicaeidae Dicaeum erythrorhynchos Pale-billed Flowerpecker Lathudu Pililichcha BrR

Dicruidae Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo Kalu Kawuda BrR

Laridae Sterna sp. Tern Muhudulihiniya BrR / WV

Meropidae Merops orientalis Green Bee-eater Punchi Binguharaya BrR

Muscicapidae Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin Indu Kalukichcha BrR

Nectariniidae Nectarina zeylonica Purple-rumped Sunbird Nithamba Dam Sutikka BrR

Psittacidae Psittacula krameri Rose-ringed Parakeet Rana Girawa BrR

Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented Bulbul Kondaya BrR

Ramphastidae Megalaima haemacephala Coppersmith Barbet Rathlaye Kottoruwa BrR

Family Scientific Name English Name Sinhala Name TS NCS

Ramphastidae Megalaima zeylanica Brown-headed Barbet Polos Kottoruwa BrR

Sturnidae Acridotheres tristis Common Myna Mayna BrR

30 | P a g e

Sylviidae Orthotomus sutorius Common Tailorbird Battichcha BrR

Timalidae Turdoides affinis Yellow-billed Babbler Demalichcha BrR

BUTTERFLIES

Lycaenidae Zizina otis Lesser Grass Blue Podu Thruna-nilaya Indigenous

Nymphalidae Acraea violae Tawny costor Thambily panduru-

boraluwa

Indigenous

Nymphalidae Danaus chrysippus Plain tiger Podu koti-thambiliya Indigenous

Nymphalidae Junonia lemonias Lemon pansy Dumburuwan

alankarikya

Indigenous

Papilionidae Pachliopta hector Crimson rose Maha rosa papilia Indigenous

Pieridae Catopsilia pyranthe Mottled emigrant Thith-piya piyasariya Indigenous

Pieridae Colotis amata Small salmon arab Punchi rosa sudana Indigenous

Pieridae Eurema hecabe Common grass yellow Maha kahakolaya Indigenous

Pieridae Ixias pyrene Yellow orange tip Kaha maha sudana Indigenous

DRAGONFLIES

Libellulidae Diplacodes trivialis Blue Percher Indigenous

Libellulidae Orthetrum sabina Green Skimmer Indigenous

Libellulidae Pantala flavescens Wandering Glider Indigenous

MAMMALS

Sciuridae Funambulus palmarum Palm squirrel Leena Indigenous

Agamidae Calotes versicolor Common garden lizard Gara katussa Indigenous

Canidae Canis familiaris Feral Dog Balla BrR

TS – Taxonomic Status, BrR – Breeding Resident, WV – Winter Visitor, NCS – National Conservation

31 | P a g e

5.0. Impacts due to project activities during construction and operational stage

5.1. Construction period

The proposed fishery harbor is to be located in a sandy beach in Pesalai. The terrestrial

vegetation consists of creeping sandy beach vegetation, leading to a zone dominated by

herbaceous erect shrubs and then to a Palmyra dominated woodlands with other mixed

vegetation.

According to the proposed port project master plan, all the vegetation in the project area has to

be removed. Notable tree species expected to be removed are listed in Table 3 and marked in

Fig. 13. Those species include Borassus flabellifer (Tal), Azadirachta indica, Ficus benghalensis

and Acacia eburnea.

Littoral Palmyra woodlands area within the proposed project areas will have the highest level of

impact form the projects scope of works. There are 223 Palmyra trees with an average girth size

of 115 -150 cm in the project area targeted to be removed. In most areas assemblage of

Palmyra trees is associated with very dense under growth of young Palmyra trees. The young

plants appear to be stunted due to crowding. (Fig.12).

All the flora species of recorded in the proposed development site are recorded in the project

area of influence. The flora in the influencing area in a better state of development due to less

interference from the community due to the presence of security forces in past.

Cassine glauca, an endemic species and Salvadora persica, a species near threatened have been

recorded in the project area that need to be cleared during construction activities. Both of

these species were found (Cassine glauca – 18 plants and Salvadora persica – 5 plants) in the

area of influence in a state of better health and growth. If the area of influence is conserved the

removal of these species in the project area will not have any detrimental effects on the species

populations in the long term throughout the projects area of influence, district and Province.

Furthermore, these species can be considered as candidate species for any green belt

development within the site and in adjacent habitats. Strict conserving and managing the

32 | P a g e

project area of influence will minimize the adverse impacts n terrestrial biodiversity of the area.

.

No migratory bird species were recorded roosting, nesting and feeding during the field

ecological study. As the proposed project site is highly urbanized and man modified, there are

no migratory birds. Similarly, no turtles were recorded during the field ecological study and the

discussions with local coastal communities also revealed that turtles are not observed in the

area. There is no evidence of nesting site in or near the project area either from literature or

from the local community/ researchers. The proposed project site and its surrounding

environment does not provide an appealing environment for turtles as it is an urbanized and

highly modified habitat and consist of narrow sandy beaches.

Feral pigeon is the common pigeon that is observed everywhere. The rock pigeon, Columba livia

is the wild race of the domesticated feral pigeon. Although the populations of the wild pigeons

are relatively low, they are found scattered in and out of the project area of influence and in

the Mannar District. They are not nesting and rearing juveniles in the project area. Proposed

harbor will not pose any serious threat to this species population.

The project site is not situated within or adjacent to any marine, coastal or terrestrial protected

or managed areas or their buffer zones. The impact on flora and Fauna can be minimized by

conserving the project area of influence together with green belt/ green area development.

There are no any historical or archeological sites within the project area and area of influence.

5.2. Operational period

The role of the fishing harbor is considered as the interface between the harvesting of fish and

its consumption. Fishery harbor can be a focal point of pollution with respect to noise,

increased population and increased vehicle traffic can affect the surrounding terrestrial habitats

and its flora and fauna.

33 | P a g e

Within the fishery harbor complex many activities take place related to waste generation as

indicated in Annex 2. Fishery harbors are found to cause several adverse impacts on the

terrestrial coastal environment and biodiversity in and around harbors, related to waste

generation. Disposal of dredging material during de-siltation and waste that is generated

during harbor operation, in the harbor or in the influencing area can affect the terrestrial

environment and biodiversity by destroying vegetation.

Fisher community in the area suspect that after the construction of the harbor, beach erosion

in nearby areas and sand accumulation in certain areas of beach. Similar impacts can be

expected after the construction of harbor and during the operational stage. Beach erosion can

cause adverse impacts due to loss of habitat while accumulation of sand will have positive

impacts on biodiversity as they provide more substrate for the establishment of flora.

Establishment of Green Buffer Zones and planting of trees in and around harbor area will

contribute to the enhancement of biodiversity and aesthetic quality during harbor operation.

With the leadership of the cooperative fisheries society of the Pesalai fish landing site, several

community development activities and activities to improve the terrestrial environment are

evident. Funds for these events are generated through activities such as supplying fuel to the

fishers. Community fear that they will lose the fund generating activities after construction of

proposed harbor and can affect their community development and environment protection

activities.

Feral dogs (Canis faamiliaris) are listed as potential invasive alien species on the national list.

Several feral doges were observed in the harbor development site. These doges are known to

prey on fauna posing threats to terrestrial biodiversity.

6.0. Mitigation measures

Developing Green Buffer Zones, wherever possible, should be encouraged in and around the

harbor and within the spaces in the harbor area to minimize air pollution other related impacts

within the harbor. The proposed greenbelt development/plantation in the area will function

primarily as a landscape feature. In addition, it acts as a pollution sink/noise barrier, reduces

34 | P a g e

soil erosion and makes the ecosystem more diversified and functionally more stable and

healthy. The proposed green belts should form an effective barrier between harbor and the

surroundings. Other open spaces within the harbor should be converted to green areas in the

form of lawns and shading areas. Thespesia populnea (Suriya) is widely accepted as a shading

plant in the area. A specialist in horticulture may be consulted to identify other suitable species.

Most acceptable species for the community are Cocos nucifera (Coconut), Borassus flabellifer

(Palmyra) and Thespesia populnea (Suriya). Other species can be selected form the native

plants listed in Table. 2, with the guidance of a horticulturalist. This table lists Trees, Shrub,

Herbaceous, Climber or Creepers recorded during the investigations in the propose

development site and in project area of influence. Preference should be given to species

Cassine glauca, an endemic species and Salvadora persica, a species nearly threatened with

reference to national conservation status. The space around the proposed youth center may be

a good area to establish greenery within the harbor incorporating native, nearly threatened and

endemic species. Assistance of the Pesalai fisheries cooperative society and other societies

affiliated to this society (women welfare Society) are willing to participate in activities related to

environment protection. Other groups that are willing to get involved in environmental

protection and tree planting activities are the officers of the Sri Lanka Navy and Sri Lanka Army

present in the project area of influence. A coastal zone management plan for the Mannar

district including areas for strict conservation such as the project area of influence of the Pesalai

fishery Harbour together with other ecologically sensitive areas will help to conserve the

sensitive terrestrial habitats and the associated biodiversity.

Terrestrial biodiversity of the area of project influence especially the population of Cassine

glauca, an endemic species and Salvadora persica, a species nearly threatened should be

monitored. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) should include monitoring plan for

biodiversity and factors that affect the terrestrial biodiversity in the fishery harbor area.

35 | P a g e

7.0. Summary

Development of a fishery harbor at Pesalai is one of the activities identified by the Northern

Provincial Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP) to revive the fisheries sector.

The harbor is to be developed in sandy seashore area with a vegetation grading from a very

short-statured creeping form near the seafront, through herbaceous erect shrubs, to littoral

Palmyra dominated woodlands.

Majority of the plant species recorded are trees (14) followed by herbaceous species (10),

shrubs (9) and climbers or creepers (3). Further, about 69% of the recorded flora species are

natives and about 28% of the recoded flora species are exotic to the country. An endemic plant

species, Cassine glauca (Neralu) and Salvadora persica (Maliththan) which is a nationally near

threatened species (NT) in conservation status were also recorded within the proposed project

site. A total number of 40 faunal species have been recorded during the present survey within

the study area. Feral dogs (Canis familiaris) listed as potential invasive alien species was

recorded in project site as well as in project area of influence.

The Project includes dredging and clearing vegetation in the sandy shore area with adverse

terrestrial habitat. Species of notable trees which should be removed are Borassus flabellifer

(223 trees with average girth size of 115-150cm), Azadirachta indica (71 trees with average

girth size of 35-60cm), and Ficus benghalensis (8 trees with average girth size of 200-260cm).

The project area of influence is a less disturbed area rich with all the different terrestrial

habitats of the area with comparatively richer with biodiversity. Strict conservation of the fauna

and flora in the area of project influence will minimize the destruction to terrestrial

environment and the associated biodiversity in the region. Green Buffer Zones should be

established. Open spaces within the harbor should be converted to green areas in the form of

36 | P a g e

lawns and shading areas to enhance the terrestrial biodiversity under the guidance of a

specialized horticulturalist. Preference should be given to native species and the Cassine glauca,

an endemic species and Salvadora persica, a species nearly threatened found within the

proposed project area with reference to national conservation status. Assistance of the Pesalai

cooperative Fisheries society and affiliated societies and officers of the Sri Lanka Navy and Army

can be obtained for environmental protection and tree planting activities.

Incorporating monitoring of terrestrial biodiversity in designing and implementing the

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be useful in preventing deleterious impacts on

terrestrial biodiversity of the region and will contribute towards the sustainable development

goals and the targets of the National Biodiversity Strategic Action Plan of Sri Lanka.

37 | P a g e

8.1. Bibliography

ADB (2009): Safeguard Policy Statement, 92pp

(https://www.adb.org/documents/safeguard-

policystatement?ref=site/safeguards/main)

ADB (2011): Conflict-Affected Region Emergency Project Sri Lanka - Conflict Affected

Region Emergency (CARE ) Project Initial Environmental Examination Report ( IEER ) for

the Rehabilitation of Damaged Urban Council Roads in Northern Province , Sri Lanka.

ADB (2012): Environment Safeguards: A Good Practice Sourcebook (Draft Working

Document), 76pp (https://www.adb.org/documents/environment-safeguards-good-

practice-sourcebook)

Ashton M.S., Gunatilleke, S., de Zoysa, N., Dassanayake, M.D., Gunatilleke, N. and

Wijesundera, S. (1997): A field guide to the common Trees and Shrubs of Sri Lanka. WHT

Publications (http://www.wht.lk/ebooks/singlegallery/15475786)

Ashton, P.S. and Gunatilleke, C.V.S. (1987): New Light on the Plant Geography of Ceylon.

I. Historical Plant Geography. J Biogeog, 14 (3), 249-285

(http://sirismm.si.edu/ctfs/Ashton_Gunatilleke_1987_JoBiogeog.pdf).

BOBLME. (2011). Biodiversity and Socio-economic Information of Selected Areas of Sri

Lankan Side of the Gulf of Mannar. BOBLME-2011-Socioec-03

CEB. (2015). EIA for Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) Trincomalee, Sri

Lanka

CEB. (2016). IEE for Proposed 220 kV Transmission line from Polpitiya to Hambantota

Draft Initial Environmental Examination, Sri Lanka

CEB. (2017). Terrestrial Ecology Survey Report, EIA Wind Power Generation Project, Sri

Lanka

Central Environmental Agency & Disaster Management Centre of Sri Lanka Supported by

UNDP & UNEP, 2014. Integrated Strategic Environmental Assessment of the Northern

Province of Sri Lanka

Ceylon Electricity Board, (2016). Initial Environmental Examination report on Proposed

220kV Transmission Line Project from Nadukuda to Mannar

(http://www.ceb.lk/index.php?aam_media=10220).

Dassanayake, M.D. (and others), Editors (1980-2005): A Revised Handbook to the Flora

of Ceylon, Volumes 1-15. (Revisions of the original series by Trimen and Hooker, first

published in 1893-1900)

de Silva, A. (2006): Marine Turtles of Sri Lanka: A Historical Account. In: Marine Turtles

of the Indian Subcontinent (Eds: Shanker K and Choudhury BC), Universities Press, India,

324-353

38 | P a g e

http://www.adb.org/documents/safeguard-

https://www.adb.org/documents/environment-safeguards-good-practice-sourcebook



http://www.wht.lk/ebooks/singlegallery/15475786

http://sirismm.si.edu/ctfs/Ashton_Gunatilleke_1987_JoBiogeog.pdf

http://www.ceb.lk/index.php?aam_media=10220

Dela, J.D. S. (2009): Fourth Country Report from Sri Lanka to the United Nations

Convention on Biological Diversity. Government of Sri Lanka

(https://www.cbd.int/doc/world/lk/lk-nr-04-en.pdf)

Ekanayake, L. (2016). Environmental status and issues of Puttalam Lagoon – A case

study in six coastal villages. Sri Lanka Turtle Conservation Project.

Government of Sri Lanka. (2017). Sri Lanka: Jaffna And Kilinochchi Water Supply Project ,

Additional Financing - Seawater Desalination Plant and Potable Water Conveyance

System, (July).

Government of Sri Lanka: National Environmental Act No 47 (1980) and amendments;

and Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations (1993).

Gunatilleke, I.A.U.N. and Gunatilleke, C.V.S (1990): Distribution of Floristic Richness and

its Conservation in Sri Lanka. Conservation Biology, 4 (1) 21-32

(http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1523-1739.1990.tb00262.x/abstract)

Hewavisenthi, S. (1990): Exploitation of Marine Turtles in Sri Lanka: Historic Background

and the Present Status. Marine Turtle Newsletter, 48, 14-19

(http://www.seaturtle.org/mtn/archives/mtn48/mtn48p14.shtml)

IUCN (2016): The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. International Union for

Conservation of Nature, Gland, Switzerland (http://www.iucnredlist.org/)

JICA. (2015). Environmental Checklist for Power Transmission and Distribution Lines /

Roads 400 kV Sampoor – New Habarana T / L Project.

Ministry of Irrigation and Water Resources Management. (2015). Environmental

Assessment for Rehabilitation of Padaviya Dam. Dam Safety and Water Resources

Planning Project. (DSWRPPAF/CS/QCBS/0305A)

MOE (2012): The National Red List 2012 of Sri Lanka; Conservation Status of the Fauna

and Flora. Ministry of Environment, Colombo, 476 pp

(http://www.cea.lk/web/images/pdf/redlist2012.pdf)

Ratnayeke, S., & Manen, F. T. V. (2006). Assessing sloth bears as surrogates for carnivore

conservation in Sri Lanka, 206–217.

Senaratne, L. K. (2001): A Checklist of the Flowering Plants of Sri Lanka. National Science

Foundation Sri Lanka

Silva E I L, Katupotha J, Amarasinghe H, Manthrithilake H and Ariyaratna R (2013):

Lagoons of Sri Lanka: From the Origins to the Present. International Water Management

Institute, Colombo, 122 pp

(http://www.iwmi.cgiar.org/Publications/Books/PDF/lagoons_of_sri_lankafrom_the_ori

gins_to_the_present.pdf?galog=no)

Sumithraarachchi, D. B. (2008) North Central Province: Biodiversity Profile and

Conservation Action Plan. Biodiversity Secretariat, Ministry of Environment and Natural

Resources, Sri Lanka.

Wadugodapitiya, A., Weeratunga, V., Goonatilake, S. de A., Chandranimal, D., Perera, N.,

and Asela, C. (2013) Insights into the biodiversity of the Sampur area in Trincomalee.

Occ.pap.IUCN, SriLanka. International Union for Conservation of Nature, Sri Lanka.

viii+54pp.

39 | P a g e

http://www.cbd.int/doc/world/lk/lk-nr-04-en.pdf)

http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1523-1739.1990.tb00262.x/abstract

http://www.seaturtle.org/mtn/archives/mtn48/mtn48p14.shtml

http://www.iucnredlist.org/

http://www.cea.lk/web/images/pdf/redlist2012.pdf

http://www.iwmi.cgiar.org/Publications/Books/PDF/lagoons_of_sri_lankafrom_the_origins_to_the_present.pdf?galog=no



Wijesundara, A.H. (2012). Active vs passive restoration of mangroves in shrimp farming

areas in Sri Lanka. MFF Colloquium.

Wijesundara, S. (2010): Invasive alien plants in Sri Lanka. In: Invasive Alien Species in Sri

Lanka – Strengthening Capacity to Control Their Introduction and Spread (Eds:

Marambe, B., Silva, P., Wijesundara, S. and Atapattu, N.), pp 27-38. Biodiversity

Secretariat of the Ministry of Environment, Sri Lanka.

9.0. Appendices

Annex 1. The list of government officers and personnel were interviewed during the study

Name Position Contact Details

Mr. Miranda Assistant Director for

Fisheries, Mannar District

+94779585699

Mr. Thivyan Fisheries Officer, Mannar

District

+94770600850

Mr. Thanabalasingham Fisheries Officer, Mannar

District

+94777390682

Mr. S. J. Mark President, Vankalai St.

Antoniar Co-operative

Fisheries Society

+94770876788

Mr. SM. Muraz Secretary, Vankalai St.

Antoniar Co-operative

Fisheries Society

+94778670838

Mr. AJ. Croos President, Pesalai Co-

operative Fisheries Society

+94770733475

Mr. SJ. Kunam Secretary, Pesalai Co-

operative Fisheries Society

+94775024524

Mr. P.Selvaraj President, Thalaimannar Pier

Co-operative Fisheries

Society

+94715993884

Mr. Hussain Secretary, Thalaimannar Pier

Co-operative Fisheries

Society

+94719066234

40 | P a g e

Annex 2. Typical potential waste streams identified in fishery harbors that can affect the

terrestrial habitat and biodiversity in surrounding areas

Harbour

Area

Source Area Type of Waste Generated

Main

Building

Complex

Harbour office Toilets and garbage

Toilets Sewage

Waste water from bathing & washing areas

Canteen

Kitchen waste

Packaging materials

Waste from wash area

Litter and food scraps

Boat repairs

Oil and grease

Paint cans, paint

Anti-fouling paint cans

Used batteries

Fiberglass coating

Wood shavings, steel scrap

Net mending shed Torn nets and rope

Ice plant Waste ice

Landing

Jetty and

adjacent

areas

Auction hall Fish waste

Blood water

Trash fish

Hose down water

Gutting area Fish offal

Hose down water

Fuel dispensing facility Oil spills

Accidental oil leaks

41 | P a g e

Breakwater structures and dunes, beaches Human defecation

Harbour

Basin

Fishing vessels

Bilge water

Lubrication oil

Sewage

Toilet waste

Packaging materials (plastics)

Un used provisions

Kitchen waste

Deck washing waste water

Fish hold cleaning waste water

Harbour Current Floating garbage

Bilge water

Lubrication oil

Sewage

Toilet waste

42 | P a g e

Annex 3. Main structures and the adjoining area where community is occupying at present

43 | P a g e

Annex 8: Minutes of the Consultation Meeting

Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project Project Preparatory Technical Assistance

Ministry of Fisheries Asian Development Bank (ADB)

Meaningful Consultation with fishermen Pesalai TA 9049

30. 11. 2016 Pesalai Church Hall

(List of Participant is attached)

1. The Divisional Secretary of Pesalai welcome the gathering and briefed the purpose of

2. the meeting. He requested the PPTA team to briefly explain the proposed harbourproject to the participants.

3. The Resettlement Specialist and the Environmental Specialist of the PPTA teamexplained about the proposed fishery harbour project in Pesalai. The team initiallyexplained the technical features of the proposed intervention and distributed the leafletfor further understanding.

4. The Resettlement Specialist explained about the ADB Social Safeguard Policy toprotect the people from negative impacts due to the implementation of the proposedinterventions. At the same time the Environmental Specialist described theenvironmental safeguard measures during the construction and post constructionstages.

5. The following social and economic benefits of the proposed intervention alsohighlighted to the participants.

i. Expansion of deep sea fishing

ii. Modern fishing technologies

iii. Protection for fishing vessels

iv. Availability and expansion of available services

v. Income growth

vi. Livelihood development

vii. Land value

viii. Area development

ix. Easy access to market the harvest

x. Direct and indirect employment opportunities

6. The Resettlement Specialist pointed out that the intervention of the developmentneeds land and the design included many offshore facilities to minimize landrequirement. However all the facilities cannot be located on offshore such as fuel, iceplant storage, auction hall etc. Under this circumstance approximately 4.5 hectare of

onshore land is required. As per the design, state and few private land have been identified for location these facilities. The Resettlement Specialist assured that the private land acquired for this project will be compensated as per ADB Safeguard Policy and Government regulations.

7. The Resettlement Specialist suggested for site visit after the meeting. The DivisionalSecretary asked the fishermen to join the visit and agreed to provide the list ofaffected people due to land acquisition. The Divisional Secretary asked the fishermento express their views about the proposed fishery harbour in Pesalai.

8. The participants of the meeting informed that except 20 boat owners others areengaging fishing with small boats. They questioned that whether they have facilities toanchor small boats and traditional boats in the proposed harbour. The ResettlementSpecialist informed this project also identified anchorages and landing sites to developto cater the requirement of small boat owners to continue fishing without anydisturbances. The fishermen raised their concerns over the distance and storagesfacilities of fishing equipment at the developed anchorages and landing sites.

9. The secretary of the Pesali Fishermen Co-operative Society informed that they haveto encounter lot of difficulties due to the arrival of fishermen from other parts of thecountry. The Resettlement Specialist said since the harbours are the national assetsof the country, all the license holder has have rights to get the services of any fisheriesharbours in the Island. He added that the fishery harbours are managed by CeylonFishery Harbour Corporation and take care of the services of the fishermen andresolves any issues regarding the operation of the harbour.

10. The secretary of the fishermen society further requested that the fishermen societyshould be an integral part of the operation of the proposed harbour. He said at presentthe fishermen society providing fuel and other limited services to the fishermen andthe fishing boats. The society use the income for social benefits including thefollowing;

i. Providing loan facilities to fishermen

ii. Conducting preschool with 60 children and 3 teachers

iii. Education assistance to poor children

iv. Training program to women on fish processing and sea food preparation

11. The secretary of the fishermen society requested that the proposed harbour shouldnot block whole the income of the society and put an end to social service. TheDeputy General Manager of the Ceylon Fishery Harbour Corporation (CFHC)explained that the CFHC will be a regulatory body for the fishing harbours operating allover the island. The Harbour Development Committee of the harbour including all thestakeholders of the harbours to resolve any issues regarding the operation of theharbour. The representative of the fishermen society is the chairman of the committeeand the Harbour Manager is the secretary of the committee. Harbour developmentcommittee is to help Harbour management to resolve the problems & issues and playthe role of mediator between management & the stakeholders.

12. The Deputy General Manager of CFHC pointed out that the fuel facilities provided bythe CFHC and other facilities should be taken care of the fishermen society. They canuse the allocated space for providing services at nominal government rent. Harbourberthing charges will collect by CFHC. Vessel licencing is the responsibility of the

Department of Fisheries. Harbour accommodates only registered vessels with the Department of Fisheries.

13. Rev. Father of Pesalai Church also expressed his views. He said Pesali is a fishingvillage and the major livelihood of the village is fishing industry. He pointed out that theChristian values and culture are the tradition of the village and also in Mannar. Rev.Father requested that the proposed harbour should not have any negative impacts tothe local tradition. He also validated the statement made by the secretary of the PesaliFishermen Co-operative Society. Rev. Father also suggested for signing a MoUbetween the Rev. Pesali Fishermen Co-operative Society and the Ministry of Fisheryto ensure the matters emphasized at the meeting. The fishermen participated in themeeting welcome the suggestion.

14. The participants like to see the function of a modern harbour in South. TheResettlement Specialist said the exposure visit could be arranged during the detaileddesign phase. The Deputy General Manager of CFHC suggested that Beruwella andDickowitha are the best example to see the function.

15. The fishermen participated in the meeting raised their concern over the proposedbreakwater structure in the design. They said the proposed design for breakwater isnot adequate to protect the vessels. They suggested that the entrance for vesselsshould be sideward and cover protection from wind and wave. The ResettlementSpecialist said the suggestion will be consider during the detailed design stage andfurther consultation will be arranged in this regards.

16. The Resettlement Specialist explained that the project will look into the livelihoodaspect of the vulnerable families in the prioritized GNDs. Special attention will begiven to women headed families to strengthen their income earning capacity. Thefishermen participated in the meeting appreciated the livelihood developmentproposals and the fishermen also requested for loan facilities to purchase multidayboats.

17. Finally the DS thanked all the participants and request the participants to join a sitevisit after the meeting, with this the meeting adjourned

r--.. .>-

1" N\

'9 M 0

Ci <)

r-

Cl 0 0

\

Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project Project Preparatory Technical Assistance

Ministry of Fisheries Asian Development Bank (ADB)

Consultation with Affected Land Owners TA 9049

29. 12. 2016 Pesalai Beach

(List of Participant is attached)

1. The Grama Niladari of Pesalai welcome the gathering and briefed the purpose of themeeting.

2. The Resettlement Specialist explained about the proposed fishery harbour project inPesalai. The Resettlement Specialist pointed out that the intervention of thedevelopment needs land and the design included many offshore facilities to minimizeland requirement. However all the facilities cannot be located on offshore such as fuel,ice plant storage, auction hall etc. Under this circumstance approximately 4.5 hectareof onshore land is required. As per the design, state and few private land have beenidentified for location these facilities. The Resettlement Specialist assured that theprivate land acquired for this project will be compensated as per ADB SafeguardPolicy and Government regulations.

3. The Resettlement Specialist explained about the ADB Social Safeguard Policy toprotect the people from negative impacts due to the implementation of the proposedinterventions. At the same time the Environmental Specialist described theenvironmental safeguard measures during the construction and post constructionstages.

4. The land owners explained that the entire land belongs to one family and the fivesiblings of the family are the current owners of the land. At the same time anothereight individuals also claimed part of the land. Both claimants informed that the landdispute is hearing in Mannar District Court.

5. The claimants of the land said the land is not legally subdivided for a long time due toprevailed situation. However they use the Palmyra trees for toddy tapping and earnincome. Palmyra fruits also collected and use to get yam. Palmyra yam gives goodincome to the families. The Palmyra leaves also use for fencing purposes.

6. Finally the Resettlement Specialist thanked all the participants and request theparticipants to join a site visit after the meeting, with this the meeting adjourned.

Appendix 01

Minutes of the meeting on Community Consultation for the Proposed Pesalai Fisheries Harbor Development Project

Date: 18.08.2018

: Fisheries Community Hall Pesalai

A consultation meeting was held at the Fisheries Community Hall, Pesalai, to make awareness to the community and get their concerns over the project.

Environmental Specialist (ES) has briefed the purpose of the meeting indication that this meeting was to make aware of the new concept changes in the proposed harbor design, and to get their views of the project on the environmental aspects.

ES briefed the project component and the environmental Impacts likely to occurs due to the implementation of construction and operation period of the project. Major issues on the disposal of the dredge materials had been highlighted to identify the suitable sites

The community indicated two sites to dispose the dredge materials. The play ground land owed by the St Jones Church located about 1.5 km away from the proposed site and St. Marries School ground.

: These two sites indicated by the communities were visited by the ES and the site visit reveals that the requirement of filling materials for these two sites are marginal. Therefore, suitable disposal site should be identified.

The community indicated that large quantity of sea grasses from the islands located in the area collects in the beaches during the monsoon seasons. Since no fishing activities are performed during this period, no risk to their fishing activities.

Community requested that they appreciate if the operation of the fuel center proposed in the harbor given to them, that they can earn some money for the maintenance of their fisheries organization as at present their main income is from the fuel business.

Most of the participants indicated the benefit from the harbor is minimum as they have only limited Multiday boats, hence the project will be more benefits to the outsiders rather than the local community.

The community also highlighted their concern over the damages to the building, and excess dust and noise could pollute their houses and causes damages to the properties.

ES explained that no significant impacts could be expected as results of the operation of the project since, proper mitigation measures will be proposed and close monitoring will be done by the project management unit and the ADB until the completion of the project.

They also expected financial assistances to buy Multiday boats.

Annex 9: Terms of Reference Environmental Safety Officer (ESO) for fisheries Harbors

- The Environmental Safety Officer (ESO) will have a master degree in environmental science/ management/ engineering and have 5 years experiences in environmental management associated with donor partner projects which 2 years experience associated with marine infrastructure work including coastal protection, breakwater construction and dredging activities, harbor works and building construction.

- Prior experience working with ADB and/or World Bank funded projects is considered an advantage.

- The ESO will report to the Resident Engineer of the construction contractor

- ESO will be responsible for interpreting the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) in preparing a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) in consultation with the construction engineers and any changes or additional engineering information available shall be taken into account in the CEMP.

- Obtaining approval for the CEMP from the SC (as the Supervising Engineer) upon advice from the Environmental Officer within the PMU and ADB, before any physical works are undertaken.

- Ensuring the proper implementation of the CEMP.

- Coordinate with relevant laboratories to get periodic test reports for monitoring purposes.

- Conduct necessary training and capacity development to all employees on all environmental health and safety requirements and monitoring for compliance..

- ESO will coordinate all environmental and safety matters with PMU and PIU, the EO and/or SC.

- Ensuring that the contractor engages a suitable organization to undertake STI/HIV/AIDS briefings and awareness raising amongst the Contractor‟s employees.

- Ensuring that the Contractor complies with the clauses in the contract and bidding documents in respect of the environment and OH&S issues;

- Coordinating with PMU and/or PIU in respect of continued community consultations

- Participating in monitoring and coordinating with PMU and PIU and the SC to ensure that environmental management activities are reported as required;

- Maintaining a log of all grievances received and action taken to address these issues.

Annex 10: List IEE Preparers

of 4

Team Composition & Task Assignment

Name of Staff Firm Areas of Expertise Position

Assigned

Tasks Assigned

Eng. P C Fernando

EML Assessing impacts of

interventions on coastal

processes, Identification of

areas of accretion, erosion etc.

and recommending/

implementing suitable costal

protection measures,

Numerical Modelling, Harbour

Engineering, Hydraulic

Engineering, Environmental

Hydraulics, Modelling and Fluid

Mechanics, Coastal Zone

Management and Coastal &

Estuary Engineering, Designing,

Marine Environmental

Engineering, Hydrology

Team Leader/

Coastal Engineer

o Lead the study team

o Ensure the quality of the report

o Review report and improve report where

necessary

o Coordinate with the environmental

specialist for identifying and analyzing

environmental issues.

o Data collection and analysis of coastal

processes and relevant studies of the

project area.

o Providing necessary project details and

construction methodologies

o Recommend preferred equipment and

construction methods

o Coordinate with the other team members.

o Identification of the environmental impacts

and suggesting mitigation methods to

incorporate for the designs.

o Work in close consultation with the Coast

Conservation Department in finalizing the

alternative options for coastal impact

mitigation

Mr. Stephen Lindsay MFARDREA/

ADB

Marine Ecology, Environmental

Assessment,

International

Environmental

Specialist

o Review of Marine and Terrestrial Ecological

reports prepared by the Domestic

Consultants and suggest for improvement.

o Provide input for the ecological part of the

report

o Identify potential impacts and propose

suitable mitigation measures for the

ecological section of the report.

of 4



Assigned

Tasks Assigned

o In association with the Domestic

Environmental Consultant the International

Environmental Specialist perform the

compilation of reports, editing and finalize

the report.

A Rajaratnam EML Conducting IEE, EIA, EA, SEA

Assessments, Natural Resource

Management, Solid Waste

Management, Project

Coordination, Pollution

Control, Environmental

Safeguard, Monitoring &

Evaluation

Environmental

Specialist

o Assess potential impacts including project

site, borrow sites, quarry sites and disposal

sites considering the short and long term

impact on the environment.

o Liaise with the coastal engineer to

understand the impact of the coastal

structures on the near show region.

o Assess the pollution that may occur due to

increase of the facilities to the fisher

community and propose preventing

measures.

o Coordinate with the team members.

o In association with the International

Environmental Specialist compile and

finalize the report.

Dr R R M K P

Ranatunge

EML Marine Biology, Marine debris

survey, underwater survey,

Side-Scan sonar survey, IEEs,

EIAs, Biodiversity survey using

underwater visual census,

Fisheries survey, terrestrial and

aquatic Fauna and flora,

Oceanography, Coral Reef

Marine ecologist o Conduct marine ecological survey

o Identify marine habitats such as coral reef,

sand stone reef/lime stone rocks, sea grass

beds, fishing grounds, breeding grounds,

fishing activities and interaction with coastal

protection structures.

o Classification and mapping of all habitats

of 4



Assigned

Tasks Assigned

Ecology and Mgt ,

o Identify potential impacts due to project

activities.

o Propose mitigation methods for the

identified negative impacts

Prof. J.M.P.K

Jayasinghe

EML Aquaculture, Marine biology, ,

coastal environment

management, Fisheries post-

harvest management, shrimp

farming, , fish quality

management, development of

fishery products, post-harvest

losses , sanitation,

Terrestrial

Ecologist

o Document review,

o Design and conducting the Ecological survey

on flora.

o Identify the floral species and preparation

of Preparation flora check list or inventory

to the project area.

o Identify the anticipated impact on flora by

the implementation of the project and

suggesting the migratory measures to

reduce the impacts.

o Participating to the meetings and

presentations and submit the ecological

report to the team leader.

A. Amurtharaj EML Social Impact Assessment,

Resettlement, Implementation

supervision, Institutional

Development, Sociology, Socio

economics, Monitoring &

Evaluation, Social Surveys,

Data Collection & Analysis,

Report writing on social

aspects related to irrigation

rehabilitation, Research,

Livelihood Development, social

aspects related to irrigation

Sociologist

o Document review,

o Design and conducting the sociological

survey and conducting the study.

o Organize the consultation and community

meetings and conducting the meeting.

o Identify the anticipated sociological impacts

of the project and suggesting the migratory

o Liaise with the surrounding community,

societies, community leaders and hold

discussion with them.

o Identify the social issued that may arise

from the community due to the

of 4



Assigned

Tasks Assigned

rehabilitation, water

management, livelihood

improvement.

implementation of the proposed project

activities

o Identify the mitigation measures to

overcome these social issues.